[pg/etext93/iland11.txt]

Scanned by Charles Keller.





                       ANNE of the ISLAND

                              by

                      Lucy Maud Montgomery




                               to
                 all the girls all over the world
                 who have "wanted more" about
                              ANNE



                 All precious things discovered late
                 To those that seek them issue forth,
                 For Love in sequel works with Fate,
                 And draws the veil from hidden worth.
                                           -TENNYSON



                           Table of Contents

I       The Shadow of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
II      Garlands of Autumn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
III     Greeting and Farewell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
IV      April's Lady . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
V       Letters from Home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
VI      In the Park. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
VII     Home Again . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
VIII    Anne's First Proposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
IX      An Unwelcome Lover and a Welcome Friend. . . . . . .113
X       Patty's Place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
XI      The Round of Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
XII     "Averil's Atonement" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
XIII    The Way of Transgressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
XIV     The Summons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
XV      A Dream Turned Upside Down . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
XVI     Adjusted Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
XVII    A Letter from Davy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
XVIII   Miss Josepine Remembers the Anne-girl. . . . . . . .225
XIX     An Interlude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
XX      Gilbert Speaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
XXI     Roses of Yesterday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
XXII    Spring and Anne Return to Green Gables . . . . . . .256
XXIII   Paul Cannot Find the Rock People . . . . . . . . . .263
XXIV    Enter Jonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
XXV     Enter Prince Charming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
XXVI    Enter Christine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
XXVII   Mutual Confidences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
XXVIII  A June Evening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
XXIX    Diana's Wedding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
XXX     Mrs. Skinner's Romance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
XXXI    Anne to Philippa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
XXXII   Tea with Mrs. Douglas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
XXXIII  "He Just Kept Coming and Coming" . . . . . . . . . .336
XXXIV   John Douglas Speaks at Last. . . . . . . . . . . . .342
XXXV    The Last Redmond Year Opens. . . . . . . . . . . . .350
XXXV1   The Gardners' Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
XXXVII  Full-fledged B.A.'s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
XXXVIII False Dawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
XXXIX   Deals with Weddings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
XL      A Book of Revelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
XLI     Love Takes Up the Glass of Time. . . . . . . . . . .407





                       ANNE of the ISLAND
                              by
                      Lucy Maud Montgomery




Chapter I

The Shadow of Change


"Harvest is ended and summer is gone," quoted Anne Shirley,
gazing across the shorn fields dreamily.  She and Diana Barry had
been picking apples in the Green Gables orchard, but were now
resting from their labors in a sunny corner, where airy fleets of
thistledown drifted by on the wings of a wind that was still
summer-sweet with the incense of ferns in the Haunted Wood.

But everything in the landscape around them spoke of autumn.
The sea was roaring hollowly in the distance, the fields were bare
and sere, scarfed with golden rod, the brook valley below Green
Gables overflowed with asters of ethereal purple, and the Lake of
Shining Waters was blue -- blue -- blue; not the changeful blue
of spring, nor the pale azure of summer, but a clear, steadfast,
serene blue, as if the water were past all moods and tenses of emotion
and had settled down to a tranquility unbroken by fickle dreams.

"It has been a nice summer," said Diana, twisting the new ring on
her left hand with a smile.  "And Miss Lavendar's wedding seemed
to come as a sort of crown to it.  I suppose Mr. and Mrs. Irving
are on the Pacific coast now."

"It seems to me they have been gone long enough to go around the world,"
sighed Anne.

"I can't believe it is only a week since they were married.
Everything has changed.  Miss Lavendar and Mr. and Mrs. Allan gone
-- how lonely the manse looks with the shutters all closed!
I went past it last night, and it made me feel as if everybody
in it had died."

"We'll never get another minister as nice as Mr. Allan," said Diana,
with gloomy conviction.  "I suppose we'll have all kinds of supplies
this winter, and half the Sundays no preaching at all.  And you and
Gilbert gone -- it will be awfully dull."

"Fred will be here," insinuated Anne slyly.

"When is Mrs. Lynde going to move up?" asked Diana, as if she
had not heard Anne's remark.

"Tomorrow.  I'm glad she's coming -- but it will be another change.
Marilla and I cleared everything out of the spare room yesterday.
Do you know, I hated to do it?  Of course, it was silly -- but
it did seem as if we were committing sacrilege.  That old spare
room has always seemed like a shrine to me.  When I was a child
I thought it the most wonderful apartment in the world.  You
remember what a consuming desire I had to sleep in a spare room bed
-- but not the Green Gables spare room.  Oh, no, never there!
It would have been too terrible -- I couldn't have slept a wink
from awe.  I never WALKED through that room when Marilla sent me in
on an errand -- no, indeed, I tiptoed through it and held my breath,
as if I were in church, and felt relieved when I got out of it.
The pictures of George Whitefield and the Duke of Wellington
hung there, one on each side of the mirror, and frowned so sternly
at me all the time I was in, especially if I dared peep in the mirror,
which was the only one in the house that didn't twist my face a little.
I always wondered how Marilla dared houseclean that room.  And now it's
not only cleaned but stripped bare.  George Whitefield and the Duke
have been relegated to the upstairs hall.  `So passes the glory of
this world,' " concluded Anne, with a laugh in which there was a
little note of regret.  It is never pleasant to have our old
shrines desecrated, even when we have outgrown them.

"I'll be so lonesome when you go," moaned Diana for the hundredth time.
"And to think you go next week!"

"But we're together still," said Anne cheerily.  "We mustn't let next
week rob us of this week's joy.  I hate the thought of going myself
-- home and I are such good friends.  Talk of being lonesome!
It's I who should groan.  YOU'LL be here with any number of your
old friends -- AND Fred!  While I shall be alone among strangers,
not knowing a soul!"

"EXCEPT Gilbert -- AND Charlie Sloane," said Diana, imitating
Anne's italics and slyness.

"Charlie Sloane will be a great comfort, of course," agreed Anne
sarcastically; whereupon both those irresponsible damsels laughed.
Diana knew exactly what Anne thought of Charlie Sloane; but,
despite sundry confidential talks, she did not know just what
Anne thought of Gilbert Blythe.  To be sure, Anne herself
did not know that.

"The boys may be boarding at the other end of Kingsport, for all
I know," Anne went on.  "I am glad I'm going to Redmond, and I am
sure I shall like it after a while.  But for the first few weeks
I know I won't.  I shan't even have the comfort of looking forward
to the weekend visit home, as I had when I went to Queen's.
Christmas will seem like a thousand years away."

"Everything is changing -- or going to change," said Diana sadly.
"I have a feeling that things will never be the same again, Anne."

"We have come to a parting of the ways, I suppose," said Anne
thoughtfully.  "We had to come to it.  Do you think, Diana, that
being grown-up is really as nice as we used to imagine it would
be when we were children?"

"I don't know -- there are SOME nice things about it," answered
Diana, again caressing her ring with that little smile which
always had the effect of making Anne feel suddenly left out and
inexperienced.  "But there are so many puzzling things, too.
Sometimes I feel as if being grown-up just frightened me -- and
then I would give anything to be a little girl again."

"I suppose we'll get used to being grownup in time," said Anne
cheerfully.  "There won't be so many unexpected things about it
by and by -- though, after all, I fancy it's the unexpected
things that give spice to life.  We're eighteen, Diana.  In two
more years we'll be twenty.  When I was ten I thought twenty was
a green old age.  In no time you'll be a staid, middle-aged
matron, and I shall be nice, old maid Aunt Anne, coming to visit
you on vacations.  You'll always keep a corner for me, won't you,
Di darling?  Not the spare room, of course -- old maids can't
aspire to spare rooms, and I shall be as 'umble as Uriah Heep,
and quite content with a little over-the-porch or off-the-parlor
cubby hole."

"What nonsense you do talk, Anne," laughed Diana.  "You'll marry
somebody splendid and handsome and rich -- and no spare room in
Avonlea will be half gorgeous enough for you -- and you'll turn
up your nose at all the friends of your youth."

"That would be a pity; my nose is quite nice, but I fear turning
it up would spoil it," said Anne, patting that shapely organ.
"I haven't so many good features that I could afford to spoil
those I have; so, even if I should marry the King of the Cannibal
Islands, I promise you I won't turn up my nose at you, Diana."

With another gay laugh the girls separated, Diana to return to
Orchard Slope, Anne to walk to the Post Office.  She found a
letter awaiting her there, and when Gilbert Blythe overtook her
on the bridge over the Lake of Shining Waters she was sparkling
with the excitement of it.

"Priscilla Grant is going to Redmond, too," she exclaimed.
"Isn't that splendid?  I hoped she would, but she didn't think
her father would consent.  He has, however, and we're to board
together.  I feel that I can face an army with banners -- or all
the professors of Redmond in one fell phalanx -- with a chum like
Priscilla by my side."

"I think we'll like Kingsport," said Gilbert.  "It's a nice old
burg, they tell me, and has the finest natural park in the world.
I've heard that the scenery in it is magnificent."

"I wonder if it will be -- can be -- any more beautiful than this,"
murmured Anne, looking around her with the loving, enraptured eyes
of those to whom "home" must always be the loveliest spot in the world,
no matter what fairer lands may lie under alien stars.

They were leaning on the bridge of the old pond, drinking deep of
the enchantment of the dusk, just at the spot where Anne had climbed
from her sinking Dory on the day Elaine floated down to Camelot.
The fine, empurpling dye of sunset still stained the western skies,
but the moon was rising and the water lay like a great, silver dream
in her light.  Remembrance wove a sweet and subtle spell over the
two young creatures.

"You are very quiet, Anne," said Gilbert at last.

"I'm afraid to speak or move for fear all this wonderful beauty
will vanish just like a broken silence," breathed Anne.

Gilbert suddenly laid his hand over the slender white one lying
on the rail of the bridge.  His hazel eyes deepened into darkness,
his still boyish lips opened to say something of the dream and hope
that thrilled his soul.  But Anne snatched her hand away and
turned quickly.  The spell of the dusk was broken for her.

"I must go home," she exclaimed, with a rather overdone carelessness.
"Marilla had a headache this afternoon, and I'm sure the twins will
be in some dreadful mischief by this time.  I really shouldn't have
stayed away so long."

She chattered ceaselessly and inconsequently until they reached
the Green Gables lane.  Poor Gilbert hardly had a chance to get
a  word in edgewise.  Anne felt rather relieved when they parted.
There had been a new, secret self-consciousness in her heart with
regard to Gilbert, ever since that fleeting moment of revelation
in the garden of Echo Lodge.  Something alien had intruded into
the old, perfect, school-day comradeship -- something that
threatened to mar it.

"I never felt glad to see Gilbert go before," she thought, half-
resentfully, half-sorrowfully, as she walked alone up the lane.
"Our friendship will be spoiled if he goes on with this nonsense.
It mustn't be spoiled -- I won't let it.  Oh, WHY can't boys be
just sensible!"

Anne had an uneasy doubt that it was not strictly "sensible" that
she should still feel on her hand the warm pressure of Gilbert's,
as distinctly as she had felt it for the swift second his had
rested there; and still less sensible that the sensation was far
from being an unpleasant one -- very different from that which
had attended a similar demonstration on Charlie Sloane's part,
when she had been sitting out a dance with him at a White Sands
party three nights before.  Anne shivered over the disagreeable
recollection.  But all problems connected with infatuated swains
vanished from her mind when she entered the homely, unsentimental
atmosphere of the Green Gables kitchen where an eight-year-old
boy was crying grievously on the sofa.

"What is the matter, Davy?" asked Anne, taking him up in her arms.
"Where are Marilla and Dora?"

"Marilla's putting Dora to bed," sobbed Davy, "and I'm crying
'cause Dora fell down the outside cellar steps, heels over head,
and scraped all the skin off her nose, and -- "

"Oh, well, don't cry about it, dear.  Of course, you are sorry
for her, but crying won't help her any.  She'll be all right
tomorrow.  Crying never helps any one, Davy-boy, and -- "

"I ain't crying 'cause Dora fell down cellar," said Davy, cutting
short Anne's wellmeant preachment with increasing bitterness.
"I'm crying, cause I wasn't there to see her fall.  I'm always
missing some fun or other, seems to me."

"Oh, Davy!" Anne choked back an unholy shriek of laughter.
"Would you call it fun to see poor little Dora fall down the
steps and get hurt?"

"She wasn't MUCH hurt," said Davy, defiantly.  "'Course, if
she'd been killed I'd have been real sorry, Anne.  But the Keiths
ain't so easy killed.  They're like the Blewetts, I guess.  Herb
Blewett fell off the hayloft last Wednesday, and rolled right
down through the turnip chute into the box stall, where they had
a fearful wild, cross horse, and rolled right under his heels.
And still he got out alive, with only three bones broke.  Mrs.
Lynde says there are some folks you can't kill with a meat-axe.
Is Mrs. Lynde coming here tomorrow, Anne?"

"Yes, Davy, and I hope you'll be always very nice and good to her."

"I'll be nice and good.  But will she ever put me to bed at nights, Anne?"

"Perhaps.  Why?"

"'Cause," said Davy very decidedly, "if she does I won't say my
prayers before her like I do before you, Anne."

"Why not?"

"'Cause I don't think it would be nice to talk to God before
strangers, Anne.  Dora can say hers to Mrs. Lynde if she likes,
but _I_ won't.  I'll wait till she's gone and then say 'em.  Won't
that be all right, Anne?"

"Yes, if you are sure you won't forget to say them, Davy-boy."

"Oh, I won't forget, you bet.  I think saying my prayers is great fun.
But it won't be as good fun saying them alone as saying them to you.
I wish you'd stay home, Anne.  I don't see what you want to go away
and leave us for."

"I don't exactly WANT to, Davy, but I feel I ought to go."

"If you don't want to go you needn't.  You're grown up.  When _I_'m
grown up I'm not going to do one single thing I don't want to do, Anne."

"All your life, Davy, you'll find yourself doing things you don't
want to do."

"I won't," said Davy flatly.  "Catch me!  I have to do things I
don't want to now 'cause you and Marilla'll send me to bed if I don't.
But when I grow up you can't do that, and there'll be nobody to tell me
not to do things.  Won't I have the time!  Say, Anne, Milty Boulter says
his mother says you're going to college to see if you can catch a man.
Are you, Anne?  I want to know."

For a second Anne burned with resentment.  Then she laughed,
reminding herself that Mrs. Boulter's crude vulgarity of thought
and speech could not harm her.

"No, Davy, I'm not.  I'm going to study and grow and learn about many things."

"What things?"

      "`Shoes and ships and sealing wax
      And cabbages and kings,'"

quoted Anne.

"But if you DID want to catch a man how would you go about it?
I want to know," persisted Davy, for whom the subject evidently
possessed a certain fascination.

"You'd better ask Mrs. Boulter," said Anne thoughtlessly.  "I
think it's likely she knows more about the process than I do."

"I will, the next time I see her," said Davy gravely.

"Davy!  If you do!" cried Anne, realizing her mistake.

"But you just told me to," protested Davy aggrieved.

"It's time you went to bed," decreed Anne, by way of getting out
of the scrape.

After Davy had gone to bed Anne wandered down to Victoria Island
and sat there alone, curtained with fine-spun, moonlit gloom,
while the water laughed around her in a duet of brook and wind.
Anne had always loved that brook.  Many a dream had she spun over
its sparkling water in days gone by.  She forgot lovelorn youths,
and the cayenne speeches of malicious neighbors, and all the
problems of her girlish existence.  In imagination she sailed
over storied seas that wash the distant shining shores of "faery
lands forlorn," where lost Atlantis and Elysium lie, with the
evening star for pilot, to the land of Heart's Desire.  And she
was richer in those dreams than in realities; for things seen
pass away, but the things that are unseen are eternal.




Chapter II

Garlands of Autumn


The following week sped swiftly, crowded with innumerable "last things,"
as Anne called them.  Good-bye calls had to be made and received, being
pleasant or otherwise, according to whether callers and called-upon were
heartily in sympathy with Anne's hopes, or thought she was too much
puffed-up over going to college and that it was their duty to "take her
down a peg or two."

The A.V.I.S. gave a farewell party in honor of Anne and Gilbert
one evening at the home of Josie Pye, choosing that place, partly
because Mr. Pye's house was large and convenient, partly because
it was strongly suspected that the Pye girls would have nothing
to do with the affair if their offer of the house for the party
was not accepted.  It was a very pleasant little time, for the
Pye girls were gracious, and said and did nothing to mar the
harmony of the occasion -- which was not according to their wont.
Josie was unusually amiable -- so much so that she even remarked
condescendingly to Anne,

"Your new dress is rather becoming to you, Anne.  Really, you
look ALMOST PRETTY in it."

"How kind of you to say so," responded Anne, with dancing eyes.
Her sense of humor was developing, and the speeches that would
have hurt her at fourteen were becoming merely food for amusement
now.  Josie suspected that Anne was laughing at her behind those
wicked eyes; but she contented herself with whispering to Gertie,
as they went downstairs, that Anne Shirley would put on more airs
than ever now that she was going to college -- you'd see!

All the "old crowd" was there, full of mirth and zest and
youthful lightheartedness.  Diana Barry, rosy and dimpled,
shadowed by the faithful Fred; Jane Andrews, neat and sensible
and plain; Ruby Gillis, looking her handsomest and brightest in a
cream silk blouse, with red geraniums in her golden hair; Gilbert
Blythe and Charlie Sloane, both trying to keep as near the
elusive Anne as possible; Carrie Sloane, looking pale and
melancholy because, so it was reported, her father would not
allow Oliver Kimball to come near the place; Moody Spurgeon
MacPherson, whose round face and objectionable ears were as round
and objectionable as ever; and Billy Andrews, who sat in a corner all
the evening, chuckled when any one spoke to him, and watched Anne
Shirley with a grin of pleasure on his broad, freckled countenance.

Anne had known beforehand of the party, but she had not known
that she and Gilbert were, as the founders of the Society, to be
presented with a very complimentary "address" and "tokens of
respect" -- in her case a volume of Shakespeare's plays, in
Gilbert's a fountain pen.  She was so taken by surprise and
pleased by the nice things said in the address, read in Moody
Spurgeon's most solemn and ministerial tones, that the tears
quite drowned the sparkle of her big gray eyes.  She had worked
hard and faithfully for the A.V.I.S., and it warmed the cockles
of her heart that the members appreciated her efforts so sincerely.
And they were all so nice and friendly and jolly -- even the Pye
girls had their merits; at that moment Anne loved all the world.

She enjoyed the evening tremendously, but the end of it rather
spoiled all.  Gilbert again made the mistake of saying something
sentimental to her as they ate their supper on the moonlit
verandah; and Anne, to punish him, was gracious to Charlie Sloane
and allowed the latter to walk home with her.  She found,
however, that revenge hurts nobody quite so much as the one who
tries to inflict it.  Gilbert walked airily off with Ruby Gillis,
and Anne could hear them laughing and talking gaily as they
loitered along in the still, crisp autumn air.  They were
evidently having the best of good times, while she was horribly
bored by Charlie Sloane, who talked unbrokenly on, and never,
even by accident, said one thing that was worth listening to.
Anne gave an occasional absent "yes" or "no," and thought how
beautiful Ruby had looked that night, how very goggly Charlie's
eyes were in the moonlight -- worse even than by daylight -- and
that the world, somehow, wasn't quite such a nice place as she
had believed it to be earlier in the evening.

"I'm just tired out -- that is what is the matter with me,"
she said, when she thankfully found herself alone in her own room.
And she honestly believed it was.  But a certain little gush of joy,
as from some secret, unknown spring, bubbled up in her heart
the next evening, when she saw Gilbert striding down through the
Haunted Wood and crossing the old log bridge with that firm,
quick step of his.  So Gilbert was not going to spend this last
evening with Ruby Gillis after all!

"You look tired, Anne," he said.

"I am tired, and, worse than that, I'm disgruntled.  I'm tired
because I've been packing my trunk and sewing all day.  But I'm
disgruntled because six women have been here to say good-bye to
me, and every one of the six managed to say something that seemed
to take the color right out of life and leave it as gray and
dismal and cheerless as a November morning."

"Spiteful old cats!" was Gilbert's elegant comment.

"Oh, no, they weren't," said Anne seriously.  "That is just the
trouble.  If they had been spiteful cats I wouldn't have minded
them.  But they are all nice, kind, motherly souls, who like me
and whom I like, and that is why what they said, or hinted, had
such undue weight with me.  They let me see they thought I was
crazy going to Redmond and trying to take a B.A., and ever since
I've been wondering if I am.  Mrs. Peter Sloane sighed and said
she hoped my strength would hold out till I got through; and at
once I saw myself a hopeless victim of nervous prostration at the
end of my third year; Mrs. Eben Wright said it must cost an awful
lot to put in four years at Redmond; and I felt all over me that
it was unpardonable of me to squander Marilla's money and my own
on such a folly.  Mrs. Jasper Bell said she hoped I wouldn't let
college spoil me, as it did some people; and I felt in my bones
that the end of my four Redmond years would see me a most
insufferable creature, thinking I knew it all, and looking down
on everything and everybody in Avonlea; Mrs. Elisha Wright said
she understood that Redmond girls, especially those who belonged
to Kingsport, were 'dreadful dressy and stuck-up,' and she
guessed I wouldn't feel much at home among them; and I saw
myself, a snubbed, dowdy, humiliated country girl, shuffling
through Redmond's classic halls in coppertoned boots."

Anne ended with a laugh and a sigh commingled.  With her sensitive
nature all disapproval had weight, even the disapproval of those
for whose opinions she had scant respect.  For the time being life
was savorless, and ambition had gone out like a snuffed candle.

"You surely don't care for what they said," protested Gilbert.
"You know exactly how narrow their outlook on life is, excellent
creatures though they are.  To do anything THEY have never done
is anathema maranatha.  You are the first Avonlea girl who has
ever gone to college; and you know that all pioneers are considered
to be afflicted with moonstruck madness."

"Oh, I know.  But FEELING is so different from KNOWING.  My common
sense tells me all you can say, but there are times when common
sense has no power over me.  Common nonsense takes possession of
my soul.  Really, after Mrs. Elisha went away I hardly had the
heart to finish packing."

"You're just tired, Anne.  Come, forget it all and take a walk
with me -- a ramble back through the woods beyond the marsh.
There should be something there I want to show you."

"Should be!  Don't you know if it is there?"

"No.  I only know it should be, from something I saw there in spring.
Come on.  We'll pretend we are two children again and we'll go the
way of the wind."

They started gaily off.  Anne, remembering the unpleasantness of
the preceding evening, was very nice to Gilbert; and Gilbert, who
was learning wisdom, took care to be nothing save the schoolboy
comrade again.  Mrs. Lynde and Marilla watched them from the
kitchen window.

"That'll be a match some day," Mrs. Lynde said approvingly.

Marilla winced slightly.  In her heart she hoped it would, but it
went against her grain to hear the matter spoken of in Mrs. Lynde's
gossipy matter-of-fact way.

"They're only children yet," she said shortly.

Mrs. Lynde laughed good-naturedly.

"Anne is eighteen; I was married when I was that age.  We old
folks, Marilla, are too much given to thinking children never
grow up, that's what.  Anne is a young woman and Gilbert's a man,
and he worships the ground she walks on, as any one can see.
He's a fine fellow, and Anne can't do better.  I hope she won't
get any romantic nonsense into her head at Redmond.  I don't
approve of them coeducational places and never did, that's what.
I don't believe," concluded Mrs. Lynde solemnly, "that the
students at such colleges ever do much else than flirt."

"They must study a little," said Marilla, with a smile.

"Precious little," sniffed Mrs. Rachel.  "However, I think Anne
will.  She never was flirtatious.  But she doesn't appreciate
Gilbert at his full value, that's what.  Oh, I know girls!
Charlie Sloane is wild about her, too, but I'd never advise her
to marry a Sloane.  The Sloanes are good, honest, respectable people,
of course.  But when all's said and done, they're SLOANES."

Marilla nodded.  To an outsider, the statement that Sloanes were
Sloanes might not be very illuminating, but she understood.
Every village has such a family; good, honest, respectable people
they may be, but SLOANES they are and must ever remain, though
they speak with the tongues of men and angels.

Gilbert and Anne, happily unconscious that their future was thus
being settled by Mrs. Rachel, were sauntering through the shadows
of the Haunted Wood.  Beyond, the harvest hills were basking in
an amber sunset radiance, under a pale, aerial sky of rose and blue.
The distant spruce groves were burnished bronze, and their long shadows
barred the upland meadows.  But around them a little wind sang among
the fir tassels, and in it there was the note of autumn.

"This wood really is haunted now -- by old memories," said Anne,
stooping to gather a spray of ferns, bleached to waxen whiteness
by frost.  "It seems to me that the little girls Diana and I used
to be play here still, and sit by the Dryad's Bubble in the
twilights, trysting with the ghosts.  Do you know, I can never go
up this path in the dusk without feeling a bit of the old fright
and shiver?  There was one especially horrifying phantom which we
created -- the ghost of the murdered child that crept up behind
you and laid cold fingers on yours.  I confess that, to this day,
I cannot help fancying its little, furtive footsteps behind me
when I come here after nightfall.  I'm not afraid of the White
Lady or the headless man or the skeletons, but I wish I had never
imagined that baby's ghost into existence.  How angry Marilla
and Mrs. Barry were over that affair," concluded Anne, with
reminiscent laughter.

The woods around the head of the marsh were full of purple vistas,
threaded with gossamers.  Past a dour plantation of gnarled spruces
and a maple-fringed, sun-warm valley they found the "something"
Gilbert was looking for.

"Ah, here it is," he said with satisfaction.

"An apple tree -- and away back here!" exclaimed Anne delightedly.

"Yes, a veritable apple-bearing apple tree, too, here in the very
midst of pines and beeches, a mile away from any orchard.  I was
here one day last spring and found it, all white with blossom.
So I resolved I'd come again in the fall and see if it had been
apples.  See, it's loaded.  They look good, too -- tawny as
russets but with a dusky red cheek.  Most wild seedlings are
green and uninviting."

"I suppose it sprang years ago from some chance-sown seed," said
Anne dreamily."  And how it has grown and flourished and held its
own here all alone among aliens, the brave determined thing!"

"Here's a fallen tree with a cushion of moss.  Sit down, Anne --
it will serve for a woodland throne.  I'll climb for some apples.
They all grow high -- the tree had to reach up to the sunlight."

The apples proved to be delicious.  Under the tawny skin was a
white, white flesh, faintly veined with red; and, besides their
own proper apple taste, they had a certain wild, delightful tang
no orchard-grown apple ever possessed.

"The fatal apple of Eden couldn't have had a rarer flavor,"
commented Anne.  "But it's time we were going home.  See, it was
twilight three minutes ago and now it's moonlight.  What a pity
we couldn't have caught the moment of transformation.  But such
moments never are caught, I suppose."

"Let's go back around the marsh and home by way of Lover's Lane.
Do you feel as disgruntled now as when you started out, Anne?"

"Not I.  Those apples have been as manna to a hungry soul.  I feel
that I shall love Redmond and have a splendid four years there."

"And after those four years -- what?"

"Oh, there's another bend in the road at their end," answered
Anne lightly.  "I've no idea what may be around it -- I don't
want to have.  It's nicer not to know."

Lover's Lane was a dear place that night, still and mysteriously
dim in the pale radiance of the moonlight.  They loitered through
it in a pleasant chummy silence, neither caring to talk.

"If Gilbert were always as he has been this evening how nice and
simple everything would be," reflected Anne.

Gilbert was looking at Anne, as she walked along.  In her light dress,
with her slender delicacy, she made him think of a white iris.

"I wonder if I can ever make her care for me," he thought, with a
pang of self-destruct.




Chapter III

Greeting and Farewell


Charlie Sloane, Gilbert Blythe and Anne Shirley left Avonlea the
following Monday morning.  Anne had hoped for a fine day.  Diana
was to drive her to the station and they wanted this, their last
drive together for some time, to be a pleasant one.  But when Anne
went to bed Sunday night the east wind was moaning around Green
Gables with an ominous prophecy which was fulfilled in the morning.
Anne awoke to find raindrops pattering against her window and
shadowing the pond's gray surface with widening rings; hills and
sea were hidden in mist, and the whole world seemed dim and dreary.
Anne dressed in the cheerless gray dawn, for an early start was
necessary to catch the boat train; she struggled against the tears
that WOULD well up in her eyes in spite of herself.  She was leaving
the home that was so dear to her, and something told her that she was
leaving it forever, save as a holiday refuge.  Things would never be
the same again; coming back for vacations would not be living there.
And oh, how dear and beloved everything was -- that little white porch room,
sacred to the dreams of girlhood, the old Snow Queen at the window,
the brook in the hollow, the Dryad's Bubble, the Haunted Woods,
and Lover's Lane -- all the thousand and one dear spots where memories
of the old years bided.  Could she ever be really happy anywhere else?

Breakfast at Green Gables that morning was a rather doleful meal.
Davy, for the first time in his life probably, could not eat, but
blubbered shamelessly over his porridge.  Nobody else seemed to
have much appetite, save Dora, who tucked away her rations comfortably.
Dora, like the immortal and most prudent Charlotte, who "went on
cutting bread and butter" when her frenzied lover's body had been
carried past on a shutter, was one of those fortunate creatures
who are seldom disturbed by anything.  Even at eight it took a
great deal to ruffle Dora's placidity.  She was sorry Anne was
going away, of course, but was that any reason why she should
fail to appreciate a poached egg on toast?  Not at all.  And,
seeing that Davy could not eat his, Dora ate it for him.

Promptly on time Diana appeared with horse and buggy, her rosy
face glowing above her raincoat.  The good-byes had to be said
then somehow.  Mrs. Lynde came in from her quarters to give Anne
a hearty embrace and warn her to be careful of her health,
whatever she did.  Marilla, brusque and tearless, pecked Anne's
cheek and said she supposed they'd hear from her when she got
settled.  A casual observer might have concluded that Anne's
going mattered very little to her -- unless said observer had
happened to get a good look in her eyes.  Dora kissed Anne primly
and squeezed out two decorous little tears; but Davy, who had
been crying on the back porch step ever since they rose from the
table, refused to say good-bye at all.  When he saw Anne coming
towards him he sprang to his feet, bolted up the back stairs, and
hid in a clothes closet, out of which he would not come.  His muffled
howls were the last sounds Anne heard as she left Green Gables.

It rained heavily all the way to Bright River, to which station
they had to go, since the branch line train from Carmody did not
connect with the boat train.  Charlie and Gilbert were on the
station platform when they reached it, and the train was whistling.
Anne had just time to get her ticket and trunk check, say a hurried
farewell to Diana, and hasten on board.  She wished she were going back
with Diana to Avonlea; she knew she was going to die of homesickness.
And oh, if only that dismal rain would stop pouring down as if the
whole world were weeping over summer vanished and joys departed!
Even Gilbert's presence brought her no comfort, for Charlie Sloane
was there, too, and Sloanishness could be tolerated only in fine weather.
It was absolutely insufferable in rain.

But when the boat steamed out of Charlottetown harbor things took
a turn for the better.  The rain ceased and the sun began to
burst out goldenly now and again between the rents in the clouds,
burnishing the gray seas with copper-hued radiance, and lighting
up the mists that curtained the Island's red shores with gleams
of gold foretokening a fine day after all.  Besides, Charlie
Sloane promptly became so seasick that he had to go below, and
Anne and Gilbert were left alone on deck.

"I am very glad that all the Sloanes get seasick as soon as they
go on water," thought Anne mercilessly.  "I am sure I couldn't
take my farewell look at the `ould sod' with Charlie standing
there pretending to look sentimentally at it, too."

"Well, we're off," remarked Gilbert unsentimentally.

"Yes, I feel like Byron's `Childe Harold' -- only it isn't really
my `native shore' that I'm watching," said Anne, winking her gray
eyes vigorously.  "Nova Scotia is that, I suppose.  But one's
native shore is the land one loves the best, and that's good old
P.E.I. for me.  I can't believe I didn't always live here.
Those eleven years before I came seem like a bad dream.
It's seven years since I crossed on this boat -- the evening
Mrs. Spencer brought me over from Hopetown.  I can see myself,
in that dreadful old wincey dress and faded sailor hat, exploring
decks and cabins with enraptured curiosity.  It was a fine evening;
and how those red Island shores did gleam in the sunshine.  Now I'm
crossing the strait again.  Oh, Gilbert, I do hope I'll like Redmond
and Kingsport, but I'm sure I won't!"

"Where's all your philosophy gone, Anne?"

"It's all submerged under a great, swamping wave of loneliness
and homesickness.  I've longed for three years to go to Redmond
-- and now I'm going -- and I wish I weren't!  Never mind!  I
shall be cheerful and philosophical again after I have just one
good cry.  I MUST have that, `as a went' -- and I'll have to wait
until I get into my boardinghouse bed tonight, wherever it may
be, before I can have it.  Then Anne will be herself again.  I
wonder if Davy has come out of the closet yet."

It was nine that night when their train reached Kingsport, and
they found themselves in the blue-white glare of the crowded station.
Anne felt horribly bewildered, but a moment later she was seized by
Priscilla Grant, who had come to Kingsport on Saturday.

"Here you are, beloved!  And I suppose you're as tired as I was
when I got here Saturday night."

"Tired!  Priscilla, don't talk of it.  I'm tired, and green,
and provincial, and only about ten years old.  For pity's sake
take your poor, broken-down chum to some place where she can
hear herself think."

"I'll take you right up to our boardinghouse.  I've a cab ready outside."

"It's such a blessing you're here, Prissy.  If you weren't I
think I should just sit down on my suitcase, here and now, and
weep bitter tears.  What a comfort one familiar face is in a
howling wilderness of strangers!"

"Is that Gilbert Blythe over there, Anne?  How he has grown up
this past year!  He was only a schoolboy when I taught in Carmody.
And of course that's Charlie Sloane.  HE hasn't changed -- couldn't!
He looked just like that when he was born, and he'll look like that
when he's eighty.  This way, dear.  We'll be home in twenty minutes."

"Home!" groaned Anne.  "You mean we'll be in some horrible boardinghouse,
in a still more horrible hall bedroom, looking out on a dingy back yard."

"It isn't a horrible boardinghouse, Anne-girl.  Here's our cab.
Hop in -- the driver will get your trunk.  Oh, yes, the boardinghouse
-- it's really a very nice place of its kind, as you'll admit tomorrow
morning when a good night's sleep has turned your blues rosy pink.
It's a big, old-fashioned, gray stone house on St. John Street,
just a nice little constitutional from Redmond.  It used to be the
`residence' of great folk, but fashion has deserted St. John Street
and its houses only dream now of better days.  They're so big that
people living in them have to take boarders just to fill up.  At least,
that is the reason our landladies are very anxious to impress on us.
They're delicious, Anne -- our landladies, I mean."

"How many are there?"

"Two.  Miss Hannah Harvey and Miss Ada Harvey.  They were born twins
about fifty years ago."

"I can't get away from twins, it seems," smiled Anne.  "Wherever I
go they confront me."

"Oh, they're not twins now, dear.  After they reached the age of
thirty they never were twins again.  Miss Hannah has grown old,
not too gracefully, and Miss Ada has stayed thirty, less
gracefully still.  I don't know whether Miss Hannah can smile or
not; I've never caught her at it so far, but Miss Ada smiles all
the time and that's worse.  However, they're nice, kind souls,
and they take two boarders every year because Miss Hannah's
economical soul cannot bear to `waste room space' -- not because
they need to or have to, as Miss Ada has told me seven times
since Saturday night.  As for our rooms, I admit they are hall
bedrooms, and mine does look out on the back yard.  Your room is
a front one and looks out on Old St. John's graveyard, which is
just across the street."

"That sounds gruesome," shivered Anne.  "I think I'd rather have
the back yard view."

"Oh, no, you wouldn't.  Wait and see.  Old St. John's is a
darling place.  It's been a graveyard so long that it's ceased to
be one and has become one of the sights of Kingsport.  I was all
through it yesterday for a pleasure exertion.  There's a big
stone wall and a row of enormous trees all around it, and rows of
trees all through it, and the queerest old tombstones, with the
queerest and quaintest inscriptions.  You'll go there to study, Anne,
see if you don't.  Of course, nobody is ever buried there now.
But a few years ago they put up a beautiful monument to the
memory of Nova Scotian soldiers who fell in the Crimean War.
It is just opposite the entrance gates and there's `scope for
imagination' in it, as you used to say.  Here's your trunk at
last -- and the boys coming to say good night.  Must I really
shake hands with Charlie Sloane, Anne?  His hands are always so
cold and fishy-feeling.  We must ask them to call occasionally.
Miss Hannah gravely told me we could have `young gentlemen
callers' two evenings in the week, if they went away at a
reasonable hour; and Miss Ada asked me, smiling, please to be
sure they didn't sit on her beautiful cushions.  I promised to
see to it; but goodness knows where else they CAN sit, unless
they sit on the floor, for there are cushions on EVERYTHING.
Miss Ada even has an elaborate Battenburg one on top of the piano."

Anne was laughing by this time.  Priscilla's gay chatter had the
intended effect of cheering her up; homesickness vanished for the
time being, and did not even return in full force when she
finally found herself alone in her little bedroom.  She went to
her window and looked out.  The street below was dim and quiet.
Across it the moon was shining above the trees in Old St. John's,
just behind the great dark head of the lion on the monument.
Anne wondered if it could have been only that morning that
she had left Green Gables.  She had the sense of a long
passage of time which one day of change and travel gives.

"I suppose that very moon is looking down on Green Gables now,"
she mused.  "But I won't think about it -- that way homesickness
lies.  I'm not even going to have my good cry.  I'll put that off
to a more convenient season, and just now I'll go calmly and
sensibly to bed and to sleep."




Chapter IV

April's Lady


Kingsport is a quaint old town, hearking back to early Colonial
days, and wrapped in its ancient atmosphere, as some fine old dame
in garments fashioned like those of her youth.  Here and there
it sprouts out into modernity, but at heart it is still unspoiled;
it is full of curious relics, and haloed by the romance of many
legends of the past.  Once it was a mere frontier station on the
fringe of the wilderness, and those were the days when Indians
kept life from being monotonous to the settlers.  Then it grew
to be a bone of contention between the British and the French,
being occupied now by the one and now by the other, emerging from
each occupation with some fresh scar of battling nations branded on it.

It has in its park a martello tower, autographed all over
by tourists, a dismantled old French fort on the hills beyond
the town, and several antiquated cannon in its public squares.
It has other historic spots also, which may be hunted out by the
curious, and none is more quaint and delightful than Old St. John's
Cemetery at the very core of the town, with streets of quiet,
old-time houses on two sides, and busy, bustling, modern
thoroughfares on the others.  Every citizen of Kingsport feels a
thrill of possessive pride in Old St. John's, for, if he be of
any pretensions at all, he has an ancestor buried there, with a
queer, crooked slab at his head, or else sprawling protectively
over the grave, on which all the main facts of his history are
recorded.  For the most part no great art or skill was lavished
on those old tombstones.  The larger number are of roughly
chiselled brown or gray native stone, and only in a few cases is
there any attempt at ornamentation.  Some are adorned with skull
and cross-bones, and this grizzly decoration is frequently
coupled with a cherub's head.  Many are prostrate and in ruins.
Into almost all Time's tooth has been gnawing, until some
inscriptions have been completely effaced, and others can only be
deciphered with difficulty.  The graveyard is very full and very
bowery, for it is surrounded and intersected by rows of elms and
willows, beneath whose shade the sleepers must lie very dreamlessly,
forever crooned to by the winds and leaves over them, and quite
undisturbed by the clamor of traffic just beyond.

Anne took the first of many rambles in Old St. John's the next afternoon.
She and Priscilla had gone to Redmond in the forenoon and registered as
students, after which there was nothing more to do that day.  The girls
gladly made their escape, for it was not exhilarating to be surrounded
by crowds of strangers, most of whom had a rather alien appearance,
as if not quite sure where they belonged.

The "freshettes" stood about in detached groups of two or three,
looking askance at each other; the "freshies," wiser in their day
and generation, had banded themselves together on the big
staircase of the entrance hall, where they were shouting out
glees with all the vigor of youthful lungs, as a species of
defiance to their traditional enemies, the Sophomores, a few of
whom were prowling loftily about, looking properly disdainful of
the "unlicked cubs" on the stairs.  Gilbert and Charlie were
nowhere to be seen.

"Little did I think the day would ever come when I'd be glad of
the sight of a Sloane," said Priscilla, as they crossed the
campus, "but I'd welcome Charlie's goggle eyes almost
ecstatically.  At least, they'd be familiar eyes."

"Oh," sighed Anne.  "I can't describe how I felt when I was
standing there, waiting my turn to be registered -- as
insignificant as the teeniest drop in a most enormous bucket.
It's bad enough to feel insignificant, but it's unbearable to
have it grained into your soul that you will never, can never,
be anything but insignificant, and that is how I did feel --
as if I were invisible to the naked eye and some of those Sophs
might step on me.  I knew I would go down to my grave unwept,
unhonored and unsung."

"Wait till next year," comforted Priscilla.  "Then we'll be able
to look as bored and sophisticated as any Sophomore of them all.
No doubt it is rather dreadful to feel insignificant; but I think
it's better than to feel as big and awkward as I did -- as if I were
sprawled all over Redmond.  That's how I felt -- I suppose because
I was a good two inches taller than any one else in the crowd.
I wasn't afraid a Soph might walk over me; I was afraid they'd take
me for an elephant, or an overgrown sample of a potato-fed Islander."

"I suppose the trouble is we can't forgive big Redmond for not
being little Queen's," said Anne, gathering about her the shreds
of her old cheerful philosophy to cover her nakedness of spirit.
"When we left Queen's we knew everybody and had a place of our own.
I suppose we have been unconsciously expecting to take life
up at Redmond just where we left off at Queen's, and now we feel
as if the ground had slipped from under our feet.  I'm thankful
that neither Mrs. Lynde nor Mrs. Elisha Wright know, or ever
will know, my state of mind at present.  They would exult in
saying `I told you so,' and be convinced it was the beginning of
the end.  Whereas it is just the end of the beginning."

"Exactly.  That sounds more Anneish.  In a little while we'll be
acclimated and acquainted, and all will be well.  Anne, did you
notice the girl who stood alone just outside the door of the
coeds' dressing room all the morning -- the pretty one with the
brown eyes and crooked mouth?"

"Yes, I did.  I noticed her particularly because she seemed the
only creature there who LOOKED as lonely and friendless as I FELT.
I had YOU, but she had no one."

"I think she felt pretty all-by-herselfish, too.  Several times I
saw her make a motion as if to cross over to us, but she never
did it -- too shy, I suppose.  I wished she would come.  If I hadn't
felt so much like the aforesaid elephant I'd have gone to her.
But I couldn't lumber across that big hall with all those boys
howling on the stairs.  She was the prettiest freshette I saw today,
but probably favor is deceitful and even beauty is vain on your
first day at Redmond," concluded Priscilla with a laugh.

"I'm going across to Old St. John's after lunch," said Anne.
"I don't know that a graveyard is a very good place to go to get
cheered up, but it seems the only get-at-able place where there
are trees, and trees I must have.  I'll sit on one of those old
slabs and shut my eyes and imagine I'm in the Avonlea woods."

Anne did not do that, however, for she found enough of interest
in Old St. John's to keep her eyes wide open.  They went in by
the entrance gates, past the simple, massive, stone arch
surmounted by the great lion of England.

    "`And on Inkerman yet the wild bramble is gory,
    And those bleak heights henceforth shall be famous in story,'"

quoted Anne, looking at it with a thrill.  They found themselves
in a dim, cool, green place where winds were fond of purring.
Up and down the long grassy aisles they wandered, reading the
quaint, voluminous epitaphs, carved in an age that had more
leisure than our own.

"`Here lieth the body of Albert Crawford, Esq.,'" read Anne
from a worn, gray slab, "`for many years Keeper of His Majesty's
Ordnance at Kingsport.  He served in the army till the peace of
1763, when he retired from bad health.  He was a brave officer,
the best of husbands, the best of fathers, the best of friends.
He died October 29th, 1792, aged 84 years.' There's an epitaph
for you, Prissy.  There is certainly some `scope for imagination'
in it.  How full such a life must have been of adventure!  And as
for his personal qualities, I'm sure human eulogy couldn't go
further.  I wonder if they told him he was all those best things
while he was alive."

"Here's another," said Priscilla.  "Listen --

`To the memory of Alexander Ross, who died on the 22nd of September,
1840, aged 43 years.  This is raised as a tribute of affection by one
whom he served so faithfully for 27 years that he was regarded as a friend,
deserving the fullest confidence and attachment.' "

"A very good epitaph," commented Anne thoughtfully.  "I wouldn't
wish a better.  We are all servants of some sort, and if the fact
that we are faithful can be truthfully inscribed on our tombstones
nothing more need be added.  Here's a sorrowful little gray stone,
Prissy -- `to the memory of a favorite child.' And here is another
`erected to the memory of one who is buried elsewhere.'  I wonder
where that unknown grave is.  Really, Pris, the graveyards of today
will never be as interesting as this.  You were right -- I shall
come here often.  I love it already.  I see we're not alone here
-- there's a girl down at the end of this avenue."

"Yes, and I believe it's the very girl we saw at Redmond this morning.
I've been watching her for five minutes.  She has started to come up
the avenue exactly half a dozen times, and half a dozen times has she
turned and gone back.  Either she's dreadfully shy or she has got
something on her conscience.  Let's go and meet her.  It's easier
to get acquainted in a graveyard than at Redmond, I believe."

They walked down the long grassy arcade towards the stranger, who
was sitting on a gray slab under an enormous willow.  She was
certainly very pretty, with a vivid, irregular, bewitching type
of prettiness.  There was a gloss as of brown nuts on her
satin-smooth hair and a soft, ripe glow on her round cheeks.
Her eyes were big and brown and velvety, under oddly-pointed
black brows, and her crooked mouth was rose-red.  She wore a
smart brown suit, with two very modish little shoes peeping
from beneath it; and her hat of dull pink straw, wreathed with
golden-brown poppies, had the indefinable, unmistakable air
which pertains to the "creation" of an artist in millinery.
Priscilla had a sudden stinging consciousness that her own hat
had been trimmed by her village store milliner, and Anne wondered
uncomfortably if the blouse she had made herself, and which Mrs.
Lynde had fitted, looked VERY countrified and home-made besides
the stranger's smart attire.  For a moment both girls felt like
turning back.

But they had already stopped and turned towards the gray slab.
It was too late to retreat, for the brown-eyed girl had evidently
concluded that they were coming to speak to her.  Instantly she
sprang up and came forward with outstretched hand and a gay,
friendly smile in which there seemed not a shadow of either
shyness or burdened conscience.

"Oh, I want to know who you two girls are," she exclaimed eagerly.
"I've been DYING to know.  I saw you at Redmond this morning.
Say, wasn't it AWFUL there?  For the time I wished I had stayed
home and got married."

Anne and Priscilla both broke into unconstrained laughter at this
unexpected conclusion.  The brown-eyed girl laughed, too.

"I really did.  I COULD have, you know.  Come, let's all sit down
on this gravestone and get acquainted.  It won't be hard.  I know
we're going to adore each other -- I knew it as soon as I saw you
at Redmond this morning.  I wanted so much to go right over and
hug you both."

"Why didn't you?" asked Priscilla.

"Because I simply couldn't make up my mind to do it.  I never can
make up my mind about anything myself -- I'm always afflicted
with indecision.  Just as soon as I decide to do something I feel
in my bones that another course would be the correct one.  It's a
dreadful misfortune, but I was born that way, and there is no use
in blaming me for it, as some people do.  So I couldn't make up
my mind to go and speak to you, much as I wanted to."

"We thought you were too shy," said Anne.

"No, no, dear.  Shyness isn't among the many failings -- or
virtues -- of Philippa Gordon -- Phil for short.  Do call me Phil
right off.  Now, what are your handles?"

"She's Priscilla Grant," said Anne, pointing.

"And SHE'S Anne Shirley," said Priscilla, pointing in turn.

"And we're from the Island," said both together.

"I hail from Bolingbroke, Nova Scotia," said Philippa.

"Bolingbroke!" exclaimed Anne.  "Why, that is where I was born."

"Do you really mean it?  Why, that makes you a Bluenose after all."

"No, it doesn't," retorted Anne.  "Wasn't it Dan O'Connell who
said that if a man was born in a stable it didn't make him a horse?
I'm Island to the core."

"Well, I'm glad you were born in Bolingbroke anyway.  It makes us
kind of neighbors, doesn't it?  And I like that, because when I tell
you secrets it won't be as if I were telling them to a stranger.
I have to tell them.  I can't keep secrets -- it's no use to try.
That's my worst failing -- that, and indecision, as aforesaid.
Would you believe it?  -- it took me half an hour to decide which
hat to wear when I was coming here -- HERE, to a graveyard!
At first I inclined to my brown one with the feather;
but as soon as I put it on I thought this pink one with the
floppy brim would be more becoming.  When I got IT pinned in
place I liked the brown one better.  At last I put them close
together on the bed, shut my eyes, and jabbed with a hat pin.
The pin speared the pink one, so I put it on.  It is becoming,
isn't it?  Tell me, what do you think of my looks?"

At this naive demand, made in a perfectly serious tone, Priscilla
laughed again.  But Anne said, impulsively squeezing Philippa's
hand,

"We thought this morning that you were the prettiest girl we saw
at Redmond."

Philippa's crooked mouth flashed into a bewitching, crooked smile
over very white little teeth.

"I thought that myself," was her next astounding statement,
"but I wanted some one else's opinion to bolster mine up.
I can't decide even on my own appearance.  Just as soon as I've
decided that I'm pretty I begin to feel miserably that I'm not.
Besides, have a horrible old great-aunt who is always saying to me,
with a mournful sigh, `You were such a pretty baby.  It's strange how
children change when they grow up.' I adore aunts, but I detest great-
aunts.  Please tell me quite often that I am pretty, if you don't mind.
I feel so much more comfortable when I can believe I'm pretty.  And
I'll be just as obliging to you if you want me to -- I CAN be, with
a clear conscience."

"Thanks," laughed Anne, "but Priscilla and I are so firmly convinced
of our own good looks that we don't need any assurance about them,
so you needn't trouble."

"Oh, you're laughing at me.  I know you think I'm abominably vain,
but I'm not.  There really isn't one spark of vanity in me.
And I'm never a bit grudging about paying compliments to other
girls when they deserve them.  I'm so glad I know you folks.
I came up on Saturday and I've nearly died of homesickness
ever since.  It's a horrible feeling, isn't it?  In Bolingbroke
I'm an important personage, and in Kingsport I'm just nobody!
There were times when I could feel my soul turning a delicate blue.
Where do you hang out?"

"Thirty-eight St. John's Street."

"Better and better.  Why, I'm just around the corner on Wallace Street.
I don't like my boardinghouse, though.  It's bleak and lonesome, and
my room looks out on such an unholy back yard.  It's the ugliest place
in the world.  As for cats -- well, surely ALL the Kingsport cats can't
congregate there at night, but half of them must.  I adore cats on
hearth rugs, snoozing before nice, friendly fires, but cats in back
yards at midnight are totally different animals.  The first night
I was here I cried all night, and so did the cats.  You should have
seen my nose in the morning.  How I wished I had never left home!"

"I don't know how you managed to make up your mind to come to
Redmond at all, if you are really such an undecided person," said
amused Priscilla.

"Bless your heart, honey, I didn't.  It was father who wanted me
to come here.  His heart was set on it -- why, I don't know.  It
seems perfectly ridiculous to think of me studying for a B.A.
degree, doesn't it?  Not but what I can do it, all right.
I have heaps of brains."

"Oh!" said Priscilla vaguely.

"Yes.  But it's such hard work to use them.  And B.A.'s are such
learned, dignified, wise, solemn creatures -- they must be.  No,
_I_ didn't want to come to Redmond.  I did it just to oblige father.
He IS such a duck.  Besides, I knew if I stayed home I'd have to
get married.  Mother wanted that -- wanted it decidedly.  Mother
has plenty of decision.  But I really hated the thought of
being married for a few years yet.  I want to have heaps of fun
before I settle down.  And, ridiculous as the idea of my being a
B.A. is, the idea of my being an old married woman is still more
absurd, isn't it?  I'm only eighteen.  No, I concluded I would
rather come to Redmond than be married.  Besides, how could I
ever have made up my mind which man to marry?"

"Were there so many?" laughed Anne.

"Heaps.  The boys like me awfully -- they really do.  But there
were only two that mattered.  The rest were all too young and too
poor.  I must marry a rich man, you know."

"Why must you?"

"Honey, you couldn't imagine ME being a poor man's wife, could you?
I can't do a single useful thing, and I am VERY extravagant.  Oh, no,
my husband must have heaps of money.  So that narrowed them down to two.
But I couldn't decide between two any easier than between two hundred.
I knew perfectly well that whichever one I chose I'd regret all my life
that I hadn't married the other."

"Didn't you -- love -- either of them?" asked Anne, a little hesitatingly.
It was not easy for her to speak to a stranger of the great mystery and
transformation of life.

"Goodness, no.  _I_ couldn't love anybody.  It isn't in me.
Besides I wouldn't want to.  Being in love makes you a perfect
slave, _I_ think.  And it would give a man such power to hurt you.
I'd be afraid.  No, no, Alec and Alonzo are two dear boys, and I like
them both so much that I really don't know which I like the better.
That is the trouble.  Alec is the best looking, of course, and I
simply couldn't marry a man who wasn't handsome.  He is good-tempered
too, and has lovely, curly, black hair.  He's rather too perfect --
I don't believe I'd like a perfect husband -- somebody I could never
find fault with."

"Then why not marry Alonzo?" asked Priscilla gravely.

"Think of marrying a name like Alonzo!" said Phil dolefully.
"I don't believe I could endure it.  But he has a classic nose,
and it WOULD be a comfort to have a nose in the family that could
be depended on.  I can't depend on mine.  So far, it takes after the
Gordon pattern, but I'm so afraid it will develop Byrne tendencies
as I grow older.  I examine it every day anxiously to make sure it's
still Gordon.  Mother was a Byrne and has the Byrne nose in the
Byrnest degree.  Wait till you see it.  I adore nice noses.
Your nose is awfully nice, Anne Shirley.  Alonzo's nose nearly
turned the balance in his favor.  But ALONZO!  No, I couldn't decide.
If I could have done as I did with the hats -- stood them both up
together, shut my eyes, and jabbed with a hatpin -- it would have
been quite easy."

"What did Alec and Alonzo feel like when you came away?" queried Priscilla.

"Oh, they still have hope.  I told them they'd have to wait
till I could make up my mind.  They're quite willing to wait.
They both worship me, you know.  Meanwhile, I intend to have
a good time.  I expect I shall have heaps of beaux at Redmond.
I can't be happy unless I have, you know.  But don't you think
the freshmen are fearfully homely?

I saw only one really handsome fellow among them.  He went away
before you came.  I heard his chum call him Gilbert.  His chum
had eyes that stuck out THAT FAR.  But you're not going yet, girls?
Don't go yet."

"I think we must," said Anne, rather coldly.  "It's getting late,
and I've some work to do."

"But you'll both come to see me, won't you?" asked Philippa,
getting up and putting an arm around each.  "And let me come to
see you.  I want to be chummy with you.  I've taken such a fancy
to you both.  And I haven't quite disgusted you with my frivolity,
have I?"

"Not quite," laughed Anne, responding to Phil's squeeze, with a
return of cordiality.

"Because I'm not half so silly as I seem on the surface, you
know.  You just accept Philippa Gordon, as the Lord made her,
with all her faults, and I believe you'll come to like her.
Isn't this graveyard a sweet place?  I'd love to be buried here.
Here's a grave I didn't see before -- this one in the iron
railing -- oh, girls, look, see -- the stone says it's the grave
of a middy who was killed in the fight between the Shannon and
the Chesapeake.  Just fancy!"

Anne paused by the railing and looked at the worn stone, her pulses
thrilling with sudden excitement.  The old graveyard, with its
over-arching trees and long aisles of shadows, faded from her sight.
Instead, she saw the Kingsport Harbor of nearly a century agone.
Out of the mist came slowly a great frigate, brilliant with
"the meteor flag of England."  Behind her was another, with
a still, heroic form, wrapped in his own starry flag, lying on
the quarter deck -- the gallant Lawrence.  Time's finger had
turned back his pages, and that was the Shannon sailing
triumphant up the bay with the Chesapeake as her prize.

"Come back, Anne Shirley -- come back," laughed Philippa, pulling
her arm.  "You're a hundred years away from us.  Come back."

Anne came back with a sigh; her eyes were shining softly.

"I've always loved that old story," she said, "and although the
English won that victory, I think it was because of the brave,
defeated commander I love it.  This grave seems to bring it so
near and make it so real.  This poor little middy was only
eighteen.  He `died of desperate wounds received in gallant
action' -- so reads his epitaph.  It is such as a soldier might
wish for."

Before she turned away, Anne unpinned the little cluster of
purple pansies she wore and dropped it softly on the grave of the
boy who had perished in the great sea-duel.

"Well, what do you think of our new friend?" asked Priscilla,
when Phil had left them.

"I like her.  There is something very lovable about her, in spite
of all her nonsense.  I believe, as she says herself, that she
isn't half as silly as she sounds.  She's a dear, kissable baby
-- and I don't know that she'll ever really grow up."

"I like her, too," said Priscilla, decidedly.  "She talks as much
about boys as Ruby Gillis does.  But it always enrages or sickens
me to hear Ruby, whereas I just wanted to laugh good-naturedly at
Phil.  Now, what is the why of that?"

"There is a difference," said Anne meditatively.  "I think it's
because Ruby is really so CONSCIOUS of boys.  She plays at love
and love-making.  Besides, you feel, when she is boasting of her
beaux that she is doing it to rub it well into you that you
haven't half so many.  Now, when Phil talks of her beaux it
sounds as if she was just speaking of chums.  She really looks
upon boys as good comrades, and she is pleased when she has
dozens of them tagging round, simply because she likes to be
popular and to be thought popular.  Even Alex and Alonzo -- I'll
never be able to think of those two names separately after this
-- are to her just two playfellows who want her to play with them
all their lives.  I'm glad we met her, and I'm glad we went to
Old St. John's.  I believe I've put forth a tiny soul-root into
Kingsport soil this afternoon.  I hope so.  I hate to feel transplanted."




Chapter V

Letters from Home


For the next three weeks Anne and Priscilla continued to feel as
strangers in a strange land.  Then, suddenly, everything seemed
to fall into focus -- Redmond, professors, classes, students,
studies, social doings.  Life became homogeneous again, instead
of being made up of detached fragments.  The Freshmen, instead of
being a collection of unrelated individuals, found themselves a
class, with a class spirit, a class yell, class interests, class
antipathies and class ambitions.  They won the day in the annual
"Arts Rush" against the Sophomores, and thereby gained the
respect of all the classes, and an enormous, confidence-giving
opinion of themselves.  For three years the Sophomores had won in
the "rush"; that the victory of this year perched upon the
Freshmen's banner was attributed to the strategic generalship of
Gilbert Blythe, who marshalled the campaign and originated
certain new tactics, which demoralized the Sophs and swept the
Freshmen to triumph.  As a reward of merit he was elected
president of the Freshman Class, a position of honor and
responsibility -- from a Fresh point of view, at least -- coveted
by many.  He was also invited to join the "Lambs" -- Redmondese
for Lamba Theta -- a compliment rarely paid to a Freshman.  As a
preparatory initiation ordeal he had to parade the principal
business streets of Kingsport for a whole day wearing a sunbonnet
and a voluminous kitchen apron of gaudily flowered calico.  This
he did cheerfully, doffing his sunbonnet with courtly grace when
he met ladies of his acquaintance.  Charlie Sloane, who had not
been asked to join the Lambs, told Anne he did not see how Blythe
could do it, and HE, for his part, could never humiliate himself so.

"Fancy Charlie Sloane in a `caliker' apron and a `sunbunnit,' "
giggled Priscilla.  "He'd look exactly like his old Grandmother
Sloane.  Gilbert, now, looked as much like a man in them as in
his own proper habiliments."

Anne and Priscilla found themselves in the thick of the social
life of Redmond.  That this came about so speedily was due in
great measure to Philippa Gordon.  Philippa was the daughter of a
rich and well-known man, and belonged to an old and exclusive
"Bluenose" family.  This, combined with her beauty and charm -- a
charm acknowledged by all who met her -- promptly opened the
gates of all cliques, clubs and classes in Redmond to her; and
where she went Anne and Priscilla went, too.  Phil "adored" Anne
and Priscilla, especially Anne.  She was a loyal little soul,
crystal-free from any form of snobbishness.  "Love me, love my
friends" seemed to be her unconscious motto.  Without effort,
she took them with her into her ever widening circle of
acquaintanceship, and the two Avonlea girls found their social
pathway at Redmond made very easy and pleasant for them, to the
envy and wonderment of the other freshettes, who, lacking
Philippa's sponsorship, were doomed to remain rather on the
fringe of things during their first college year.

To Anne and Priscilla, with their more serious views of life,
Phil remained the amusing, lovable baby she had seemed on their
first meeting.  Yet, as she said herself, she had "heaps" of
brains.  When or where she found time to study was a mystery, for
she seemed always in demand for some kind of "fun," and her home
evenings were crowded with callers.  She had all the "beaux" that
heart could desire, for nine-tenths of the Freshmen and a big
fraction of all the other classes were rivals for her smiles.
She was naively delighted over this, and gleefully recounted each
new conquest to Anne and Priscilla, with comments that might have
made the unlucky lover's ears burn fiercely.

"Alec and Alonzo don't seem to have any serious rival yet,"
remarked Anne, teasingly.

"Not one," agreed Philippa.  "I write them both every week and
tell them all about my young men here.  I'm sure it must amuse them.
But, of course, the one I like best I can't get.  Gilbert Blythe
won't take any notice of me, except to look at me as if I were a
nice little kitten he'd like to pat.  Too well I know the reason.
I owe you a grudge, Queen Anne.  I really ought to hate you and
instead I love you madly, and I'm miserable if I don't see you
every day.  You're different from any girl I ever knew before.
When you look at me in a certain way I feel what an
insignificant, frivolous little beast I am, and I long to
be better and wiser and stronger.  And then I make good
resolutions; but the first nice-looking mannie who comes my way
knocks them all out of my head.  Isn't college life magnificent?
It's so funny to think I hated it that first day.  But if I hadn't
I might never got really acquainted with you.  Anne, please tell me
over again that you like me a little bit.  I yearn to hear it."

"I like you a big bit -- and I think you're a dear, sweet,
adorable, velvety, clawless, little -- kitten," laughed Anne,
"but I don't see when you ever get time to learn your lessons."

Phil must have found time for she held her own in every class of
her year.  Even the grumpy old professor of Mathematics, who
detested coeds, and had bitterly opposed their admission to
Redmond, couldn't floor her.  She led the freshettes everywhere,
except in English, where Anne Shirley left her far behind.  Anne
herself found the studies of her Freshman year very easy, thanks
in great part to the steady work she and Gilbert had put in
during those two past years in Avonlea.  This left her more time
for a social life which she thoroughly enjoyed.  But never for a
moment did she forget Avonlea and the friends there.  To her, the
happiest moments in each week were those in which letters came
from home.  It was not until she had got her first letters that
she began to think she could ever like Kingsport or feel at home
there.  Before they came, Avonlea had seemed thousands of miles
away; those letters brought it near and linked the old life to
the new so closely that they began to seem one and the same,
instead of two hopelessly segregated existences.  The first batch
contained six letters, from Jane Andrews, Ruby Gillis, Diana
Barry, Marilla, Mrs. Lynde and Davy.  Jane's was a copperplate
production, with every "t" nicely crossed and every "i" precisely
dotted, and not an interesting sentence in it.  She never
mentioned the school, concerning which Anne was avid to hear; she
never answered one of the questions Anne had asked in her letter.
But she told Anne how many yards of lace she had recently
crocheted, and the kind of weather they were having in Avonlea,
and how she intended to have her new dress made, and the way she
felt when her head ached.  Ruby Gillis wrote a gushing epistle
deploring Anne's absence, assuring her she was horribly missed in
everything, asking what the Redmond "fellows" were like, and
filling the rest with accounts of her own harrowing experiences
with her numerous admirers.  It was a silly, harmless letter, and
Anne would have laughed over it had it not been for the postscript.
"Gilbert seems to be enjoying Redmond, judging from his letters,"
wrote Ruby.  "I don't think Charlie is so stuck on it."

So Gilbert was writing to Ruby!  Very well.  He had a perfect
right to, of course.  Only -- !!  Anne did not know that Ruby had
written the first letter and that Gilbert had answered it from
mere courtesy.  She tossed Ruby's letter aside contemptuously.
But it took all Diana's breezy, newsy, delightful epistle to
banish the sting of Ruby's postscript.  Diana's letter contained
a little too much Fred, but was otherwise crowded and crossed
with items of interest, and Anne almost felt herself back in
Avonlea while reading it.  Marilla's was a rather prim and
colorless epistle, severely innocent of gossip or emotion.
Yet somehow it conveyed to Anne a whiff of the wholesome, simple
life at Green Gables, with its savor of ancient peace, and the
steadfast abiding love that was there for her.  Mrs. Lynde's
letter was full of church news.  Having broken up housekeeping,
Mrs. Lynde had more time than ever to devote to church affairs
and had flung herself into them heart and soul.  She was at
present much worked up over the poor "supplies" they were having
in the vacant Avonlea pulpit.

"I don't believe any but fools enter the ministry nowadays," she
wrote bitterly.  "Such candidates as they have sent us, and such
stuff as they preach!  Half of it ain't true, and, what's worse,
it ain't sound doctrine.  The one we have now is the worst of the
lot.  He mostly takes a text and preaches about something else.
And he says he doesn't believe all the heathen will be eternally
lost.  The idea!  If they won't all the money we've been giving
to Foreign Missions will be clean wasted, that's what!  Last
Sunday night he announced that next Sunday he'd preach on the
axe-head that swam.  I think he'd better confine himself to the
Bible and leave sensational subjects alone.  Things have come to
a pretty pass if a minister can't find enough in Holy Writ to
preach about, that's what.  What church do you attend, Anne?  I
hope you go regularly.  People are apt to get so careless about
church-going away from home, and I understand college students
are great sinners in this respect.  I'm told many of them actually
study their lessons on Sunday.  I hope you'll never sink that low,
Anne.  Remember how you were brought up.  And be very careful what
friends you make.  You never know what sort of creatures are in
them colleges.  Outwardly they may be as whited sepulchers and
inwardly as ravening wolves, that's what.  You'd better not have
anything to say to any young man who isn't from the Island.

"I forgot to tell you what happened the day the minister called
here.  It was the funniest thing I ever saw.  I said to Marilla,
`If Anne had been here wouldn't she have had a laugh?'  Even
Marilla laughed.  You know he's a very short, fat little man with
bow legs.  Well, that old pig of Mr. Harrison's -- the big, tall
one -- had wandered over here that day again and broke into the
yard, and it got into the back porch, unbeknowns to us, and it
was there when the minister appeared in the doorway.  It made one
wild bolt to get out, but there was nowhere to bolt to except
between them bow legs.  So there it went, and, being as it was so
big and the minister so little, it took him clean off his feet
and carried him away.  His hat went one way and his cane another,
just as Marilla and I got to the door.  I'll never forget the
look of him.  And that poor pig was near scared to death.  I'll
never be able to read that account in the Bible of the swine that
rushed madly down the steep place into the sea without seeing
Mr. Harrison's pig careering down the hill with that minister.
I guess the pig thought he had the Old Boy on his back instead
of inside of him.  I was thankful the twins weren't about.
It wouldn't have been the right thing for them to have seen
a minister in such an undignified predicament.  Just before
they got to the brook the minister jumped off or fell off.
The pig rushed through the brook like mad and up through the woods.
Marilla and I run down and helped the minister get up and brush
his coat.  He wasn't hurt, but he was mad.  He seemed to hold
Marilla and me responsible for it all, though we told him the pig
didn't belong to us, and had been pestering us all summer.
Besides, what did he come to the back door for?  You'd never have
caught Mr. Allan doing that.  It'll be a long time before we get
a man like Mr. Allan.  But it's an ill wind that blows no good.
We've never seen hoof or hair of that pig since, and it's my
belief we never will.

"Things is pretty quiet in Avonlea.  I don't find Green Gables
as lonesome as I expected.  I think I'll start another cotton
warp quilt this winter.  Mrs. Silas Sloane has a handsome new
apple-leaf pattern.

"When I feel that I must have some excitement I read the murder
trials in that Boston paper my niece sends me.  I never used to
do it, but they're real interesting.  The States must be an awful
place.  I hope you'll never go there, Anne.  But the way girls
roam over the earth now is something terrible.  It always makes
me think of Satan in the Book of Job, going to and fro and walking
up and down.  I don't believe the Lord ever intended it, that's what.

"Davy has been pretty good since you went away.  One day he was
bad and Marilla punished him by making him wear Dora's apron all
day, and then he went and cut all Dora's aprons up.  I spanked
him for that and then he went and chased my rooster to death.

"The MacPhersons have moved down to my place.  She's a great
housekeeper and very particular.  She's rooted all my June lilies
up because she says they make a garden look so untidy.  Thomas
set them lilies out when we were married.  Her husband seems a
nice sort of a man, but she can't get over being an old maid,
that's what.

"Don't study too hard, and be sure and put your winter
underclothes on as soon as the weather gets cool.
Marilla worries a lot about you, but I tell her you've
got a lot more sense than I ever thought you would have
at one time, and that you'll be all right."

Davy's letter plunged into a grievance at the start.

"Dear anne, please write and tell marilla not to tie me to the
rale of the bridge when I go fishing the boys make fun of me when
she does.  Its awful lonesome here without you but grate fun in
school.  Jane andrews is crosser than you.  I scared mrs. lynde
with a jacky lantern last nite.  She was offel mad and she was
mad cause I chased her old rooster round the yard till he fell
down ded.  I didn't mean to make him fall down ded.  What made
him die, anne, I want to know.  mrs. lynde threw him into the
pig pen she mite of sold him to mr. blair.  mr. blair is giving
50 sense apeace for good ded roosters now.  I herd mrs. lynde
asking the minister to pray for her.  What did she do that was so
bad, anne, I want to know.  I've got a kite with a magnificent
tail, anne.  Milty bolter told me a grate story in school
yesterday.  it is troo.  old Joe Mosey and Leon were playing
cards one nite last week in the woods.  The cards were on a stump
and a big black man bigger than the trees come along and grabbed
the cards and the stump and disapered with a noys like thunder.
Ill bet they were skared.  Milty says the black man was the old
harry.  was he, anne, I want to know.  Mr. kimball over at
spenservale is very sick and will have to go to the hospitable.
please excuse me while I ask marilla if thats spelled rite.
Marilla says its the silem he has to go to not the other place.
He thinks he has a snake inside of him.  whats it like to have a
snake inside of you, anne.  I want to know.  mrs. lawrence bell
is sick to.  mrs. lynde says that all that is the matter with
her is that she thinks too much about her insides."

"I wonder," said Anne, as she folded up her letters, "what Mrs.
Lynde would think of Philippa."




Chapter VI

In the Park


"What are you going to do with yourselves today, girls?"
asked Philippa, popping into Anne's room one Saturday afternoon.

"We are going for a walk in the park," answered Anne.  "I ought to
stay in and finish my blouse.  But I couldn't sew on a day like this.
There's something in the air that gets into my blood and makes a sort
of glory in my soul.  My fingers would twitch and I'd sew a crooked seam.
So it's ho for the park and the pines."

"Does `we' include any one but yourself and Priscilla?"

"Yes, it includes Gilbert and Charlie, and we'll be very glad if
it will include you, also."

"But," said Philippa dolefully, "if I go I'll have to be gooseberry,
and that will be a new experience for Philippa Gordon."

"Well, new experiences are broadening.  Come along, and you'll be
able to sympathize with all poor souls who have to play
gooseberry often.  But where are all the victims?"

"Oh, I was tired of them all and simply couldn't be bothered with
any of them today.  Besides, I've been feeling a little blue --
just a pale, elusive azure.  It isn't serious enough for anything
darker.  I wrote Alec and Alonzo last week.  I put the letters
into envelopes and addressed them, but I didn't seal them up.
That evening something funny happened.  That is, Alec would think
it funny, but Alonzo wouldn't be likely to.  I was in a hurry, so
I snatched Alec's letter -- as I thought -- out of the envelope
and scribbled down a postscript.  Then I mailed both letters.  I
got Alonzo's reply this morning.  Girls, I had put that postscript
to his letter and he was furious.  Of course he'll get over it --
and I don't care if he doesn't -- but it spoiled my day.
So I thought I'd come to you darlings to get cheered up.
After the football season opens I won't have any spare Saturday
afternoons.  I adore football.  I've got the most gorgeous
cap and sweater striped in Redmond colors to wear to the games.
To be sure, a little way off I'll look like a walking barber's pole.
Do you know that that Gilbert of yours has been elected Captain of
the Freshman football team?"

"Yes, he told us so last evening," said Priscilla, seeing that
outraged Anne would not answer.  "He and Charlie were down.
We knew they were coming, so we painstakingly put out of sight
or out of reach all Miss Ada's cushions.  That very elaborate one
with the raised embroidery I dropped on the floor in the corner
behind the chair it was on.  I thought it would be safe there.
But would you believe it?  Charlie Sloane made for that chair,
noticed the cushion behind it, solemnly fished it up, and sat on
it the whole evening.  Such a wreck of a cushion as it was!  Poor
Miss Ada asked me today, still smiling, but oh, so reproachfully,
why I had allowed it to be sat upon.  I told her I hadn't -- that
it was a matter of predestination coupled with inveterate
Sloanishness and I wasn't a match for both combined."

"Miss Ada's cushions are really getting on my nerves," said Anne.
"She finished two new ones last week, stuffed and embroidered
within an inch of their lives.  There being absolutely no other
cushionless place to put them she stood them up against the wall
on the stair landing.  They topple over half the time and if we
come up or down the stairs in the dark we fall over them.  Last
Sunday, when Dr. Davis prayed for all those exposed to the
perils of the sea, I added in thought `and for all those who live
in houses where cushions are loved not wisely but too well!'
There! we're ready, and I see the boys coming through Old St. John's.
Do you cast in your lot with us, Phil?"

"I'll go, if I can walk with Priscilla and Charlie.  That will be
a bearable degree of gooseberry.  That Gilbert of yours is a
darling, Anne, but why does he go around so much with Goggle-eyes?"

Anne stiffened.  She had no great liking for Charlie Sloane; but
he was of Avonlea, so no outsider had any business to laugh at him.

"Charlie and Gilbert have always been friends," she said coldly.
"Charlie is a nice boy.  He's not to blame for his eyes."

"Don't tell me that!  He is!  He must have done something
dreadful in a previous existence to be punished with such eyes.
Pris and I are going to have such sport with him this afternoon.
We'll make fun of him to his face and he'll never know it."

Doubtless, "the abandoned P's," as Anne called them, did carry
out their amiable intentions.  But Sloane was blissfully
ignorant; he thought he was quite a fine fellow to be walking
with two such coeds, especially Philippa Gordon, the class beauty
and belle.  It must surely impress Anne.  She would see that some
people appreciated him at his real value.

Gilbert and Anne loitered a little behind the others, enjoying
the calm, still beauty of the autumn afternoon under the pines of
the park, on the road that climbed and twisted round the harbor shore.

"The silence here is like a prayer, isn't it?" said Anne,
her face upturned to the shining sky.  "How I love the pines!
They seem to strike their roots deep into the romance of all the ages.
It is so comforting to creep away now and then for a good talk with them.
I always feel so happy out here."

      "`And so in mountain solitudes o'ertaken
          As by some spell divine,
      Their cares drop from them like the needles shaken
          From out the gusty pine,'"

quoted Gilbert.

"They make our little ambitions seem rather petty, don't they, Anne?"

"I think, if ever any great sorrow came to me, I would come to the
pines for comfort," said Anne dreamily.

"I hope no great sorrow ever will come to you, Anne," said Gilbert,
who could not connect the idea of sorrow with the vivid, joyous
creature beside him, unwitting that those who can soar to the
highest heights can also plunge to the deepest depths, and that
the natures which enjoy most keenly are those which also suffer
most sharply.

"But there must -- sometime," mused Anne.  "Life seems like a cup
of glory held to my lips just now.  But there must be some
bitterness in it -- there is in every cup.  I shall taste mine
some day.  Well, I hope I shall be strong and brave to meet it.
And I hope it won't be through my own fault that it will come.
Do you remember what Dr. Davis said last Sunday evening -- that
the sorrows God sent us brought comfort and strength with them,
while the sorrows we brought on ourselves, through folly or
wickedness, were by far the hardest to bear?  But we mustn't talk
of sorrow on an afternoon like this.  It's meant for the sheer
joy of living, isn't it?"

"If I had my way I'd shut everything out of your life but
happiness and pleasure, Anne," said Gilbert in the tone that
meant "danger ahead."

"Then you would be very unwise," rejoined Anne hastily.  "I'm sure
no life can be properly developed and rounded out without some
trial and sorrow -- though I suppose it is only when we are pretty
comfortable that we admit it.  Come -- the others have got to the
pavilion and are beckoning to us."

They all sat down in the little pavilion to watch an autumn
sunset of deep red fire and pallid gold.  To their left lay
Kingsport, its roofs and spires dim in their shroud of violet smoke.
To their right lay the harbor, taking on tints of rose and copper as
it stretched out into the sunset.  Before them the water shimmered,
satin smooth and silver gray, and beyond, clean shaven William's
Island loomed out of the mist, guarding the town like a sturdy bulldog.
Its lighthouse beacon flared through the mist like a baleful star,
and was answered by another in the far horizon.

"Did you ever see such a strong-looking place?" asked Philippa.
"I don't want William's Island especially, but I'm sure I couldn't
get it if I did.  Look at that sentry on the summit of the fort,
right beside the flag.  Doesn't he look as if he had stepped out
of a romance?"

"Speaking of romance," said Priscilla, "we've been looking for
heather -- but, of course, we couldn't find any.  It's too late
in the season, I suppose."

"Heather!" exclaimed Anne.  "Heather doesn't grow in America,
does it?"

"There are just two patches of it in the whole continent," said Phil,
"one right here in the park, and one somewhere else in Nova Scotia,
I forget where.  The famous Highland Regiment, the Black Watch,
camped here one year, and, when the men shook out the straw of
their beds in the spring, some seeds of heather took root."

"Oh, how delightful!" said enchanted Anne.

"Let's go home around by Spofford Avenue," suggested Gilbert.
"We can see all `the handsome houses where the wealthy nobles
dwell.' Spofford Avenue is the finest residential street in
Kingsport.  Nobody can build on it unless he's a millionaire."

"Oh, do," said Phil.  "There's a perfectly killing little place I
want to show you, Anne.  IT wasn't built by a millionaire.  It's
the first place after you leave the park, and must have grown
while Spofford Avenue was still a country road.  It DID grow --
it wasn't built!  I don't care for the houses on the Avenue.
They're too brand new and plateglassy.  But this little spot is a
dream -- and its name -- but wait till you see it."

They saw it as they walked up the pine-fringed hill from the park.
Just on the crest, where Spofford Avenue petered out into a
plain road, was a little white frame house with groups of pines
on either side of it, stretching their arms protectingly over its
low roof.  It was covered with red and gold vines, through which
its green-shuttered windows peeped.  Before it was a tiny garden,
surrounded by a low stone wall.  October though it was, the
garden was still very sweet with dear, old-fashioned, unworldly
flowers and shrubs -- sweet may, southern-wood, lemon verbena,
alyssum, petunias, marigolds and chrysanthemums.  A tiny brick
wall, in herring-bone pattern, led from the gate to the front
porch.  The whole place might have been transplanted from some
remote country village; yet there was something about it that
made its nearest neighbor, the big lawn-encircled palace of a
tobacco king, look exceedingly crude and showy and ill-bred by
contrast.  As Phil said, it was the difference between being born
and being made.

"It's the dearest place I ever saw," said Anne delightedly.  "It
gives me one of my old, delightful funny aches.  It's dearer and
quainter than even Miss Lavendar's stone house."

"It's the name I want you to notice especially," said Phil.
"Look -- in white letters, around the archway over the gate.
`Patty's Place.' Isn't that killing?  Especially on this Avenue
of Pinehursts and Elmwolds and Cedarcrofts?  `Patty's Place,'
if you please!  I adore it."

"Have you any idea who Patty is?" asked Priscilla.

"Patty Spofford is the name of the old lady who owns it, I've
discovered.  She lives there with her niece, and they've lived
there for hundreds of years, more or less -- maybe a little less,
Anne.  Exaggeration is merely a flight of poetic fancy.  I understand
that wealthy folk have tried to buy the lot time and again -- it's
really worth a small fortune now, you know -- but `Patty' won't sell
upon any consideration.  And there's an apple orchard behind the house
in place of a back yard -- you'll see it when we get a little past --
a real apple orchard on Spofford Avenue!"

"I'm going to dream about `Patty's Place' tonight," said Anne.
"Why, I feel as if I belonged to it.  I wonder if, by any chance,
we'll ever see the inside of it."

"It isn't likely," said Priscilla.

Anne smiled mysteriously.

"No, it isn't likely.  But I believe it will happen.  I have a
queer, creepy, crawly feeling -- you can call it a presentiment,
if you like -- that `Patty's Place' and I are going to be better
acquainted yet."




Chapter VII

Home Again


Those first three weeks at Redmond had seemed long; but the rest
of the term flew by on wings of wind.  Before they realized it
the Redmond students found themselves in the grind of Christmas
examinations, emerging therefrom more or less triumphantly.  The
honor of leading in the Freshman classes fluctuated between Anne,
Gilbert and Philippa; Priscilla did very well; Charlie Sloane
scraped through respectably, and comported himself as complacently
as if he had led in everything.

"I can't really believe that this time tomorrow I'll be in Green Gables,"
said Anne on the night before departure.  "But I shall be.  And you, Phil,
will be in Bolingbroke with Alec and Alonzo."

"I'm longing to see them," admitted Phil, between the chocolate
she was nibbling.  "They really are such dear boys, you know.
There's to be no end of dances and drives and general jamborees.
I shall never forgive you, Queen Anne, for not coming home with
me for the holidays."

"`Never' means three days with you, Phil.  It was dear of you to
ask me -- and I'd love to go to Bolingbroke some day.  But I
can't go this year -- I MUST go home.  You don't know how my
heart longs for it."

"You won't have much of a time," said Phil scornfully.  "There'll
be one or two quilting parties, I suppose; and all the old
gossips will talk you over to your face and behind your back.
You'll die of lonesomeness, child."

"In Avonlea?" said Anne, highly amused.

"Now, if you'd come with me you'd have a perfectly gorgeous time.
Bolingbroke would go wild over you, Queen Anne -- your hair and
your style and, oh, everything!  You're so DIFFERENT.  You'd be
such a success -- and I would bask in reflected glory -- `not the
rose but near the rose.' Do come, after all, Anne."

"Your picture of social triumphs is quite fascinating, Phil, but
I'll paint one to offset it.  I'm going home to an old country
farmhouse, once green, rather faded now, set among leafless apple
orchards.  There is a brook below and a December fir wood beyond,
where I've heard harps swept by the fingers of rain and wind.
There is a pond nearby that will be gray and brooding now.  There
will be two oldish ladies in the house, one tall and thin, one
short and fat; and there will be two twins, one a perfect model,
the other what Mrs. Lynde calls a `holy terror.' There will be a
little room upstairs over the porch, where old dreams hang thick,
and a big, fat, glorious feather bed which will almost seem the
height of luxury after a boardinghouse mattress.  How do you like
my picture, Phil?"

"It seems a very dull one," said Phil, with a grimace.

"Oh, but I've left out the transforming thing," said Anne softly.
"There'll be love there, Phil -- faithful, tender love, such as
I'll never find anywhere else in the world -- love that's waiting
for me.  That makes my picture a masterpiece, doesn't it, even if
the colors are not very brilliant?"

Phil silently got up, tossed her box of chocolates away, went up
to Anne, and put her arms about her.

"Anne, I wish I was like you," she said soberly.

Diana met Anne at the Carmody station the next night, and they
drove home together under silent, star-sown depths of sky.  Green
Gables had a very festal appearance as they drove up the lane.
There was a light in every window, the glow breaking out through
the darkness like flame-red blossoms swung against the dark
background of the Haunted Wood.  And in the yard was a brave
bonfire with two gay little figures dancing around it, one of
which gave an unearthly yell as the buggy turned in under the poplars.

"Davy means that for an Indian war-whoop," said Diana.  "Mr.
Harrison's hired boy taught it to him, and he's been practicing
it up to welcome you with.  Mrs. Lynde says it has worn her
nerves to a frazzle.  He creeps up behind her, you know, and then
lets go.  He was determined to have a bonfire for you, too.  He's
been piling up branches for a fortnight and pestering Marilla to
be let pour some kerosene oil over it before setting it on fire.
I guess she did, by the smell, though Mrs. Lynde said up to the last
that Davy would blow himself and everybody else up if he was let."

Anne was out of the buggy by this time, and Davy was rapturously
hugging her knees, while even Dora was clinging to her hand.

"Isn't that a bully bonfire, Anne?  Just let me show you how to
poke it -- see the sparks?  I did it for you, Anne, 'cause I was
so glad you were coming home."

The kitchen door opened and Marilla's spare form darkened against
the inner light.  She preferred to meet Anne in the shadows, for
she was horribly afraid that she was going to cry with joy --
she, stern, repressed Marilla, who thought all display of deep
emotion unseemly.  Mrs. Lynde was behind her, sonsy, kindly,
matronly, as of yore.  The love that Anne had told Phil was
waiting for her surrounded her and enfolded her with its blessing
and its sweetness.  Nothing, after all, could compare with old ties,
old friends, and old Green Gables!  How starry Anne's eyes were
as they sat down to the loaded supper table, how pink her cheeks,
how silver-clear her laughter!  And Diana was going to stay all
night, too.  How like the dear old times it was!  And the
rose-bud tea-set graced the table!  With Marilla the force of
nature could no further go.

"I suppose you and Diana will now proceed to talk all night,"
said Marilla sarcastically, as the girls went upstairs.
Marilla was always sarcastic after any self-betrayal.

"Yes," agreed Anne gaily, "but I'm going to put Davy to bed first.
He insists on that."

"You bet," said Davy, as they went along the hall.  "I want somebody
to say my prayers to again.  It's no fun saying them alone."

"You don't say them alone, Davy.  God is always with you to hear you."

"Well, I can't see Him," objected Davy.  "I want to pray to somebody
I can see, but I WON'T say them to Mrs. Lynde or Marilla, there now!"

Nevertheless, when Davy was garbed in his gray flannel nighty, he
did not seem in a hurry to begin.  He stood before Anne,
shuffling one bare foot over the other, and looked undecided.

"Come, dear, kneel down," said Anne.

Davy came and buried his head in Anne's lap, but he did not kneel down.

"Anne," he said in a muffled voice.  "I don't feel like praying after all.
I haven't felt like it for a week now.  I -- I DIDN'T pray last night nor
the night before."

"Why not, Davy?" asked Anne gently.

"You -- you won't be mad if I tell you?" implored Davy.

Anne lifted the little gray-flannelled body on her knee and
cuddled his head on her arm.

"Do I ever get `mad' when you tell me things, Davy?"

"No-o-o, you never do.  But you get sorry, and that's worse.
You'll be awful sorry when I tell you this, Anne -- and you'll
be 'shamed of me, I s'pose."

"Have you done something naughty, Davy, and is that why you can't
say your prayers?"

"No, I haven't done anything naughty -- yet.  But I want to do it."

"What is it, Davy?"

"I -- I want to say a bad word, Anne," blurted out Davy, with a
desperate effort.  "I heard Mr. Harrison's hired boy say it one
day last week, and ever since I've been wanting to say it ALL the
time -- even when I'm saying my prayers."

"Say it then, Davy."

Davy lifted his flushed face in amazement.

"But, Anne, it's an AWFUL bad word."

"SAY IT!"

Davy gave her another incredulous look, then in a low voice he
said the dreadful word.  The next minute his face was burrowing
against her.

"Oh, Anne, I'll never say it again -- never.  I'll never WANT to
say it again.  I knew it was bad, but I didn't s'pose it was so
-- so -- I didn't s'pose it was like THAT."

"No, I don't think you'll ever want to say it again, Davy -- or
think it, either.  And I wouldn't go about much with Mr. Harrison's
hired boy if I were you."

"He can make bully war-whoops," said Davy a little regretfully.

"But you don't want your mind filled with bad words, do you, Davy
-- words that will poison it and drive out all that is good and manly?"

"No," said Davy, owl-eyed with introspection.

"Then don't go with those people who use them.  And now do you
feel as if you could say your prayers, Davy?"

"Oh, yes," said Davy, eagerly wriggling down on his knees, "I can
say them now all right.  I ain't scared now to say `if I should
die before I wake,' like I was when I was wanting to say that word."

Probably Anne and Diana did empty out their souls to each other
that night, but no record of their confidences has been preserved.
They both looked as fresh and bright-eyed at breakfast as only
youth can look after unlawful hours of revelry and confession.
There had been no snow up to this time, but as Diana crossed
the old log bridge on her homeward way the white flakes were
beginning to flutter down over the fields and woods, russet
and gray in their dreamless sleep.  Soon the far-away slopes
and hills were dim and wraith-like through their gauzy scarfing,
as if pale autumn had flung a misty bridal veil over her hair
and was waiting for her wintry bridegroom.  So they had a white
Christmas after all, and a very pleasant day it was.  In the
forenoon letters and gifts came from Miss Lavendar and Paul;
Anne opened them in the cheerful Green Gables kitchen, which was
filled with what Davy, sniffing in ecstasy, called "pretty smells."

"Miss Lavendar and Mr. Irving are settled in their new home now,"
reported Anne.  "I am sure Miss Lavendar is perfectly happy --
I know it by the general tone of her letter -- but there's a
note from Charlotta the Fourth.  She doesn't like Boston at all,
and she is fearfully homesick.  Miss Lavendar wants me to go
through to Echo Lodge some day while I'm home and light a fire to
air it, and see that the cushions aren't getting moldy.  I think
I'll get Diana to go over with me next week, and we can spend the
evening with Theodora Dix.  I want to see Theodora.  By the way,
is Ludovic Speed still going to see her?"

"They say so," said Marilla, "and he's likely to continue it.
Folks have given up expecting that that courtship will ever
arrive anywhere."

"I'd hurry him up a bit, if I was Theodora, that's what," said
Mrs. Lynde.  And there is not the slightest doubt but that she would.

There was also a characteristic scrawl from Philippa, full of
Alec and Alonzo, what they said and what they did, and how they
looked when they saw her.

"But I can't make up my mind yet which to marry," wrote Phil.
"I do wish you had come with me to decide for me.  Some one
will have to.  When I saw Alec my heart gave a great thump and I
thought, `He might be the right one.'  And then, when Alonzo came,
thump went my heart again.  So that's no guide, though it should be,
according to all the novels I've ever read.  Now, Anne, YOUR heart
wouldn't thump for anybody but the genuine Prince Charming, would it?
There must be something radically wrong with mine.  But I'm having a
perfectly gorgeous time.  How I wish you were here!  It's snowing
today, and I'm rapturous.  I was so afraid we'd have a green
Christmas and I loathe them.  You know, when Christmas is a dirty
grayey-browney affair, looking as if it had been left over a hundred
years ago and had been in soak ever since, it is called a GREEN Christmas!
Don't ask me why.  As Lord Dundreary says, `there are thome thingth no
fellow can underthtand.'

"Anne, did you ever get on a street car and then discover that you
hadn't any money with you to pay your fare?  I did, the other day.
It's quite awful.  I had a nickel with me when I got on the car.
I thought it was in the left pocket of my coat.  When I got
settled down comfortably I felt for it.  It wasn't there.
I had a cold chill.  I felt in the other pocket.  Not there.
I had another chill.  Then I felt in a little inside pocket.
All in vain.  I had two chills at once.

"I took off my gloves, laid them on the seat, and went over all
my pockets again.  It was not there.  I stood up and shook myself,
and then looked on the floor.  The car was full of people, who
were going home from the opera, and they all stared at me, but
I was past caring for a little thing like that.

"But I could not find my fare.  I concluded I must have put it in
my mouth and swallowed it inadvertently.

"I didn't know what to do.  Would the conductor, I wondered, stop
the car and put me off in ignominy and shame?  Was it possible
that I could convince him that I was merely the victim of my own
absentmindedness, and not an unprincipled creature trying to
obtain a ride upon false pretenses?  How I wished that Alec
or Alonzo were there.  But they weren't because I wanted them.
If I HADN'T wanted them they would have been there by the dozen.
And I couldn't decide what to say to the conductor when he came
around.  As soon as I got one sentence of explanation mapped out
in my mind I felt nobody could believe it and I must compose
another.  It seemed there was nothing to do but trust in
Providence, and for all the comfort that gave me I might as well
have been the old lady who, when told by the captain during a
storm that she must put her trust in the Almighty exclaimed,
`Oh, Captain, is it as bad as that?'

"Just at the conventional moment, when all hope had fled, and
the conductor was holding out his box to the passenger next to me,
I suddenly remembered where I had put that wretched coin of the realm.
I hadn't swallowed it after all.  I meekly fished it out of the
index finger of my glove and poked it in the box.  I smiled at
everybody and felt that it was a beautiful world."

The visit to Echo Lodge was not the least pleasant of many
pleasant holiday outings.  Anne and Diana went back to it by the
old way of the beech woods, carrying a lunch basket with them.
Echo Lodge, which had been closed ever since Miss Lavendar's
wedding, was briefly thrown open to wind and sunshine once more,
and firelight glimmered again in the little rooms.  The perfume
of Miss Lavendar's rose bowl still filled the air.  It was hardly
possible to believe that Miss Lavendar would not come tripping in
presently, with her brown eyes a-star with welcome, and that
Charlotta the Fourth, blue of bow and wide of smile, would not
pop through the door.  Paul, too, seemed hovering around, with
his fairy fancies.

"It really makes me feel a little bit like a ghost revisiting the
old time glimpses of the moon," laughed Anne.  "Let's go out and
see if the echoes are at home.  Bring the old horn.  It is still
behind the kitchen door."

The echoes were at home, over the white river, as silver-clear
and multitudinous as ever; and when they had ceased to answer the
girls locked up Echo Lodge again and went away in the perfect
half hour that follows the rose and saffron of a winter sunset.




Chapter VIII

Anne's First Proposal


The old year did not slip away in a green twilight, with a
pinky-yellow sunset.  Instead, it went out with a wild, white
bluster and blow.  It was one of the nights when the storm-wind
hurtles over the frozen meadows and black hollows, and moans
around the eaves like a lost creature, and drives the snow
sharply against the shaking panes.

"Just the sort of night people like to cuddle down between their
blankets and count their mercies," said Anne to Jane Andrews, who
had come up to spend the afternoon and stay all night.  But when
they were cuddled between their blankets, in Anne's little porch
room, it was not her mercies of which Jane was thinking.

"Anne," she said very solemnly, "I want to tell you something.  May I"

Anne was feeling rather sleepy after the party Ruby Gillis had
given the night before.  She would much rather have gone to sleep
than listen to Jane's confidences, which she was sure would bore her.
She had no prophetic inkling of what was coming.  Probably Jane was
engaged, too; rumor averred that Ruby Gillis was engaged to the
Spencervale schoolteacher, about whom all the girls were said
to be quite wild.

"I'll soon be the only fancy-free maiden of our old quartet,"
thought Anne, drowsily.  Aloud she said, "Of course."

"Anne," said Jane, still more solemnly, "what do you think of my
brother Billy?"

Anne gasped over this unexpected question, and floundered
helplessly in her thoughts.  Goodness, what DID she think of
Billy Andrews?  She had never thought ANYTHING about him --
round-faced, stupid, perpetually smiling, good-natured Billy
Andrews.  Did ANYBODY ever think about Billy Andrews?

"I -- I don't understand, Jane," she stammered.  "What do you
mean -- exactly?"

"Do you like Billy?" asked Jane bluntly.

"Why -- why -- yes, I like him, of course," gasped Anne,
wondering if she were telling the literal truth.  Certainly she
did not DISlike Billy.  But could the indifferent tolerance with
which she regarded him, when he happened to be in her range of
vision, be considered positive enough for liking?  WHAT was Jane
trying to elucidate?

"Would you like him for a husband?" asked Jane calmly.

"A husband!"  Anne had been sitting up in bed, the better to
wrestle with the problem of her exact opinion of Billy Andrews.
Now she fell flatly back on her pillows, the very breath gone
out of her.  "Whose husband?"

"Yours, of course," answered Jane.  "Billy wants to marry you.
He's always been crazy about you -- and now father has given him
the upper farm in his own name and there's nothing to prevent him
from getting married.  But he's so shy he couldn't ask you
himself if you'd have him, so he got me to do it.  I'd rather not
have, but he gave me no peace till I said I would, if I got a
good chance.  What do you think about it, Anne?"

Was it a dream?  Was it one of those nightmare things in which
you find yourself engaged or married to some one you hate or
don't know, without the slightest idea how it ever came about?
No, she, Anne Shirley, was lying there, wide awake, in her own bed,
and Jane Andrews was beside her, calmly proposing for her brother Billy.
Anne did not know whether she wanted to writhe or laugh; but she could
do neither, for Jane's feelings must not be hurt.

"I -- I couldn't marry Bill, you know, Jane," she managed to gasp.
"Why, such an idea never occurred to me -- never!"

"I don't suppose it did," agreed Jane.  "Billy has always been far
too shy to think of courting.  But you might think it over, Anne.
Billy is a good fellow.  I must say that, if he is my brother.
He has no bad habits and he's a great worker, and you can depend
on him.  `A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.' He told me to
tell you he'd be quite willing to wait till you got through college,
if you insisted, though he'd RATHER get married this spring before
the planting begins.  He'd always be very good to you, I'm sure,
and you know, Anne, I'd love to have you for a sister."

"I can't marry Billy," said Anne decidedly.  She had recovered
her wits, and was even feeling a little angry.  It was all so
ridiculous.  "There is no use thinking of it, Jane.  I don't care
anything for him in that way, and you must tell him so."

"Well, I didn't suppose you would," said Jane with a resigned
sigh, feeling that she had done her best.  "I told Billy I didn't
believe it was a bit of use to ask you, but he insisted.  Well,
you've made your decision, Anne, and I hope you won't regret it."

Jane spoke rather coldly.  She had been perfectly sure that the
enamored Billy had no chance at all of inducing Anne to marry him.
Nevertheless, she felt a little resentment that Anne Shirley,
who was, after all, merely an adopted orphan, without kith or kin,
should refuse her brother -- one of the Avonlea Andrews.  Well,
pride sometimes goes before a fall, Jane reflected ominously.

Anne permitted herself to smile in the darkness over the idea
that she might ever regret not marrying Billy Andrews.

"I hope Billy won't feel very badly over it," she said nicely.

Jane made a movement as if she were tossing her head on her pillow.

"Oh, he won't break his heart.  Billy has too much good sense for that.
He likes Nettie Blewett pretty well, too, and mother would rather he
married her than any one.  She's such a good manager and saver.
I think, when Billy is once sure you won't have him, he'll take Nettie.
Please don't mention this to any one, will you, Anne?"

"Certainly not," said Anne, who had no desire whatever to publish
abroad the fact that Billy Andrews wanted to marry her, preferring her,
when all was said and done, to Nettie Blewett.  Nettie Blewett!

"And now I suppose we'd better go to sleep," suggested Jane.

To sleep went Jane easily and speedily; but, though very unlike
MacBeth in most respects, she had certainly contrived to murder
sleep for Anne.  That proposed-to damsel lay on a wakeful pillow
until the wee sma's, but her meditations were far from being romantic.
It was not, however, until the next morning that she had an opportunity
to indulge in a good laugh over the whole affair.  When Jane had gone home
-- still with a hint of frost in voice and manner because Anne had declined
so ungratefully and decidedly the honor of an alliance with the House of
Andrews -- Anne retreated to the porch room, shut the door, and had her
laugh out at last.

"If I could only share the joke with some one!" she thought.
"But I can't.  Diana is the only one I'd want to tell, and, even
if I hadn't sworn secrecy to Jane, I can't tell Diana things now.
She tells everything to Fred -- I know she does.  Well, I've had
my first proposal.  I supposed it would come some day -- but I
certainly never thought it would be by proxy.  It's awfully funny
-- and yet there's a sting in it, too, somehow."

Anne knew quite well wherein the sting consisted, though she
did not put it into words.  She had had her secret dreams of
the first time some one should ask her the great question.
And it had, in those dreams, always been very romantic and beautiful:
and the "some one" was to be very handsome and dark-eyed and
distinguished-looking and eloquent, whether he were Prince Charming
to be enraptured with "yes," or one to whom a regretful, beautifully
worded, but hopeless refusal must be given.  If the latter, the
refusal was to be expressed so delicately that it would be next best
thing to acceptance, and he would go away, after kissing her hand,
assuring her of his unalterable, life-long devotion.  And it would
always be a beautiful memory, to be proud of and a little sad about, also.

And now, this thrilling experience had turned out to be merely grotesque.
Billy Andrews had got his sister to propose for him because his father had
given him the upper farm; and if Anne wouldn't "have him" Nettie Blewett would.
There was romance for you, with a vengeance!  Anne laughed -- and then sighed.
The bloom had been brushed from one little maiden dream.  Would the painful
process go on until everything became prosaic and hum-drum?




Chapter IX


An Unwelcome Lover and a Welcome Friend


The second term at Redmond sped as quickly as had the first --
"actually whizzed away," Philippa said.  Anne enjoyed it
thoroughly in all its phases -- the stimulating class rivalry,
the making and deepening of new and helpful friendships, the gay
little social stunts, the doings of the various societies of
which she was a member, the widening of horizons and interests.
She studied hard, for she had made up her mind to win the Thorburn
Scholarship in English.  This being won, meant that she could
come back to Redmond the next year without trenching on Marilla's
small savings -- something Anne was determined she would not do.

Gilbert, too, was in full chase after a scholarship, but found
plenty of time for frequent calls at Thirty-eight, St. John's.
He was Anne's escort at nearly all the college affairs, and she
knew that their names were coupled in Redmond gossip.  Anne raged
over this but was helpless; she could not cast an old friend like
Gilbert aside, especially when he had grown suddenly wise and
wary, as behooved him in the dangerous proximity of more than one
Redmond youth who would gladly have taken his place by the side
of the slender, red-haired coed, whose gray eyes were as alluring
as stars of evening.  Anne was never attended by the crowd of
willing victims who hovered around Philippa's conquering march
through her Freshman year; but there was a lanky, brainy Freshie,
a jolly, little, round Sophomore, and a tall, learned Junior who
all liked to call at Thirty-eight, St. John's, and talk over
'ologies and 'isms, as well as lighter subjects, with Anne, in
the becushioned parlor of that domicile.  Gilbert did not love
any of them, and he was exceedingly careful to give none of them
the advantage over him by any untimely display of his real
feelings Anne-ward.  To her he had become again the boy-comrade
of Avonlea days, and as such could hold his own against any
smitten swain who had so far entered the lists against him.
As a companion, Anne honestly acknowledged nobody could be so
satisfactory as Gilbert; she was very glad, so she told herself,
that he had evidently dropped all nonsensical ideas -- though she
spent considerable time secretly wondering why.

Only one disagreeable incident marred that winter.  Charlie Sloane,
sitting bolt upright on Miss Ada's most dearly beloved cushion,
asked Anne one night if she would promise "to become Mrs. Charlie
Sloane some day."  Coming after Billy Andrews' proxy effort,
this was not quite the shock to Anne's romantic sensibilities
that it would otherwise have been; but it was certainly another
heart-rending disillusion.  She was angry, too, for she felt that
she had never given Charlie the slightest encouragement to suppose
such a thing possible.  But what could you expect of a Sloane,
as Mrs. Rachel Lynde would ask scornfully?  Charlie's whole attitude,
tone, air, words, fairly reeked with Sloanishness.  "He was conferring
a great honor -- no doubt whatever about that.  And when Anne, utterly
insensible to the honor, refused him, as delicately and considerately
as she could -- for even a Sloane had feelings which ought not to be
unduly lacerated -- Sloanishness still further betrayed itself.
Charlie certainly did not take his dismissal as Anne's imaginary
rejected suitors did.  Instead, he became angry, and showed it;
he said two or three quite nasty things; Anne's temper flashed up
mutinously and she retorted with a cutting little speech whose
keenness pierced even Charlie's protective Sloanishness and
reached the quick; he caught up his hat and flung himself out of
the house with a very red face; Anne rushed upstairs, falling twice
over Miss Ada's cushions on the way, and threw herself on her bed,
in tears of humiliation and rage.  Had she actually stooped to
quarrel with a Sloane?  Was it possible anything Charlie Sloane
could say had power to make her angry?  Oh, this was degradation,
indeed -- worse even than being the rival of Nettie Blewett!

"I wish I need never see the horrible creature again," she sobbed
vindictively into her pillows.

She could not avoid seeing him again, but the outraged Charlie
took care that it should not be at very close quarters.  Miss
Ada's cushions were henceforth safe from his depredations,
and when he met Anne on the street, or in Redmond's halls,
his bow was icy in the extreme.  Relations between these two
old schoolmates continued to be thus strained for nearly a year!
Then Charlie transferred his blighted affections to a round,
rosy, snub-nosed, blue-eyed, little Sophomore who appreciated
them as they deserved, whereupon he forgave Anne and condescended
to be civil to her again; in a patronizing manner intended to
show her just what she had lost.

One day Anne scurried excitedly into Priscilla's room.

"Read that," she cried, tossing Priscilla a letter.  "It's from
Stella -- and she's coming to Redmond next year -- and what do
you think of her idea?  I think it's a perfectly splendid one,
if we can only carry it out.  Do you suppose we can, Pris?"

"I'll be better able to tell you when I find out what it is,"
said Priscilla, casting aside a Greek lexicon and taking up
Stella's letter.  Stella Maynard had been one of their chums at
Queen's Academy and had been teaching school ever since.

"But I'm going to give it up, Anne dear," she wrote, "and go to
college next year.  As I took the third year at Queen's I can
enter the Sophomore year.  I'm tired of teaching in a back
country school.  Some day I'm going to write a treatise on
`The Trials of a Country Schoolmarm.' It will be a harrowing bit
of realism.  It seems to be the prevailing impression that we live
in clover, and have nothing to do but draw our quarter's salary.
My treatise shall tell the truth about us.  Why, if a week should
pass without some one telling me that I am doing easy work for
big pay I would conclude that I might as well order my ascension
robe `immediately and to onct.'  `Well, you get your money easy,'
some rate-payer will tell me, condescendingly.  `All you have to
do is to sit there and hear lessons.'  I used to argue the matter
at first, but I'm wiser now.  Facts are stubborn things, but
as some one has wisely said, not half so stubborn as fallacies.
So I only smile loftily now in eloquent silence.  Why, I have nine
grades in my school and I have to teach a little of everything,
from investigating the interiors of earthworms to the study of
the solar system.  My youngest pupil is four -- his mother sends
him to school to `get him out of the way' -- and my oldest twenty
-- it `suddenly struck him' that it would be easier to go to
school and get an education than follow the plough any longer.
In the wild effort to cram all sorts of research into six hours a
day I don't wonder if the children feel like the little boy who
was taken to see the biograph.  `I have to look for what's coming
next before I know what went last,' he complained.  I feel like
that myself.

"And the letters I get, Anne!  Tommy's mother writes me that
Tommy is not coming on in arithmetic as fast as she would like.
He is only in simple reduction yet, and Johnny Johnson is in
fractions, and Johnny isn't half as smart as her Tommy, and she
can't understand it.  And Susy's father wants to know why Susy
can't write a letter without misspelling half the words, and
Dick's aunt wants me to change his seat, because that bad Brown
boy he is sitting with is teaching him to say naughty words.

"As to the financial part -- but I'll not begin on that.  Those
whom the gods wish to destroy they first make country schoolmarms!

"There, I feel better, after that growl.  After all, I've enjoyed
these past two years.  But I'm coming to Redmond.

"And now, Anne, I've a little plan.  You know how I loathe boarding.
I've boarded for four years and I'm so tired of it.  I don't feel like
enduring three years more of it.

Now, why can't you and Priscilla and I club together, rent
a little house somewhere in Kingsport, and board ourselves?
It would be cheaper than any other way.  Of course, we would
have to have a housekeeper and I have one ready on the spot.
You've heard me speak of Aunt Jamesina?  She's the sweetest
aunt that ever lived, in spite of her name.  She can't help that!
She was called Jamesina because her father, whose name was James,
was drowned at sea a month before she was born.  I always call her
Aunt Jimsie.  Well, her only daughter has recently married and
gone to the foreign mission field.  Aunt Jamesina is left alone
in a great big house, and she is horribly lonesome.  She will
come to Kingsport and keep house for us if we want her, and I
know you'll both love her.  The more I think of the plan the more
I like it.  We could have such good, independent times.

"Now, if you and Priscilla agree to it, wouldn't it be a good
idea for you, who are on the spot, to look around and see if you
can find a suitable house this spring?  That would be better than
leaving it till the fall.  If you could get a furnished one so
much the better, but if not, we can scare up a few sticks of
finiture between us and old family friends with attics.  Anyhow,
decide as soon as you can and write me, so that Aunt Jamesina
will know what plans to make for next year."

"I think it's a good idea," said Priscilla.

"So do I," agreed Anne delightedly.  "Of course, we have a nice
boardinghouse here, but, when all's said and done, a boardinghouse
isn't home.  So let's go house-hunting at once, before exams come on."

"I'm afraid it will be hard enough to get a really suitable house,"
warned Priscilla.  "Don't expect too much, Anne.  Nice houses in
nice localities will probably be away beyond our means.  We'll likely
have to content ourselves with a shabby little place on some street
whereon live people whom to know is to be unknown, and make life
inside compensate for the outside."

Accordingly they went house-hunting, but to find just what
they wanted proved even harder than Priscilla had feared.
Houses there were galore, furnished and unfurnished; but one
was too big, another too small; this one too expensive, that
one too far from Redmond.  Exams were on and over; the last
week of the term came and still their "house o'dreams," as
Anne called it, remained a castle in the air.

"We shall have to give up and wait till the fall, I suppose," said
Priscilla wearily, as they rambled through the park on one of April's
darling days of breeze and blue, when the harbor was creaming and
shimmering beneath the pearl-hued mists floating over it.  "We may
find some shack to shelter us then; and if not, boardinghouses we
shall have always with us."

"I'm not going to worry about it just now, anyway, and spoil this
lovely afternoon," said Anne, gazing around her with delight.
The fresh chill air was faintly charged with the aroma of pine
balsam, and the sky above was crystal clear and blue -- a great
inverted cup of blessing.  "Spring is singing in my blood today,
and the lure of April is abroad on the air.  I'm seeing visions
and dreaming dreams, Pris.  That's because the wind is from the
west.  I do love the west wind.  It sings of hope and gladness,
doesn't it?  When the east wind blows I always think of sorrowful
rain on the eaves and sad waves on a gray shore.  When I get old
I shall have rheumatism when the wind is east."

"And isn't it jolly when you discard furs and winter garments
for the first time and sally forth, like this, in spring attire?"
laughed Priscilla.  "Don't you feel as if you had been made over new?"

"Everything is new in the spring," said Anne.  "Springs themselves
are always so new, too.  No spring is ever just like any other spring.
It always has something of its own to be its own peculiar sweetness.
See how green the grass is around that little pond, and how the willow
buds are bursting."

"And exams are over and gone -- the time of Convocation will come
soon -- next Wednesday.  This day next week we'll be home."

"I'm glad," said Anne dreamily.  "There are so many things I want
to do.  I want to sit on the back porch steps and feel the breeze
blowing down over Mr. Harrison's fields.  I want to hunt ferns
in the Haunted Wood and gather violets in Violet Vale.  Do you
remember the day of our golden picnic, Priscilla?  I want to hear
the frogs singing and the poplars whispering.  But I've learned
to love Kingsport, too, and I'm glad I'm coming back next fall.
If I hadn't won the Thorburn I don't believe I could have.  I
COULDN'T take any of Marilla's little hoard."

"If we could only find a house!" sighed Priscilla.  "Look over
there at Kingsport, Anne -- houses, houses everywhere, and not
one for us."

"Stop it, Pris.  `The best is yet to be.'  Like the old Roman,
we'll find a house or build one.  On a day like this there's
no such word as fail in my bright lexicon."

They lingered in the park until sunset, living in the amazing
miracle and glory and wonder of the springtide; and they went
home as usual, by way of Spofford Avenue, that they might have
the delight of looking at Patty's Place.

"I feel as if something mysterious were going to happen right
away -- `by the pricking of my thumbs,' " said Anne, as they went
up the slope.  "It's a nice story-bookish feeling.  Why -- why --
why!  Priscilla Grant, look over there and tell me if it's true,
or am I seein' things?"

Priscilla looked.  Anne's thumbs and eyes had not deceived her.
Over the arched gateway of Patty's Place dangled a little, modest
sign.  It said "To Let, Furnished.  Inquire Within."

"Priscilla," said Anne, in a whisper, "do you suppose it's
possible that we could rent Patty's Place?"

"No, I don't," averred Priscilla.  "It would be too good to be
true.  Fairy tales don't happen nowadays.  I won't hope, Anne.
The disappointment would be too awful to bear.  They're sure to
want more for it than we can afford.  Remember, it's on Spofford
Avenue."

"We must find out anyhow," said Anne resolutely.  "It's too late
to call this evening, but we'll come tomorrow.  Oh, Pris, if we
can get this darling spot!  I've always felt that my fortunes
were linked with Patty's Place, ever since I saw it first."




Chapter X

Patty's Place


The next evening found them treading resolutely the herring-bone
walk through the tiny garden.  The April wind was filling the
pine trees with its roundelay, and the grove was alive with robins
-- great, plump, saucy fellows, strutting along the paths.
The girls rang rather timidly, and were admitted by a grim and
ancient handmaiden.  The door opened directly into a large
living-room, where by a cheery little fire sat two other ladies,
both of whom were also grim and ancient.  Except that one looked
to be about seventy and the other fifty, there seemed little
difference between them.  Each had amazingly big, light-blue eyes
behind steel-rimmed spectacles; each wore a cap and a gray shawl;
each was knitting without haste and without rest; each rocked
placidly and looked at the girls without speaking; and just
behind each sat a large white china dog, with round green spots
all over it, a green nose and green ears.  Those dogs captured
Anne's fancy on the spot; they seemed like the twin guardian
deities of Patty's Place.

For a few minutes nobody spoke.  The girls were too nervous to
find words, and neither the ancient ladies nor the china dogs
seemed conversationally inclined.  Anne glanced about the room.
What a dear place it was!  Another door opened out of it directly
into the pine grove and the robins came boldly up on the very step.
The floor was spotted with round, braided mats, such as Marilla
made at Green Gables, but which were considered out of date
everywhere else, even in Avonlea.  And yet here they were on
Spofford Avenue!  A big, polished grandfather's clock ticked
loudly and solemnly in a corner.  There were delightful little
cupboards over the mantelpiece, behind whose glass doors gleamed
quaint bits of china.  The walls were hung with old prints and
silhouettes.  In one corner the stairs went up, and at the first
low turn was a long window with an inviting seat.  It was all
just as Anne had known it must be.

By this time the silence had grown too dreadful, and Priscilla
nudged Anne to intimate that she must speak.

"We -- we -- saw by your sign that this house is to let," said Anne
faintly, addressing the older lady, who was evidently Miss Patty Spofford.

"Oh, yes," said Miss Patty.  "I intended to take that sign down today."

"Then -- then we are too late," said Anne sorrowfully.  "You've let it
to some one else?"

"No, but we have decided not to let it at all."

"Oh, I'm so sorry," exclaimed Anne impulsively.  "I love this place so.
I did hope we could have got it."

Then did Miss Patty lay down her knitting, take off her specs,
rub them, put them on again, and for the first time look at Anne
as at a human being.  The other lady followed her example so
perfectly that she might as well have been a reflection in a mirror.

"You LOVE it," said Miss Patty with emphasis.  "Does that mean
that you really LOVE it?  Or that you merely like the looks of it?
The girls nowadays indulge in such exaggerated statements that one
never can tell what they DO mean.  It wasn't so in my young days.
THEN a girl did not say she LOVED turnips, in just the same tone
as she might have said she loved her mother or her Savior."

Anne's conscience bore her up.

"I really do love it," she said gently.  "I've loved it ever since
I saw it last fall.  My two college chums and I want to keep house
next year instead of boarding, so we are looking for a little place
to rent; and when I saw that this house was to let I was so happy."

"If you love it, you can have it," said Miss Patty.  "Maria and I
decided today that we would not let it after all, because we did
not like any of the people who have wanted it.  We don't HAVE to
let it.  We can afford to go to Europe even if we don't let it.
It would help us out, but not for gold will I let my home pass
into the possession of such people as have come here and looked
at it.  YOU are different.  I believe you do love it and will be
good to it.  You can have it."

"If -- if we can afford to pay what you ask for it," hesitated Anne.

Miss Patty named the amount required.  Anne and Priscilla looked
at each other.  Priscilla shook her head.

"I'm afraid we can't afford quite so much," said Anne, choking
back her disappointment.  "You see, we are only college girls
and we are poor."

"What were you thinking you could afford?" demanded Miss Patty,
ceasing not to knit.

Anne named her amount.  Miss Patty nodded gravely.

"That will do.  As I told you, it is not strictly necessary that
we should let it at all.  We are not rich, but we have enough to
go to Europe on.  I have never been in Europe in my life, and never
expected or wanted to go.  But my niece there, Maria Spofford, has
taken a fancy to go.  Now, you know a young person like Maria can't
go globetrotting alone."

"No -- I -- I suppose not," murmured Anne, seeing that Miss Patty
was quite solemnly in earnest.

"Of course not.  So I have to go along to look after her.  I expect to
enjoy it, too; I'm seventy years old, but I'm not tired of living yet.
I daresay I'd have gone to Europe before if the idea had occurred to me.
We shall be away for two years, perhaps three.  We sail in June and we
shall send you the key, and leave all in order for you to take
possession when you choose.  We shall pack away a few things we
prize especially, but all the rest will be left."

"Will you leave the china dogs?" asked Anne timidly.

"Would you like me to?"

"Oh, indeed, yes.  They are delightful."

A pleased expression came into Miss Patty's face.

"I think a great deal of those dogs," she said proudly.  "They are
over a hundred years old, and they have sat on either side of this
fireplace ever since my brother Aaron brought them from London
fifty years ago.  Spofford Avenue was called after my brother Aaron."

"A fine man he was," said Miss Maria, speaking for the first time.
"Ah, you don't see the like of him nowadays."

"He was a good uncle to you, Maria," said Miss Patty, with evident emotion.
"You do well to remember him."

"I shall always remember him," said Miss Maria solemnly.  "I can see him,
this minute, standing there before that fire, with his hands under his
coat-tails, beaming on us."

Miss Maria took out her handkerchief and wiped her eyes; but Miss Patty
came resolutely back from the regions of sentiment to those of business.

"I shall leave the dogs where they are, if you will promise to be
very careful of them," she said.  "Their names are Gog and Magog.
Gog looks to the right and Magog to the left.  And there's just
one thing more.  You don't object, I hope, to this house being
called Patty's Place?"

"No, indeed.  We think that is one of the nicest things about it."

"You have sense, I see," said Miss Patty in a tone of great satisfaction.
"Would you believe it?  All the people who came here to rent the house
wanted to know if they couldn't take the name off the gate during their
occupation of it.  I told them roundly that the name went with the house.
This has been Patty's Place ever since my brother Aaron left it to me in
his will, and Patty's Place it shall remain until I die and Maria dies.
After that happens the next possessor can call it any fool name he likes,"
concluded Miss Patty, much as she might have said, "After that -- the deluge."
"And now, wouldn't you like to go over the house and see it all before we
consider the bargain made?"

Further exploration still further delighted the girls.  Besides the
big living-room, there was a kitchen and a small bedroom downstairs.
Upstairs were three rooms, one large and two small.  Anne took an
especial fancy to one of the small ones, looking out into the big pines,
and hoped it would be hers.  It was papered in pale blue and had a
little, old-timey toilet table with sconces for candles.  There was
a diamond-paned window with a seat under the blue muslin frills that
would be a satisfying spot for studying or dreaming.

"It's all so delicious that I know we are going to wake up and find
it a fleeting vision of the night," said Priscilla as they went away.

"Miss Patty and Miss Maria are hardly such stuff as dreams are
made of," laughed Anne.  "Can you fancy them `globe-trotting' --
especially in those shawls and caps?"

"I suppose they'll take them off when they really begin to trot,"
said Priscilla, "but I know they'll take their knitting with
them everywhere.  They simply couldn't be parted from it.
They will walk about Westminster Abbey and knit, I feel sure.
Meanwhile, Anne, we shall be living in Patty's Place -- and on
Spofford Avenue.  I feel like a millionairess even now."

"I feel like one of the morning stars that sang for joy," said Anne.

Phil Gordon crept into Thirty-eight, St. John's, that night and
flung herself on Anne's bed.

"Girls, dear, I'm tired to death.  I feel like the man without a country --
or was it without a shadow?  I forget which.  Anyway, I've been packing up."

"And I suppose you are worn out because you couldn't decide which
things to pack first, or where to put them," laughed Priscilla.

"E-zackly.  And when I had got everything jammed in somehow, and
my landlady and her maid had both sat on it while I locked it, I
discovered I had packed a whole lot of things I wanted for
Convocation at the very bottom.  I had to unlock the old thing
and poke and dive into it for an hour before I fished out what I
wanted.  I would get hold of something that felt like what I was
looking for, and I'd yank it up, and it would be something else.
No, Anne, I did NOT swear."

"I didn't say you did."

"Well, you looked it.  But I admit my thoughts verged on the profane.
And I have such a cold in the head -- I can do nothing but sniffle,
sigh and sneeze.  Isn't that alliterative agony for you?  Queen Anne,
do say something to cheer me up."

"Remember that next Thursday night, you'll be back in the land of
Alec and Alonzo," suggested Anne.

Phil shook her head dolefully.

"More alliteration.  No, I don't want Alec and Alonzo when I have
a cold in the head.  But what has happened you two?  Now that I look
at you closely you seem all lighted up with an internal iridescence.
Why, you're actually SHINING!  What's up?"

"We are going to live in Patty's Place next winter," said Anne triumphantly.
"Live, mark you, not board!  We've rented it, and Stella Maynard is coming,
and her aunt is going to keep house for us."

Phil bounced up, wiped her nose, and fell on her knees before Anne.

"Girls -- girls -- let me come, too.  Oh, I'll be so good.  If
there's no room for me I'll sleep in the little doghouse in the
orchard -- I've seen it.  Only let me come."

"Get up, you goose."

"I won't stir off my marrow bones till you tell me I can live
with you next winter."

Anne and Priscilla looked at each other.  Then Anne said slowly,
"Phil dear, we'd love to have you.  But we may as well speak plainly.
I'm poor -- Pris is poor -- Stella Maynard is poor -- our housekeeping
will have to be very simple and our table plain.  You'd have to live as
we would.  Now, you are rich and your boardinghouse fare attests the fact."

"Oh, what do I care for that?" demanded Phil tragically.
"Better a dinner of herbs where your chums are than a stalled ox
in a lonely boardinghouse.  Don't think I'm ALL stomach, girls.
I'll be willing to live on bread and water -- with just a LEETLE
jam -- if you'll let me come."

"And then," continued Anne, "there will be a good deal of work to be done.
Stella's aunt can't do it all.  We all expect to have our chores to do.
Now, you -- "

"Toil not, neither do I spin," finished Philippa.  "But I'll learn
to do things.  You'll only have to show me once.  I CAN make my
own bed to begin with.  And remember that, though I can't cook,
I CAN keep my temper.  That's something.  And I NEVER growl about
the weather.  That's more.  Oh, please, please!  I never wanted
anything so much in my life -- and this floor is awfully hard."

"There's just one more thing," said Priscilla resolutely.
"You, Phil, as all Redmond knows, entertain callers almost every
evening.  Now, at Patty's Place we can't do that.  We have decided
that we shall be at home to our friends on Friday evenings only.
If you come with us you'll have to abide by that rule."

"Well, you don't think I'll mind that, do you?  Why, I'm glad of it.
I knew I should have had some such rule myself, but I hadn't
enough decision to make it or stick to it.  When I can shuffle
off the responsibility on you it will be a real relief.  If you
won't let me cast in my lot with you I'll die of the disappointment
and then I'll come back and haunt you.  I'll camp on the very doorstep
of Patty's Place and you won't be able to go out or come in without
falling over my spook."

Again Anne and Priscilla exchanged eloquent looks.

"Well," said Anne, "of course we can't promise to take you until
we've consulted with Stella; but I don't think she'll object,
and, as far as we are concerned, you may come and glad welcome."

"If you get tired of our simple life you can leave us, and no
questions asked," added Priscilla.

Phil sprang up, hugged them both jubilantly, and went on her way
rejoicing.

"I hope things will go right," said Priscilla soberly.

"We must MAKE them go right," avowed Anne.  "I think Phil will
fit into our 'appy little 'ome very well."

"Oh, Phil's a dear to rattle round with and be chums.  And, of course,
the more there are of us the easier it will be on our slim purses.
But how will she be to live with?  You have to summer and winter with
any one before you know if she's LIVABLE or not."

"Oh, well, we'll all be put to the test, as far as that goes.
And we must quit us like sensible folk, living and let live.
Phil isn't selfish, though she's a little thoughtless, and I
believe we will all get on beautifully in Patty's Place."




Chapter XI

The Round of Life


Anne was back in Avonlea with the luster of the Thorburn Scholarship
on her brow.  People told her she hadn't changed much, in a tone
which hinted they were surprised and a little disappointed she hadn't.
Avonlea had not changed, either.  At least, so it seemed at first.
But as Anne sat in the Green Gables pew, on the first Sunday after
her return, and looked over the congregation, she saw several little
changes which, all coming home to her at once, made her realize that
time did not quite stand still, even in Avonlea.  A new minister was in
the pulpit.  In the pews more than one familiar face was missing forever.
Old "Uncle Abe," his prophesying over and done with, Mrs. Peter Sloane,
who had sighed, it was to be hoped, for the last time, Timothy Cotton,
who, as Mrs. Rachel Lynde said "had actually managed to die at last
after practicing at it for twenty years," and old Josiah Sloane, whom
nobody knew in his coffin because he had his whiskers neatly trimmed,
were all sleeping in the little graveyard behind the church.  And Billy
Andrews was married to Nettie Blewett!  They "appeared out" that Sunday.
When Billy, beaming with pride and happiness, showed his be-plumed and
be-silked bride into the Harmon Andrews' pew, Anne dropped her lids to
hide her dancing eyes.  She recalled the stormy winter night of the
Christmas holidays when Jane had proposed for Billy.  He certainly
had not broken his heart over his rejection.  Anne wondered if Jane
had also proposed to Nettie for him, or if he had mustered enough
spunk to ask the fateful question himself.  All the Andrews family
seemed to share in his pride and pleasure, from Mrs. Harmon in the
pew to Jane in the choir.  Jane had resigned from the Avonlea school
and intended to go West in the fall.

"Can't get a beau in Avonlea, that's what," said Mrs. Rachel Lynde
scornfully.  "SAYS she thinks she'll have better health out West.
I never heard her health was poor before."

"Jane is a nice girl," Anne had said loyally.  "She never tried
to attract attention, as some did."

"Oh, she never chased the boys, if that's what you mean," said
Mrs. Rachel.  "But she'd like to be married, just as much as
anybody, that's what.  What else would take her out West to some
forsaken place whose only recommendation is that men are plenty
and women scarce?  Don't you tell me!"

But it was not at Jane, Anne gazed that day in dismay and surprise.
It was at Ruby Gillis, who sat beside her in the choir.  What had
happened to Ruby?  She was even handsomer than ever; but her blue
eyes were too bright and lustrous, and the color of her cheeks was
hectically brilliant; besides, she was very thin; the hands that
held her hymn-book were almost transparent in their delicacy.

"Is Ruby Gillis ill?" Anne asked of Mrs. Lynde, as they went
home from church.

"Ruby Gillis is dying of galloping consumption," said Mrs. Lynde
bluntly.  "Everybody knows it except herself and her FAMILY.
They won't give in.  If you ask THEM, she's perfectly well.
She hasn't been able to teach since she had that attack of
congestion in the winter, but she says she's going to teach
again in the fall, and she's after the White Sands school.
She'll be in her grave, poor girl, when White Sands school opens,
that's what."

Anne listened in shocked silence.  Ruby Gillis, her old school-chum,
dying?  Could it be possible?  Of late years they had grown apart;
but the old tie of school-girl intimacy was there, and made itself
felt sharply in the tug the news gave at Anne's heartstrings.
Ruby, the brilliant, the merry, the coquettish!  It was impossible
to associate the thought of her with anything like death.  She had
greeted Anne with gay cordiality after church, and urged her to
come up the next evening.

"I'll be away Tuesday and Wednesday evenings," she had whispered
triumphantly.  "There's a concert at Carmody and a party at White
Sands.  Herb Spencer's going to take me.  He's my LATEST.  Be sure
to come up tomorrow.  I'm dying for a good talk with you.  I want
to hear all about your doings at Redmond."

Anne knew that Ruby meant that she wanted to tell Anne all about
her own recent flirtations, but she promised to go, and Diana
offered to go with her.

"I've been wanting to go to see Ruby for a long while," she told Anne,
when they left Green Gables the next evening, "but I really couldn't
go alone.  It's so awful to hear Ruby rattling on as she does, and
pretending there is nothing the matter with her, even when she can
hardly speak for coughing.  She's fighting so hard for her life,
and yet she hasn't any chance at all, they say."

The girls walked silently down the red, twilit road.  The robins
were singing vespers in the high treetops, filling the golden air
with their jubilant voices.  The silver fluting of the frogs came
from marshes and ponds, over fields where seeds were beginning to
stir with life and thrill to the sunshine and rain that had
drifted over them.  The air was fragrant with the wild, sweet,
wholesome smell of young raspberry copses.  White mists were
hovering in the silent hollows and violet stars were shining
bluely on the brooklands.

"What a beautiful sunset," said Diana.  "Look, Anne, it's just like
a land in itself, isn't it?  That long, low back of purple cloud
is the shore, and the clear sky further on is like a golden sea."

"If we could sail to it in the moonshine boat Paul wrote of in
his old composition -- you remember?  -- how nice it would be,"
said Anne, rousing from her reverie.  "Do you think we could find
all our yesterdays there, Diana -- all our old springs and
blossoms?  The beds of flowers that Paul saw there are the roses
that have bloomed for us in the past?"

"Don't!" said Diana.  "You make me feel as if we were old women
with everything in life behind us."

"I think I've almost felt as if we were since I heard about poor Ruby,"
said Anne.  "If it is true that she is dying any other sad thing might
be true, too."

"You don't mind calling in at Elisha Wright's for a moment, do you?"
asked Diana.  "Mother asked me to leave this little dish of jelly
for Aunt Atossa."

"Who is Aunt Atossa?"

"Oh, haven't you heard?  She's Mrs. Samson Coates of Spencervale
-- Mrs. Elisha Wright's aunt.  She's father's aunt, too.  Her
husband died last winter and she was left very poor and lonely,
so the Wrights took her to live with them.  Mother thought we
ought to take her, but father put his foot down.  Live with Aunt
Atossa he would not."

"Is she so terrible?" asked Anne absently.

"You'll probably see what she's like before we can get away,"
said Diana significantly.  "Father says she has a face like a
hatchet -- it cuts the air.  But her tongue is sharper still."

Late as it was Aunt Atossa was cutting potato sets in the Wright
kitchen.  She wore a faded old wrapper, and her gray hair was
decidedly untidy.  Aunt Atossa did not like being "caught in a
kilter," so she went out of her way to be disagreeable.

"Oh, so you're Anne Shirley?" she said, when Diana introduced Anne.
"I've heard of you."  Her tone implied that she had heard nothing good.
"Mrs. Andrews was telling me you were home.  She said you had improved
a good deal."

There was no doubt Aunt Atossa thought there was plenty of room for
further improvement.  She ceased not from cutting sets with much energy.

"Is it any use to ask you to sit down?" she inquired sarcastically.
"Of course, there's nothing very entertaining here for you.  The rest
are all away."

"Mother sent you this little pot of rhubarb jelly," said Diana
pleasantly.  "She made it today and thought you might like some."

"Oh, thanks," said Aunt Atossa sourly.  "I never fancy your
mother's jelly -- she always makes it too sweet.  However, I'll
try to worry some down.  My appetite's been dreadful poor this
spring.  I'm far from well," continued Aunt Atossa solemnly, "but
still I keep a-doing.  People who can't work aren't wanted here.
If it isn't too much trouble will you be condescending enough
to set the jelly in the pantry?  I'm in a hurry to get these spuds
done tonight.  I suppose you two LADIES never do anything like this.
You'd be afraid of spoiling your hands."

"I used to cut potato sets before we rented the farm," smiled Anne.

"I do it yet," laughed Diana.  "I cut sets three days last week.
Of course," she added teasingly, "I did my hands up in lemon
juice and kid gloves every night after it."

Aunt Atossa sniffed.

"I suppose you got that notion out of some of those silly
magazines you read so many of.  I wonder your mother allows you.
But she always spoiled you.  We all thought when George married
her she wouldn't be a suitable wife for him."

Aunt Atossa sighed heavily, as if all forebodings upon the
occasion of George Barry's marriage had been amply and darkly
fulfilled.

"Going, are you?" she inquired, as the girls rose.  "Well, I
suppose you can't find much amusement talking to an old woman
like me.  It's such a pity the boys ain't home."

"We want to run in and see Ruby Gillis a little while," explained Diana.

"Oh, anything does for an excuse, of course," said Aunt Atossa, amiably.
"Just whip in and whip out before you have time to say how-do decently.
It's college airs, I s'pose.  You'd be wiser to keep away from Ruby Gillis.
The doctors say consumption's catching.  I always knew Ruby'd get something,
gadding off to Boston last fall for a visit.  People who ain't content to
stay home always catch something."

"People who don't go visiting catch things, too.  Sometimes they even die,"
said Diana solemnly.

"Then they don't have themselves to blame for it," retorted Aunt Atossa
triumphantly.  "I hear you are to be married in June, Diana."

"There is no truth in that report," said Diana, blushing.

"Well, don't put it off too long," said Aunt Atossa significantly.
"You'll fade soon -- you're all complexion and hair.  And the Wrights
are terrible fickle.  You ought to wear a hat, MISS SHIRLEY.  Your nose
is freckling scandalous.  My, but you ARE redheaded!  Well, I s'pose
we're all as the Lord made us!  Give Marilla Cuthbert my respects.
She's never been to see me since I come to Avonlea, but I s'pose I
oughtn't to complain.  The Cuthberts always did think themselves
a cut higher than any one else round here."

"Oh, isn't she dreadful?" gasped Diana, as they escaped down the lane.

"She's worse than Miss Eliza Andrews," said Anne.  "But then think
of living all your life with a name like Atossa!  Wouldn't it sour
almost any one?  She should have tried to imagine her name was Cordelia.
It might have helped her a great deal.  It certainly helped me in the
days when I didn't like ANNE."

"Josie Pye will be just like her when she grows up," said Diana.
"Josie's mother and Aunt Atossa are cousins, you know.  Oh, dear,
I'm glad that's over.  She's so malicious -- she seems to put a
bad flavor in everything.  Father tells such a funny story about her.
One time they had a minister in Spencervale who was a very good,
spiritual man but very deaf.  He couldn't hear any ordinary
conversation at all.  Well, they used to have a prayer meeting on
Sunday evenings, and all the church members present would get up
and pray in turn, or say a few words on some Bible verse.  But
one evening Aunt Atossa bounced up.  She didn't either pray or
preach.  Instead, she lit into everybody else in the church and
gave them a fearful raking down, calling them right out by name
and telling them how they all had behaved, and casting up all the
quarrels and scandals of the past ten years.  Finally she wound
up by saying that she was disgusted with Spencervale church and
she never meant to darken its door again, and she hoped a fearful
judgment would come upon it.  Then she sat down out of breath,
and the minister, who hadn't heard a word she said, immediately
remarked, in a very devout voice, `amen!  The Lord grant our dear
sister's prayer!'  You ought to hear father tell the story."

"Speaking of stories, Diana," remarked Anne, in a significant,
confidential tone, "do you know that lately I have been wondering
if I could write a short story -- a story that would be good
enough to be published?"

"Why, of course you could," said Diana, after she had grasped the
amazing suggestion.  "You used to write perfectly thrilling stories
years ago in our old Story Club."

"Well, I hardly meant one of that kind of stories," smiled Anne.
"I've been thinking about it a little of late, but I'm almost
afraid to try, for, if I should fail, it would be too humiliating."

"I heard Priscilla say once that all Mrs. Morgan's first stories
were rejected.  But I'm sure yours wouldn't be, Anne, for it's
likely editors have more sense nowadays."

"Margaret Burton, one of the Junior girls at Redmond, wrote a
story last winter and it was published in the Canadian Woman.
I really do think I could write one at least as good."

"And will you have it published in the Canadian Woman?"

"I might try one of the bigger magazines first.  It all depends
on what kind of a story I write."

"What is it to be about?"

"I don't know yet.  I want to get hold of a good plot.  I believe
this is very necessary from an editor's point of view.  The only
thing I've settled on is the heroine's name.  It is to be AVERIL
LESTER.  Rather pretty, don't you think?  Don't mention this to
any one, Diana.  I haven't told anybody but you and Mr. Harrison.
HE wasn't very encouraging -- he said there was far too much
trash written nowadays as it was, and he'd expected something
better of me, after a year at college."

"What does Mr. Harrison know about it?" demanded Diana scornfully.

They found the Gillis home gay with lights and callers.  Leonard
Kimball, of Spencervale, and Morgan Bell, of Carmody, were glaring
at each other across the parlor.  Several merry girls had dropped in.
Ruby was dressed in white and her eyes and cheeks were very brilliant.
She laughed and chattered incessantly, and after the other girls had
gone she took Anne upstairs to display her new summer dresses.

"I've a blue silk to make up yet, but it's a little heavy for
summer wear.  I think I'll leave it until the fall.  I'm going
to teach in White Sands, you know.  How do you like my hat?
That one you had on in church yesterday was real dinky.
But I like something brighter for myself.  Did you notice
those two ridiculous boys downstairs?  They've both come
determined to sit each other out.  I don't care a single bit
about either of them, you know.  Herb Spencer is the one I like.
Sometimes I really do think he's MR. RIGHT.  At Christmas I
thought the Spencervale schoolmaster was that.  But I found
out something about him that turned me against him.  He nearly
went insane when I turned him down.  I wish those two boys hadn't
come tonight.  I wanted to have a nice good talk with you, Anne,
and tell you such heaps of things.  You and I were always good
chums, weren't we?"

Ruby slipped her arm about Anne's waist with a shallow little laugh.
But just for a moment their eyes met, and, behind all the luster
of Ruby's, Anne saw something that made her heart ache.

"Come up often, won't you, Anne?" whispered Ruby.  "Come alone --
I want you."

"Are you feeling quite well, Ruby?"

"Me!  Why, I'm perfectly well.  I never felt better in my life.
Of course, that congestion last winter pulled me down a little.
But just see my color.  I don't look much like an invalid, I'm sure."

Ruby's voice was almost sharp.  She pulled her arm away from Anne,
as if in resentment, and ran downstairs, where she was gayer than
ever, apparently so much absorbed in bantering her two swains that
Diana and Anne felt rather out of it and soon went away.




Chapter XII

"Averil's Atonement"


"What are you dreaming of, Anne?"

The two girls were loitering one evening in a fairy hollow of the
brook.  Ferns nodded in it, and little grasses were green, and
wild pears hung finely-scented, white curtains around it.

Anne roused herself from her reverie with a happy sigh.

"I was thinking out my story, Diana."

"Oh, have you really begun it?" cried Diana, all alight with
eager interest in a moment.

"Yes, I have only a few pages written, but I have it all pretty
well thought out.  I've had such a time to get a suitable plot.
None of the plots that suggested themselves suited a girl named
AVERIL."

"Couldn't you have changed her name?"

"No, the thing was impossible.  I tried to, but I couldn't do it,
any more than I could change yours.  AVERIL was so real to me
that no matter what other name I tried to give her I just thought
of her as AVERIL behind it all.  But finally I got a plot that
matched her.  Then came the excitement of choosing names for
all my characters.  You have no idea how fascinating that is.
I've lain awake for hours thinking over those names.  The hero's
name is PERCEVAL DALRYMPLE."

"Have you named ALL the characters?" asked Diana wistfully.  "If
you hadn't I was going to ask you to let me name one -- just some
unimportant person.  I'd feel as if I had a share in the story then."

"You may name the little hired boy who lived with the LESTERS,"
conceded Anne.  "He is not very important, but he is the only one
left unnamed."

"Call him RAYMOND FITZOSBORNE," suggested Diana, who had a store
of such names laid away in her memory, relics of the old "Story
Club," which she and Anne and Jane Andrews and Ruby Gillis had
had in their schooldays.

Anne shook her head doubtfully.

"I'm afraid that is too aristocratic a name for a chore boy,
Diana.  I couldn't imagine a Fitzosborne feeding pigs and picking
up chips, could you?"

Diana didn't see why, if you had an imagination at all, you
couldn't stretch it to that extent; but probably Anne knew best,
and the chore boy was finally christened ROBERT RAY, to be called
BOBBY should occasion require.

"How much do you suppose you'll get for it?" asked Diana.

But Anne had not thought about this at all.  She was in pursuit
of fame, not filthy lucre, and her literary dreams were as yet
untainted by mercenary considerations.

"You'll let me read it, won't you?" pleaded Diana.

"When it is finished I'll read it to you and Mr. Harrison, and I
shall want you to criticize it SEVERELY.  No one else shall see
it until it is published."

"How are you going to end it -- happily or unhappily?"

"I'm not sure.  I'd like it to end unhappily, because that would
be so much more romantic.  But I understand editors have a prejudice
against sad endings.  I heard Professor Hamilton say once that nobody
but a genius should try to write an unhappy ending.

And," concluded Anne modestly, "I'm anything but a genius."

"Oh I like happy endings best.  You'd better let him marry her,"
said Diana, who, especially since her engagement to Fred, thought
this was how every story should end.

"But you like to cry over stories?"

"Oh, yes, in the middle of them.  But I like everything to come
right at last."

"I must have one pathetic scene in it," said Anne thoughtfully.
"I might let ROBERT RAY be injured in an accident and have a
death scene."

"No, you mustn't kill BOBBY off," declared Diana, laughing.
"He belongs to me and I want him to live and flourish.  Kill
somebody else if you have to."

For the next fortnight Anne writhed or reveled, according to
mood, in her literary pursuits.  Now she would be jubilant over a
brilliant idea, now despairing because some contrary character
would NOT behave properly.  Diana could not understand this.

"MAKE them do as you want them to," she said.

"I can't," mourned Anne.  "Averil is such an unmanageable heroine.
She WILL do and say things I never meant her to.  Then that spoils
everything that went before and I have to write it all over again."

Finally, however, the story was finished, and Anne read it to
Diana in the seclusion of the porch gable.  She had achieved her
"pathetic scene" without sacrificing ROBERT RAY, and she kept a
watchful eye on Diana as she read it.  Diana rose to the occasion
and cried properly; but, when the end came, she looked a little
disappointed.

"Why did you kill MAURICE LENNOX?" she asked reproachfully.

"He was the villain," protested Anne.  "He had to be punished."

"I like him best of them all," said unreasonable Diana.

"Well, he's dead, and he'll have to stay dead," said Anne,
rather resentfully.  "If I had let him live he'd have gone
on persecuting AVERIL and PERCEVAL."

"Yes -- unless you had reformed him."

"That wouldn't have been romantic, and, besides, it would have
made the story too long."

"Well, anyway, it's a perfectly elegant story, Anne, and will
make you famous, of that I'm sure.  Have you got a title for it?"

"Oh, I decided on the title long ago.  I call it AVERIL'S
ATONEMENT.  Doesn't that sound nice and alliterative?  Now,
Diana, tell me candidly, do you see any faults in my story?"

"Well," hesitated Diana, "that part where AVERIL makes the cake
doesn't seem to me quite romantic enough to match the rest.  It's
just what anybody might do.  Heroines shouldn't do cooking, _I_ think."

"Why, that is where the humor comes in, and it's one of the best
parts of the whole story," said Anne.  And it may be stated that
in this she was quite right.

Diana prudently refrained from any further criticism, but
Mr. Harrison was much harder to please.  First he told her
there was entirely too much description in the story.

"Cut out all those flowery passages," he said unfeelingly.

Anne had an uncomfortable conviction that Mr. Harrison was right,
and she forced herself to expunge most of her beloved descriptions,
though it took three re-writings before the story could be pruned
down to please the fastidious Mr. Harrison.

"I've left out ALL the descriptions but the sunset," she said at last.
"I simply COULDN'T let it go.  It was the best of them all."

"It hasn't anything to do with the story," said Mr. Harrison,
"and you shouldn't have laid the scene among rich city people.
What do you know of them?  Why didn't you lay it right here in
Avonlea -- changing the name, of course, or else Mrs. Rachel
Lynde would probably think she was the heroine."

"Oh, that would never have done," protested Anne.  "Avonlea is
the dearest place in the world, but it isn't quite romantic
enough for the scene of a story."

"I daresay there's been many a romance in Avonlea -- and many a
tragedy, too," said Mr. Harrison drily.  "But your folks ain't
like real folks anywhere.  They talk too much and use too
high-flown language.  There's one place where that DALRYMPLE chap
talks even on for two pages, and never lets the girl get a word in
edgewise.  If he'd done that in real life she'd have pitched him."

"I don't believe it," said Anne flatly.  In her secret soul she
thought that the beautiful, poetical things said to AVERIL would
win any girl's heart completely.  Besides, it was gruesome to hear
of AVERIL, the stately, queen-like AVERIL, "pitching" any one.
AVERIL "declined her suitors."

"Anyhow," resumed the merciless Mr. Harrison, "I don't see why
MAURICE LENNOX didn't get her.  He was twice the man the other is.
He did bad things, but he did them.  Perceval hadn't time for
anything but mooning."

"Mooning."  That was even worse than "pitching!"

"MAURICE LENNOX was the villain," said Anne indignantly.
"I don't see why every one likes him better than PERCEVAL."

"Perceval is too good.  He's aggravating.  Next time you write
about a hero put a little spice of human nature in him."

"AVERIL couldn't have married MAURICE.  He was bad."

"She'd have reformed him.  You can reform a man; you can't reform
a jelly-fish, of course.  Your story isn't bad -- it's kind of
interesting, I'll admit.  But you're too young to write a story
that would be worth while.  Wait ten years."

Anne made up her mind that the next time she wrote a story she
wouldn't ask anybody to criticize it.  It was too discouraging.
She would not read the story to Gilbert, although she told him
about it.

"If it is a success you'll see it when it is published, Gilbert,
but if it is a failure nobody shall ever see it."

Marilla knew nothing about the venture.  In imagination Anne saw
herself reading a story out of a magazine to Marilla, entrapping
her into praise of it -- for in imagination all things are
possible -- and then triumphantly announcing herself the author.

One day Anne took to the Post Office a long, bulky envelope,
addressed, with the delightful confidence of youth and
inexperience, to the very biggest of the "big" magazines.
Diana was as excited over it as Anne herself.

"How long do you suppose it will be before you hear from it?"
she asked.

"It shouldn't be longer than a fortnight.  Oh, how happy and
proud I shall be if it is accepted!"

"Of course it will be accepted, and they will likely ask you to
send them more.  You may be as famous as Mrs. Morgan some day,
Anne, and then how proud I'll be of knowing you," said Diana, who
possessed, at least, the striking merit of an unselfish
admiration of the gifts and graces of her friends.

A week of delightful dreaming followed, and then came a bitter awakening.
One evening Diana found Anne in the porch gable, with suspicious-looking
eyes.  On the table lay a long envelope and a crumpled manuscript.

"Anne, your story hasn't come back?" cried Diana incredulously.

"Yes, it has," said Anne shortly.

"Well, that editor must be crazy.  What reason did he give?"

"No reason at all.  There is just a printed slip saying that it
wasn't found acceptable."

"I never thought much of that magazine, anyway," said Diana hotly.
"The stories in it are not half as interesting as those in the
Canadian Woman, although it costs so much more.  I suppose
the editor is prejudiced against any one who isn't a Yankee.
Don't be discouraged, Anne.  Remember how Mrs. Morgan's stories
came back.  Send yours to the Canadian Woman."

"I believe I will," said Anne, plucking up heart.  "And if it is
published I'll send that American editor a marked copy.  But I'll
cut the sunset out.  I believe Mr. Harrison was right."

Out came the sunset; but in spite of this heroic mutilation the
editor of the Canadian Woman sent Averil's Atonement back so
promptly that the indignant Diana declared that it couldn't have
been read at all, and vowed she was going to stop her subscription
immediately.  Anne took this second rejection with the calmness of
despair.  She locked the story away in the garret trunk where the
old Story Club tales reposed; but first she yielded to Diana's
entreaties and gave her a copy.

"This is the end of my literary ambitions," she said bitterly.

She never mentioned the matter to Mr. Harrison, but one evening
he asked her bluntly if her story had been accepted.

"No, the editor wouldn't take it," she answered briefly.

Mr. Harrison looked sidewise at the flushed, delicate profile.

"Well, I suppose you'll keep on writing them," he said encouragingly.

"No, I shall never try to write a story again," declared Anne, with
the hopeless finality of nineteen when a door is shut in its face.

"I wouldn't give up altogether," said Mr. Harrison reflectively.  "I'd
write a story once in a while, but I wouldn't pester editors with it.
I'd write of people and places like I knew, and I'd make my characters
talk everyday English; and I'd let the sun rise and set in the usual
quiet way without much fuss over the fact.  If I had to have villains
at all, I'd give them a chance, Anne -- I'd give them a chance.
There are some terrible bad men in the world, I suppose, but you'd
have to go a long piece to find them -- though Mrs. Lynde believes we're
all bad.  But most of us have got a little decency somewhere in us.
Keep on writing, Anne."

"No.  It was very foolish of me to attempt it.  When I'm through
Redmond I'll stick to teaching.  I can teach.  I can't write stories."

"It'll be time for you to be getting a husband when you're
through Redmond," said Mr. Harrison.  "I don't believe in
putting marrying off too long -- like I did."

Anne got up and marched home.  There were times when Mr. Harrison
was really intolerable.  "Pitching," "mooning," and "getting a
husband."  Ow!!




Chapter XIII

The Way of Transgressors


Davy and Dora were ready for Sunday School.  They were going alone,
which did not often happen, for Mrs. Lynde always attended Sunday School.
But Mrs. Lynde had twisted her ankle and was lame, so she was staying
home this morning.  The twins were also to represent the family at church,
for Anne had gone away the evening before to spend Sunday with friends
in Carmody, and Marilla had one of her headaches.

Davy came downstairs slowly.  Dora was waiting in the hall for him, having
been made ready by Mrs. Lynde.  Davy had attended to his own preparations.
He had a cent in his pocket for the Sunday School collection, and a five-cent
piece for the church collection; he carried his Bible in one hand and his
Sunday School quarterly in the other; he knew his lesson and his Golden Text
and his catechism question perfectly.  Had he not studied them -- perforce
-- in Mrs. Lynde's kitchen, all last Sunday afternoon?  Davy, therefore,
should have been in a placid frame of mind.  As a matter of fact, despite
text and catechism, he was inwardly as a ravening wolf.

Mrs. Lynde limped out of her kitchen as he joined Dora.

"Are you clean?" she demanded severely.

"Yes -- all of me that shows," Davy answered with a defiant scowl.

Mrs. Rachel sighed.  She had her suspicions about Davy's neck
and ears.  But she knew that if she attempted to make a personal
examination Davy would likely take to his heels and she could not
pursue him today.

"Well, be sure you behave yourselves," she warned them.  "Don't walk
in the dust.  Don't stop in the porch to talk to the other children.
Don't squirm or wriggle in your places.  Don't forget the Golden Text.
Don't lose your collection or forget to put it in.  Don't whisper at
prayer time, and don't forget to pay attention to the sermon."

Davy deigned no response.  He marched away down the lane,
followed by the meek Dora.  But his soul seethed within.
Davy had suffered, or thought he had suffered, many things at the
hands and tongue of Mrs. Rachel Lynde since she had come to Green
Gables, for Mrs. Lynde could not live with anybody, whether they
were nine or ninety, without trying to bring them up properly.
And it was only the preceding afternoon that she had interfered
to influence Marilla against allowing Davy to go fishing with the
Timothy Cottons.  Davy was still boiling over this.

As soon as he was out of the lane Davy stopped and twisted his
countenance into such an unearthly and terrific contortion that Dora,
although she knew his gifts in that respect, was honestly alarmed lest
he should never in the world be able to get it straightened out again.

"Darn her," exploded Davy.

"Oh, Davy, don't swear," gasped Dora in dismay.

"`Darn' isn't swearing -- not real swearing.  And I don't care
if it is," retorted Davy recklessly.

"Well, if you MUST say dreadful words don't say them on Sunday," pleaded Dora.

Davy was as yet far from repentance, but in his secret soul he felt that,
perhaps, he had gone a little too far.

"I'm going to invent a swear word of my own," he declared.

"God will punish you if you do," said Dora solemnly.

"Then I think God is a mean old scamp," retorted Davy.  "Doesn't
He know a fellow must have some way of 'spressing his feelings?"

"Davy!!!" said Dora.  She expected that Davy would be struck down
dead on the spot.  But nothing happened.

"Anyway, I ain't going to stand any more of Mrs. Lynde's bossing,"
spluttered Davy.  "Anne and Marilla may have the right to boss me,
but SHE hasn't.  I'm going to do every single thing she told me not to do.
You watch me."

In grim, deliberate silence, while Dora watched him with the
fascination of horror, Davy stepped off the green grass of the
roadside, ankle deep into the fine dust which four weeks of
rainless weather had made on the road, and marched along in it,
shuffling his feet viciously until he was enveloped in a hazy cloud.

"That's the beginning," he announced triumphantly."  And I'm
going to stop in the porch and talk as long as there's anybody
there to talk to.  I'm going to squirm and wriggle and whisper,
and I'm going to say I don't know the Golden Text.  And I'm going
to throw away both of my collections RIGHT NOW."

And Davy hurled cent and nickel over Mr. Barry's fence with
fierce delight.

"Satan made you do that," said Dora reproachfully.

"He didn't," cried Davy indignantly.  "I just thought it out for myself.
And I've thought of something else.  I'm not going to Sunday School or
church at all.  I'm going up to play with the Cottons.  They told me
yesterday they weren't going to Sunday School today, 'cause their mother
was away and there was nobody to make them.  Come along, Dora, we'll have
a great time."

"I don't want to go," protested Dora.

"You've got to," said Davy.  "If you don't come I'll tell Marilla
that Frank Bell kissed you in school last Monday."

"I couldn't help it.  I didn't know he was going to," cried Dora,
blushing scarlet.

"Well, you didn't slap him or seem a bit cross," retorted Davy.
"I'll tell her THAT, too, if you don't come.  We'll take the
short cut up this field."

"I'm afraid of those cows," protested poor Dora, seeing a
prospect of escape.

"The very idea of your being scared of those cows," scoffed Davy.
"Why, they're both younger than you."

"They're bigger," said Dora.

"They won't hurt you.  Come along, now.  This is great.  When I
grow up I ain't going to bother going to church at all.  I
believe I can get to heaven by myself."

"You'll go to the other place if you break the Sabbath day,"
said unhappy Dora, following him sorely against her will.

But Davy was not scared -- yet.  Hell was very far off, and the
delights of a fishing expedition with the Cottons were very near.
He wished Dora had more spunk.  She kept looking back as if she
were going to cry every minute, and that spoiled a fellow's fun.
Hang girls, anyway.  Davy did not say "darn" this time, even in thought.
He was not sorry -- yet -- that he had said it once, but it might be
as well not to tempt the Unknown Powers too far on one day.

The small Cottons were playing in their back yard, and hailed
Davy's appearance with whoops of delight.  Pete, Tommy, Adolphus,
and Mirabel Cotton were all alone.  Their mother and older
sisters were away.  Dora was thankful Mirabel was there, at least.
She had been afraid she would be alone in a crowd of boys.  Mirabel
was almost as bad as a boy -- she was so noisy and sunburned and reckless.
But at least she wore dresses.

"We've come to go fishing," announced Davy.

"Whoop," yelled the Cottons.  They rushed away to dig worms at once,
Mirabel leading the van with a tin can.  Dora could have sat down
and cried.  Oh, if only that hateful Frank Bell had never kissed her!
Then she could have defied Davy, and gone to her beloved Sunday School.

They dared not, of course, go fishing on the pond, where they
would be seen by people going to church.  They had to resort to
the brook in the woods behind the Cotton house.  But it was full
of trout, and they had a glorious time that morning -- at least
the Cottons certainly had, and Davy seemed to have it.  Not being
entirely bereft of prudence, he had discarded boots and stockings
and borrowed Tommy Cotton's overalls.  Thus accoutered, bog and
marsh and undergrowth had no terrors for him.  Dora was frankly
and manifestly miserable.  She followed the others in their
peregrinations from pool to pool, clasping her Bible and
quarterly tightly and thinking with bitterness of soul of her
beloved class where she should be sitting that very moment,
before a teacher she adored.  Instead, here she was roaming the
woods with those half-wild Cottons, trying to keep her boots clean
and her pretty white dress free from rents and stains.  Mirabel
had offered the loan of an apron but Dora had scornfully refused.

The trout bit as they always do on Sundays.  In an hour the
transgressors had all the fish they wanted, so they returned to
the house, much to Dora's relief.  She sat primly on a hencoop in
the yard while the others played an uproarious game of tag; and
then they all climbed to the top of the pig-house roof and cut
their initials on the saddleboard.  The flat-roofed henhouse and
a pile of straw beneath gave Davy another inspiration.  They
spent a splendid half hour climbing on the roof and diving off
into the straw with whoops and yells.

But even unlawful pleasures must come to an end.  When the rumble
of wheels over the pond bridge told that people were going home
from church Davy knew they must go.  He discarded Tommy's overalls,
resumed his own rightful attire, and turned away from his string
of trout with a sigh.  No use to think of taking them home.

"Well, hadn't we a splendid time?" he demanded defiantly, as they
went down the hill field.

"I hadn't," said Dora flatly.  "And I don't believe you had --
really -- either," she added, with a flash of insight that was
not to be expected of her.

"I had so," cried Davy, but in the voice of one who doth protest too much.
"No wonder you hadn't -- just sitting there like a -- like a mule."

"I ain't going to, 'sociate with the Cottons," said Dora loftily.

"The Cottons are all right," retorted Davy.  "And they have far better
times than we have.  They do just as they please and say just what they
like before everybody.  _I_'m going to do that, too, after this."

"There are lots of things you wouldn't dare say before everybody,"
averred Dora.

"No, there isn't."

"There is, too.  Would you," demanded Dora gravely, "would you
say `tomcat' before the minister?"

This was a staggerer.  Davy was not prepared for such a concrete
example of the freedom of speech.  But one did not have to be
consistent with Dora.

"Of course not," he admitted sulkily.

"`Tomcat' isn't a holy word.  I wouldn't mention such an animal
before a minister at all."

"But if you had to?" persisted Dora.

"I'd call it a Thomas pussy," said Davy.

"_I_ think `gentleman cat' would be more polite," reflected Dora.

"YOU thinking!" retorted Davy with withering scorn.

Davy was not feeling comfortable, though he would have died
before he admitted it to Dora.  Now that the exhilaration of
truant delights had died away, his conscience was beginning to
give him salutary twinges.  After all, perhaps it would have been
better to have gone to Sunday School and church.  Mrs. Lynde
might be bossy; but there was always a box of cookies in her
kitchen cupboard and she was not stingy.  At this inconvenient
moment Davy remembered that when he had torn his new school pants
the week before, Mrs. Lynde had mended them beautifully and
never said a word to Marilla about them.

But Davy's cup of iniquity was not yet full.  He was to discover
that one sin demands another to cover it.  They had dinner with
Mrs. Lynde that day, and the first thing she asked Davy was,

"Were all your class in Sunday School today?"

"Yes'm," said Davy with a gulp.  "All were there -- 'cept one."

"Did you say your Golden Text and catechism?"

"Yes'm."

"Did you put your collection in?"

"Yes'm."

"Was Mrs. Malcolm MacPherson in church?"

"I don't know."  This, at least, was the truth, thought wretched Davy.

"Was the Ladies' Aid announced for next week?"

"Yes'm" -- quakingly.

"Was prayer-meeting?"

"I -- I don't know."

"YOU should know.  You should listen more attentively to the announcements.
What was Mr. Harvey's text?"

Davy took a frantic gulp of water and swallowed it and the last
protest of conscience together.  He glibly recited an old Golden
Text learned several weeks ago.  Fortunately Mrs. Lynde now
stopped questioning him; but Davy did not enjoy his dinner.

He could only eat one helping of pudding.

"What's the matter with you?" demanded justly astonished Mrs. Lynde.
"Are you sick?"

"No," muttered Davy.

"You look pale.  You'd better keep out of the sun this afternoon,"
admonished Mrs. Lynde.

"Do you know how many lies you told Mrs. Lynde?" asked Dora
reproachfully, as soon as they were alone after dinner.

Davy, goaded to desperation, turned fiercely.

"I don't know and I don't care," he said.  "You just shut up,
Dora Keith."

Then poor Davy betook himself to a secluded retreat behind the
woodpile to think over the way of transgressors.

Green Gables was wrapped in darkness and silence when Anne
reached home.  She lost no time going to bed, for she was very
tired and sleepy.  There had been several Avonlea jollifications
the preceding week, involving rather late hours.  Anne's head was
hardly on her pillow before she was half asleep; but just then
her door was softly opened and a pleading voice said, "Anne."

Anne sat up drowsily.

"Davy, is that you?  What is the matter?"

A white-clad figure flung itself across the floor and on to the bed.

"Anne," sobbed Davy, getting his arms about her neck.  "I'm awful
glad you're home.  I couldn't go to sleep till I'd told somebody."

"Told somebody what?"

"How mis'rubul I am."

"Why are you miserable, dear?"

"'Cause I was so bad today, Anne.  Oh, I was awful bad --
badder'n I've ever been yet."

"What did you do?"

"Oh, I'm afraid to tell you.  You'll never like me again, Anne.
I couldn't say my prayers tonight.  I couldn't tell God what
I'd done.  I was 'shamed to have Him know."

"But He knew anyway, Davy."

"That's what Dora said.  But I thought p'raps He mightn't have
noticed just at the time.  Anyway, I'd rather tell you first."

"WHAT is it you did?"

Out it all came in a rush.

"I run away from Sunday School -- and went fishing with the
Cottons -- and I told ever so many whoppers to Mrs. Lynde -- oh!
'most half a dozen -- and -- and -- I -- I said a swear word,
Anne -- a pretty near swear word, anyhow -- and I called God names."

There was silence.  Davy didn't know what to make of it.  Was
Anne so shocked that she never would speak to him again?

"Anne, what are you going to do to me?" he whispered.

"Nothing, dear.  You've been punished already, I think."

"No, I haven't.  Nothing's been done to me."

"You've been very unhappy ever since you did wrong, haven't you?"

"You bet!" said Davy emphatically.

"That was your conscience punishing you, Davy."

"What's my conscience?  I want to know."

"It's something in you, Davy, that always tells you when you are
doing wrong and makes you unhappy if you persist in doing it.
Haven't you noticed that?"

"Yes, but I didn't know what it was.  I wish I didn't have it.
I'd have lots more fun.  Where is my conscience, Anne?  I want to know.
Is it in my stomach?"

"No, it's in your soul," answered Anne, thankful for the
darkness, since gravity must be preserved in serious matters.

"I s'pose I can't get clear of it then," said Davy with a sigh.
"Are you going to tell Marilla and Mrs. Lynde on me, Anne?"

"No, dear, I'm not going to tell any one.  You are sorry you were
naughty, aren't you?"

"You bet!"

"And you'll never be bad like that again."

"No, but -- " added Davy cautiously, "I might be bad some other way."

"You won't say naughty words, or run away on Sundays, or tell falsehoods
to cover up your sins?"

"No.  It doesn't pay," said Davy.

"Well, Davy, just tell God you are sorry and ask Him to forgive you."

"Have YOU forgiven me, Anne?"

"Yes, dear."

"Then," said Davy joyously, "I don't care much whether God does or not."

"Davy!"

"Oh -- I'll ask Him -- I'll ask Him," said Davy quickly,
scrambling off the bed, convinced by Anne's tone that he must
have said something dreadful.  "I don't mind asking Him, Anne.
-- Please, God, I'm awful sorry I behaved bad today and
I'll try to be good on Sundays always and please forgive me.
-- There now, Anne."

"Well, now, run off to bed like a good boy."

"All right.  Say, I don't feel mis'rubul any more.  I feel fine.
Good night."

"Good night."

Anne slipped down on her pillows with a sigh of relief.  Oh --
how sleepy -- she was!  In another second --

"Anne!"  Davy was back again by her bed.  Anne dragged her eyes open.

"What is it now, dear?" she asked, trying to keep a note of
impatience out of her voice.

"Anne, have you ever noticed how Mr. Harrison spits?  Do you
s'pose, if I practice hard, I can learn to spit just like him?"

Anne sat up.

"Davy Keith," she said, "go straight to your bed and don't let me
catch you out of it again tonight!  Go, now!"

Davy went, and stood not upon the order of his going.




Chapter XIV

The Summons


Anne was sitting with Ruby Gillis in the Gillis' garden after the day
had crept lingeringly through it and was gone.  It had been a warm,
smoky summer afternoon.  The world was in a splendor of out-flowering.
The idle valleys were full of hazes.  The woodways were pranked with
shadows and the fields with the purple of the asters.

Anne had given up a moonlight drive to the White Sands beach that
she might spend the evening with Ruby.  She had so spent many
evenings that summer, although she often wondered what good it did
any one, and sometimes went home deciding that she could not go again.

Ruby grew paler as the summer waned; the White Sands school was
given up -- "her father thought it better that she shouldn't
teach till New Year's" -- and the fancy work she loved oftener
and oftener fell from hands grown too weary for it.  But she was
always gay, always hopeful, always chattering and whispering of
her beaux, and their rivalries and despairs.  It was this that
made Anne's visits hard for her.  What had once been silly or
amusing was gruesome, now; it was death peering through a wilful
mask of life.  Yet Ruby seemed to cling to her, and never let her
go until she had promised to come again soon.  Mrs. Lynde
grumbled about Anne's frequent visits, and declared she would
catch consumption; even Marilla was dubious.

"Every time you go to see Ruby you come home looking tired out,"
she said.

"It's so very sad and dreadful," said Anne in a low tone.  "Ruby
doesn't seem to realize her condition in the least.  And yet I
somehow feel she needs help -- craves it -- and I want to give it
to her and can't.  All the time I'm with her I feel as if I were
watching her struggle with an invisible foe -- trying to push it
back with such feeble resistance as she has.  That is why I come
home tired."

But tonight Anne did not feel this so keenly.  Ruby was strangely
quiet.  She said not a word about parties and drives and dresses
and "fellows."  She lay in the hammock, with her untouched work
beside her, and a white shawl wrapped about her thin shoulders.
Her long yellow braids of hair -- how Anne had envied those
beautiful braids in old schooldays!  -- lay on either side of her.
She had taken the pins out -- they made her head ache, she said.
The hectic flush was gone for the time, leaving her pale and childlike.

The moon rose in the silvery sky, empearling the clouds
around her. Below, the pond shimmered in its hazy radiance.
Just beyond the Gillis homestead was the church, with the old
graveyard beside it.  The moonlight shone on the white stones,
bringing them out in clear-cut relief against the dark trees behind.

"How strange the graveyard looks by moonlight!" said Ruby suddenly.
"How ghostly!" she shuddered.  "Anne, it won't be long now before
I'll be lying over there.  You and Diana and all the rest will be
going about, full of life -- and I'll be there -- in the old graveyard
-- dead!"

The surprise of it bewildered Anne.  For a few moments she could not speak.

"You know it's so, don't you?" said Ruby insistently.

"Yes, I know," answered Anne in a low tone.  "Dear Ruby, I know."

"Everybody knows it," said Ruby bitterly.  "I know it -- I've
known it all summer, though I wouldn't give in.  And, oh, Anne"
-- she reached out and caught Anne's hand pleadingly, impulsively
-- "I don't want to die.  I'm AFRAID to die."

"Why should you be afraid, Ruby?" asked Anne quietly.

"Because -- because -- oh, I'm not afraid but that I'll go to
heaven, Anne.  I'm a church member.  But -- it'll be all so
different.  I think -- and think -- and I get so frightened --
and -- and -- homesick.  Heaven must be very beautiful, of course,
the Bible says so -- but, Anne, IT WON'T BE WHAT I'VE BEEN USED TO."

Through Anne's mind drifted an intrusive recollection of a funny
story she had heard Philippa Gordon tell -- the story of some old
man who had said very much the same thing about the world to come.
It had sounded funny then -- she remembered how she and
Priscilla had laughed over it.  But it did not seem in the
least humorous now, coming from Ruby's pale, trembling lips.
It was sad, tragic -- and true!  Heaven could not be what Ruby had
been used to.  There had been nothing in her gay, frivolous life,
her shallow ideals and aspirations, to fit her for that great change,
or make the life to come seem to her anything but alien and
unreal and undesirable.  Anne wondered helplessly what she could
say that would help her.  Could she say anything?  "I think, Ruby,"
she began hesitatingly -- for it was difficult for Anne to speak
to any one of the deepest thoughts of her heart, or the new
ideas that had vaguely begun to shape themselves in her mind,
concerning the great mysteries of life here and hereafter,
superseding her old childish conceptions, and it was hardest of
all to speak of them to such as Ruby Gillis -- "I think, perhaps,
we have very mistaken ideas about heaven -- what it is and what
it holds for us.  I don't think it can be so very different from
life here as most people seem to think.  I believe we'll just go
on living, a good deal as we live here -- and be OURSELVES just
the same -- only it will be easier to be good and to -- follow
the highest.  All the hindrances and perplexities will be taken
away, and we shall see clearly.  Don't be afraid, Ruby."

"I can't help it," said Ruby pitifully.  "Even if what you say
about heaven is true -- and you can't be sure -- it may be only
that imagination of yours -- it won't be JUST the same.  It CAN'T be.
I want to go on living HERE.  I'm so young, Anne.  I haven't had
my life.  I've fought so hard to live -- and it isn't any use
-- I have to die -- and leave EVERYTHING I care for."  Anne sat
in a pain that was almost intolerable.  She could not tell
comforting falsehoods; and all that Ruby said was so horribly
true.  She WAS leaving everything she cared for.  She had laid up
her treasures on earth only; she had lived solely for the little
things of life -- the things that pass -- forgetting the great
things that go onward into eternity, bridging the gulf between
the two lives and making of death a mere passing from one
dwelling to the other -- from twilight to unclouded day.  God
would take care of her there -- Anne believed -- she would learn
-- but now it was no wonder her soul clung, in blind helplessness,
to the only things she knew and loved.

Ruby raised herself on her arm and lifted up her bright, beautiful
blue eyes to the moonlit skies.

"I want to live," she said, in a trembling voice.  "I want to
live like other girls.  I -- I want to be married, Anne -- and --
and -- have little children.  You know I always loved babies, Anne.
I couldn't say this to any one but you.  I know you understand.
And then poor Herb -- he -- he loves me and I love him, Anne.
The others meant nothing to me, but HE does -- and if I could
live I would be his wife and be so happy.  Oh, Anne, it's hard."

Ruby sank back on her pillows and sobbed convulsively.  Anne
pressed her hand in an agony of sympathy -- silent sympathy,
which perhaps helped Ruby more than broken, imperfect words could
have done; for presently she grew calmer and her sobs ceased.

"I'm glad I've told you this, Anne," she whispered.  "It has
helped me just to say it all out.  I've wanted to all summer --
every time you came.  I wanted to talk it over with you -- but
I COULDN'T.  It seemed as if it would make death so SURE if I
SAID I was going to die, or if any one else said it or hinted it.
I wouldn't say it, or even think it.  In the daytime, when people
were around me and everything was cheerful, it wasn't so hard to
keep from thinking of it.  But in the night, when I couldn't sleep
-- it was so dreadful, Anne.  I couldn't get away from it then.
Death just came and stared me in the face, until I got so frightened
I could have screamed.

"But you won't be frightened any more, Ruby, will you?  You'll be brave,
and believe that all is going to be well with you."

"I'll try.  I'll think over what you have said, and try to believe it.
And you'll come up as often as you can, won't you, Anne?"

"Yes, dear."

"It -- it won't be very long now, Anne.  I feel sure of that.
And I'd rather have you than any one else.  I always liked you
best of all the girls I went to school with.  You were never
jealous, or mean, like some of them were.  Poor Em White was up
to see me yesterday.  You remember Em and I were such chums for
three years when we went to school?  And then we quarrelled the
time of the school concert.  We've never spoken to each other
since.  Wasn't it silly?  Anything like that seems silly NOW.
But Em and I made up the old quarrel yesterday.  She said she'd
have spoken years ago, only she thought I wouldn't.  And I never
spoke to her because I was sure she wouldn't speak to me.  Isn't
it strange how people misunderstand each other, Anne?"

"Most of the trouble in life comes from misunderstanding, I think,"
said Anne.  "I must go now, Ruby.  It's getting late -- and you
shouldn't be out in the damp."

"You'll come up soon again."

"Yes, very soon.  And if there's anything I can do to help you
I'll be so glad."

"I know.  You HAVE helped me already.  Nothing seems quite so
dreadful now.  Good night, Anne."

"Good night, dear."

Anne walked home very slowly in the moonlight.  The evening had
changed something for her.  Life held a different meaning, a
deeper purpose.  On the surface it would go on just the same; but
the deeps had been stirred.  It must not be with her as with poor
butterfly Ruby.  When she came to the end of one life it must not
be to face the next with the shrinking terror of something wholly
different -- something for which accustomed thought and ideal and
aspiration had unfitted her.  The little things of life, sweet
and excellent in their place, must not be the things lived for;
the highest must be sought and followed; the life of heaven must
be begun here on earth.

That good night in the garden was for all time.  Anne never saw
Ruby in life again.  The next night the A.V.I.S. gave a farewell
party to Jane Andrews before her departure for the West.  And,
while light feet danced and bright eyes laughed and merry tongues
chattered, there came a summons to a soul in Avonlea that might
not be disregarded or evaded.  The next morning the word went
from house to house that Ruby Gillis was dead.  She had died in
her sleep, painlessly and calmly, and on her face was a smile --
as if, after all, death had come as a kindly friend to lead her
over the threshold, instead of the grisly phantom she had dreaded.

Mrs. Rachel Lynde said emphatically after the funeral that Ruby
Gillis was the handsomest corpse she ever laid eyes on.  Her
loveliness, as she lay, white-clad, among the delicate flowers
that Anne had placed about her, was remembered and talked of for
years in Avonlea.  Ruby had always been beautiful; but her beauty
had been of the earth, earthy; it had had a certain insolent
quality in it, as if it flaunted itself in the beholder's eye;
spirit had never shone through it, intellect had never refined it.
But death had touched it and consecrated it, bringing out delicate
modelings and purity of outline never seen before -- doing what life
and love and great sorrow and deep womanhood joys might have done
for Ruby.  Anne, looking down through a mist of tears, at her old
playfellow, thought she saw the face God had meant Ruby to have,
and remembered it so always.

Mrs. Gillis called Anne aside into a vacant room before the
funeral procession left the house, and gave her a small packet.

"I want you to have this," she sobbed.  "Ruby would have liked you
to have it.  It's the embroidered centerpiece she was working at.
It isn't quite finished -- the needle is sticking in it just where
her poor little fingers put it the last time she laid it down, the
afternoon before she died."

"There's always a piece of unfinished work left," said Mrs. Lynde,
with tears in her eyes.  "But I suppose there's always some one
to finish it."

"How difficult it is to realize that one we have always known
can really be dead," said Anne, as she and Diana walked home.
"Ruby is the first of our schoolmates to go.  One by one, sooner
or later, all the rest of us must follow."

"Yes, I suppose so," said Diana uncomfortably.  She did not
want to talk of that.  She would have preferred to have discussed
the details of the funeral -- the splendid white velvet casket
Mr. Gillis had insisted on having for Ruby -- "the Gillises must
always make a splurge, even at funerals," quoth Mrs. Rachel Lynde
-- Herb Spencer's sad face, the uncontrolled, hysteric grief of
one of Ruby's sisters -- but Anne would not talk of these things.
She seemed wrapped in a reverie in which Diana felt lonesomely
that she had neither lot nor part.

"Ruby Gillis was a great girl to laugh," said Davy suddenly.
"Will she laugh as much in heaven as she did in Avonlea, Anne?
I want to know."

"Yes, I think she will," said Anne.

"Oh, Anne," protested Diana, with a rather shocked smile.

"Well, why not, Diana?" asked Anne seriously.  "Do you think
we'll never laugh in heaven?"

"Oh -- I -- I don't know" floundered Diana.  "It doesn't seem
just right, somehow.  You know it's rather dreadful to laugh in
church."

"But heaven won't be like church -- all the time," said Anne.

"I hope it ain't," said Davy emphatically.  "If it is I don't
want to go.  Church is awful dull.  Anyway, I don't mean to go
for ever so long.  I mean to live to be a hundred years old, like
Mr. Thomas Blewett of White Sands.  He says he's lived so long
'cause he always smoked tobacco and it killed all the germs.
Can I smoke tobacco pretty soon, Anne?"

"No, Davy, I hope you'll never use tobacco," said Anne absently.

"What'll you feel like if the germs kill me then?" demanded Davy.




Chapter XV

A Dream Turned Upside Down


"Just one more week and we go back to Redmond," said Anne.
She was happy at the thought of returning to work, classes
and Redmond friends.  Pleasing visions were also being woven
around Patty's Place.  There was a warm pleasant sense of home
in the thought of it, even though she had never lived there.

But the summer had been a very happy one, too -- a time of glad living
with summer suns and skies, a time of keen delight in wholesome things;
a time of renewing and deepening of old friendships; a time in which
she had learned to live more nobly, to work more patiently, to play
more heartily.

"All life lessons are not learned at college," she thought.
"Life teaches them everywhere."

But alas, the final week of that pleasant vacation was spoiled for Anne,
by one of those impish happenings which are like a dream turned upside down.

"Been writing any more stories lately?" inquired Mr. Harrison genially
one evening when Anne was taking tea with him and Mrs. Harrison.

"No," answered Anne, rather crisply.

"Well, no offense meant.  Mrs. Hiram Sloane told me the other
day that a big envelope addressed to the Rollings Reliable Baking
Powder Company of Montreal had been dropped into the post office
box a month ago, and she suspicioned that somebody was trying for
the prize they'd offered for the best story that introduced the
name of their baking powder.  She said it wasn't addressed in
your writing, but I thought maybe it was you."

"Indeed, no!  I saw the prize offer, but I'd never dream of
competing for it.  I think it would be perfectly disgraceful to
write a story to advertise a baking powder.  It would be almost
as bad as Judson Parker's patent medicine fence."

So spake Anne loftily, little dreaming of the valley of
humiliation awaiting her.  That very evening Diana popped into
the porch gable, bright-eyed and rosy cheeked, carrying a letter.

"Oh, Anne, here's a letter for you.  I was at the office, so I
thought I'd bring it along.  Do open it quick.  If it is what I
believe it is I shall just be wild with delight."  Anne, puzzled,
opened the letter and glanced over the typewritten contents.


      Miss Anne Shirley,
      Green Gables,
      Avonlea, P.E. Island.

"DEAR MADAM: We have much pleasure in informing you that
your charming story `Averil's Atonement' has won the prize
of twenty-five dollars offered in our recent competition.
We enclose the check herewith.  We are arranging for the
publication of the story in several prominent Canadian
newspapers, and we also intend to have it printed in
pamphlet form for distribution among our patrons.
Thanking you for the interest you have shown in
our enterprise, we remain,

                                   Yours very truly,
                                THE ROLLINGS RELIABLE
                                   BAKING POWDER Co."


"I don't understand," said Anne, blankly.

Diana clapped her hands.

"Oh, I KNEW it would win the prize -- I was sure of it.
_I_ sent your story into the competition, Anne."

"Diana -- Barry!"

"Yes, I did," said Diana gleefully, perching herself on the bed.
"When I saw the offer I thought of your story in a minute, and at
first I thought I'd ask you to send it in.  But then I was afraid
you wouldn't -- you had so little faith left in it.  So I just
decided I'd send the copy you gave me, and say nothing about it.
Then, if it didn't win the prize, you'd never know and you wouldn't
feel badly over it, because the stories that failed were not to be
returned, and if it did you'd have such a delightful surprise."

Diana was not the most discerning of mortals, but just at this
moment it struck her that Anne was not looking exactly overjoyed.
The surprise was there, beyond doubt -- but where was the delight?

"Why, Anne, you don't seem a bit pleased!" she exclaimed.

Anne instantly manufactured a smile and put it on.

"Of course I couldn't be anything but pleased over your unselfish
wish to give me pleasure," she said slowly.  "But you know -- I'm
so amazed -- I can't realize it -- and I don't understand.  There
wasn't a word in my story about -- about -- " Anne choked a little
over the word -- "baking powder."

"Oh, _I_ put that in," said Diana, reassured.  "It was as easy as
wink -- and of course my experience in our old Story Club helped me.
You know the scene where Averil makes the cake?  Well, I just stated
that she used the Rollings Reliable in it, and that was why it turned
out so well; and then, in the last paragraph, where PERCEVAL clasps
AVERIL in his arms and says, `Sweetheart, the beautiful coming years
will bring us the fulfilment of our home of dreams,' I added, `in which
we will never use any baking powder except Rollings Reliable.'"

"Oh," gasped poor Anne, as if some one had dashed cold water on her.

"And you've won the twenty-five dollars," continued Diana jubilantly.
"Why, I heard Priscilla say once that the Canadian Woman only pays
five dollars for a story!"

Anne held out the hateful pink slip in shaking fingers.

"I can't take it -- it's yours by right, Diana.  You sent the
story in and made the alterations.  I -- I would certainly never
have sent it.  So you must take the check."

"I'd like to see myself," said Diana scornfully.  "Why, what I
did wasn't any trouble.  The honor of being a friend of the
prizewinner is enough for me.  Well, I must go.  I should have
gone straight home from the post office for we have company.
But I simply had to come and hear the news.  I'm so glad for
your sake, Anne."

Anne suddenly bent forward, put her arms about Diana, and kissed
her cheek.

"I think you are the sweetest and truest friend in the world,
Diana," she said, with a little tremble in her voice, "and I
assure you I appreciate the motive of what you've done."

Diana, pleased and embarrassed, got herself away, and poor Anne,
after flinging the innocent check into her bureau drawer as if it
were blood-money, cast herself on her bed and wept tears of shame
and outraged sensibility.  Oh, she could never live this down -- never!

Gilbert arrived at dusk, brimming over with congratulations,
for he had called at Orchard Slope and heard the news.  But his
congratulations died on his lips at sight of Anne's face.

"Why, Anne, what is the matter?  I  expected to find you radiant
over winning Rollings Reliable prize.  Good for you!"

"Oh, Gilbert, not you," implored Anne, in an ET-TU BRUTE tone.
"I thought YOU would understand.  Can't you see how awful it is?"

"I must confess I can't.  WHAT is wrong?"

"Everything," moaned Anne.  "I feel as if I were disgraced forever.
What do you think a mother would feel like if she found her
child tattooed over with a baking powder advertisement?
I feel just the same.  I loved my poor little story, and I
wrote it out of the best that was in me.  And it is SACRILEGE to
have it degraded to the level of a baking powder advertisement.
Don't you remember what Professor Hamilton used to tell us in the
literature class at Queen's?  He said we were never to write a
word for a low or unworthy motive, but always to cling to the
very highest ideals.  What will he think when he hears I've
written a story to advertise Rollings Reliable?  And, oh, when it
gets out at Redmond!  Think how I'll be teased and laughed at!"

"That you won't," said Gilbert, wondering uneasily if it were
that confounded Junior's opinion in particular over which Anne
was worried.  "The Reds will think just as I thought -- that you,
being like nine out of ten of us, not overburdened with worldly
wealth, had taken this way of earning an honest penny to help
yourself through the year.  I don't see that there's anything low
or unworthy about that, or anything ridiculous either.  One would
rather write masterpieces of literature no doubt -- but meanwhile
board and tuition fees have to be paid."

This commonsense, matter-of-fact view of the case cheered Anne a
little.  At least it removed her dread of being laughed at,
though the deeper hurt of an outraged ideal remained.




Chapter XVI

Adjusted Relationships


"It's the homiest spot I ever saw -- it's homier than home,"
avowed Philippa Gordon, looking about her with delighted eyes.
They were all assembled at twilight in the big living-room at
Patty's Place -- Anne and Priscilla, Phil and Stella, Aunt Jamesina,
Rusty, Joseph, the Sarah-Cat, and Gog and Magog.  The firelight
shadows were dancing over the walls; the cats were purring;
and a huge bowl of hothouse chrysanthemums, sent to Phil by one
of the victims, shone through the golden gloom like creamy moons.

It was three weeks since they had considered themselves settled,
and already all believed the experiment would be a success.  The
first fortnight after their return had been a pleasantly exciting
one; they had been busy setting up their household goods, organizing
their little establishment, and adjusting different opinions.

Anne was not over-sorry to leave Avonlea when the time came to
return to college.  The last few days of her vacation had not
been pleasant.  Her prize story had been published in the Island
papers; and Mr. William Blair had, upon the counter of his
store, a huge pile of pink, green and yellow pamphlets,
containing it, one of which he gave to every customer.  He sent a
complimentary bundle to Anne, who promptly dropped them all in
the kitchen stove.  Her humiliation was the consequence of her
own ideals only, for Avonlea folks thought it quite splendid
that she should have won the prize.  Her many friends regarded
her with honest admiration; her few foes with scornful envy.
Josie Pye said she believed Anne Shirley had just copied the story;
she was sure she remembered reading it in a paper years before.
The Sloanes, who had found out or guessed that Charlie had been
"turned down," said they didn't think it was much to be proud of;
almost any one could have done it, if she tried.  Aunt Atossa
told Anne she was very sorry to hear she had taken to writing
novels; nobody born and bred in Avonlea would do it; that was
what came of adopting orphans from goodness knew where, with
goodness knew what kind of parents.  Even Mrs. Rachel Lynde was
darkly dubious about the propriety of writing fiction, though she
was almost reconciled to it by that twenty-five dollar check.

"It is perfectly amazing, the price they pay for such lies,
that's what," she said, half-proudly, half-severely.

All things considered, it was a relief when going-away time came.
And it was very jolly to be back at Redmond, a wise, experienced
Soph with hosts of friends to greet on the merry opening day.
Pris and Stella and Gilbert were there, Charlie Sloane, looking
more important than ever a Sophomore looked before, Phil, with
the Alec-and-Alonzo question still unsettled, and Moody Spurgeon
MacPherson.  Moody Spurgeon had been teaching school ever since
leaving Queen's, but his mother had concluded it was high time
he gave it up and turned his attention to learning how to be a
minister.  Poor Moody Spurgeon fell on hard luck at the very
beginning of his college career.  Half a dozen ruthless Sophs,
who were among his fellow-boarders, swooped down upon him one
night and shaved half of his head.  In this guise the luckless
Moody Spurgeon had to go about until his hair grew again.  He
told Anne bitterly that there were times when he had his doubts
as to whether he was really called to be a minister.

Aunt Jamesina did not come until the girls had Patty's Place
ready for her.  Miss Patty had sent the key to Anne, with a
letter in which she said Gog and Magog were packed in a box under
the spare-room bed, but might be taken out when wanted; in a
postscript she added that she hoped the girls would be careful
about putting up pictures.  The living room had been newly
papered five years before and she and Miss Maria did not want any
more holes made in that new paper than was absolutely necessary.
For the rest she trusted everything to Anne.

How those girls enjoyed putting their nest in order!  As Phil said,
it was almost as good as getting married.  You had the fun of
homemaking without the bother of a husband.  All brought something
with them to adorn or make comfortable the little house.  Pris and
Phil and Stella had knick-knacks and pictures galore, which latter
they proceeded to hang according to taste, in reckless disregard
of Miss Patty's new paper.

"We'll putty the holes up when we leave, dear -- she'll never know,"
they said to protesting Anne.

Diana had given Anne a pine needle cushion and Miss Ada had given
both her and Priscilla a fearfully and wonderfully embroidered one.
Marilla had sent a big box of preserves, and darkly hinted at a
hamper for Thanksgiving, and Mrs. Lynde gave Anne a patchwork quilt
and loaned her five more.

"You take them," she said authoritatively.  "They might as well be
in use as packed away in that trunk in the garret for moths to gnaw."

No moths would ever have ventured near those quilts, for they
reeked of mothballs to such an extent that they had to be hung in
the orchard of Patty's Place a full fortnight before they could
be endured indoors.  Verily, aristocratic Spofford Avenue had
rarely beheld such a display.  The gruff old millionaire who
lived "next door" came over and wanted to buy the gorgeous red
and yellow "tulip-pattern" one which Mrs. Rachel had given Anne.
He said his mother used to make quilts like that, and by Jove, he
wanted one to remind him of her.  Anne would not sell it, much to
his disappointment, but she wrote all about it to Mrs. Lynde.
That highly-gratified lady sent word back that she had one just
like it to spare, so the tobacco king got his quilt after all,
and insisted on having it spread on his bed, to the disgust of
his fashionable wife.

Mrs. Lynde's quilts served a very useful purpose that winter.
Patty's Place for all its many virtues, had its faults also.
It was really a rather cold house; and when the frosty nights
came the girls were very glad to snuggle down under Mrs. Lynde's
quilts, and hoped that the loan of them might be accounted unto
her for righteousness.  Anne had the blue room she had coveted
at sight.  Priscilla and Stella had the large one.  Phil was
blissfully content with the little one over the kitchen; and
Aunt Jamesina was to have the downstairs one off the living-room.
Rusty at first slept on the doorstep.

Anne, walking home from Redmond a few days after her return,
became aware that the people that she met surveyed her with a
covert, indulgent smile.  Anne wondered uneasily what was the
matter with her.  Was her hat crooked?  Was her belt loose?
Craning her head to investigate, Anne, for the first time,
saw Rusty.

Trotting along behind her, close to her heels, was quite the
most forlorn specimen of the cat tribe she had ever beheld.
The animal was well past kitten-hood, lank, thin, disreputable
looking.  Pieces of both ears were lacking, one eye was
temporarily out of repair, and one jowl ludicrously swollen.
As for color, if a once black cat had been well and thoroughly
singed the result would have resembled the hue of this waif's
thin, draggled, unsightly fur.

Anne "shooed," but the cat would not "shoo."  As long as she
stood he sat back on his haunches and gazed at her reproachfully
out of his one good eye; when she resumed her walk he followed.
Anne resigned herself to his company until she reached the gate
of Patty's Place, which she coldly shut in his face, fondly
supposing she had seen the last of him.  But when, fifteen
minutes later, Phil opened the door, there sat the rusty-brown
cat on the step.  More, he promptly darted in and sprang upon
Anne's lap with a half-pleading, half-triumphant "miaow."

"Anne," said Stella severely, "do you own that animal?"

"No, I do NOT," protested disgusted Anne.  "The creature followed
me home from somewhere.  I couldn't get rid of him.  Ugh, get down.
I like decent cats reasonably well; but I don't like beasties of
your complexion."

Pussy, however, refused to get down.  He coolly curled up in
Anne's lap and began to purr.

"He has evidently adopted you," laughed Priscilla.

"I won't BE adopted," said Anne stubbornly.

"The poor creature is starving," said Phil pityingly.  "Why, his
bones are almost coming through his skin."

"Well, I'll give him a square meal and then he must return to
whence he came," said Anne resolutely.

The cat was fed and put out.  In the morning he was still
on the doorstep.  On the doorstep he continued to sit, bolting
in whenever the door was opened.  No coolness of welcome had
the least effect on him; of nobody save Anne did he take the
least notice.  Out of compassion the girls fed him; but when
a week had passed they decided that something must be done.
The cat's appearance had improved.  His eye and cheek had
resumed their normal appearance; he was not quite so thin;
and he had been seen washing his face.

"But for all that we can't keep him," said Stella.  "Aunt Jimsie
is coming next week and she will bring the Sarah-cat with her.

We can't keep two cats; and if we did this Rusty Coat would
fight all the time with the Sarah-cat.  He's a fighter by nature.
He had a pitched battle last evening with the tobacco-king's cat
and routed him, horse, foot and artillery."

"We must get rid of him," agreed Anne, looking darkly at the
subject of their discussion, who was purring on the hearth rug
with an air of lamb-like meekness.  "But the question is -- how?
How can four unprotected females get rid of a cat who won't be
got rid of?"

We must chloroform him," said Phil briskly.  "That is the most
humane way."

"Who of us knows anything about chloroforming a cat?" demanded
Anne gloomily.

"I do, honey.  It's one of my few -- sadly few -- useful accomplishments.
I've disposed of several at home.  You take the cat in the morning and
give him a good breakfast.  Then you take an old burlap bag -- there's
one in the back porch -- put the cat on it and turn over him a wooden box.
Then take a two-ounce bottle of chloroform, uncork it, and slip it under
the edge of the box.  Put a heavy weight on top of the box and leave it
till evening.  The cat will be dead, curled up peacefully as if he
were asleep.  No pain -- no struggle."

"It sounds easy," said Anne dubiously.

"It IS easy.  Just leave it to me.  I'll see to it," said Phil reassuringly.

Accordingly the chloroform was procured, and the next morning Rusty was
lured to his doom.  He ate his breakfast, licked his chops, and climbed
into Anne's lap.  Anne's heart misgave her.  This poor creature loved her
-- trusted her.  How could she be a party to this destruction?

"Here, take him," she said hastily to Phil.  "I feel like a murderess."

"He won't suffer, you know," comforted Phil, but Anne had fled.

The fatal deed was done in the back porch.  Nobody went near it
that day.  But at dusk Phil declared that Rusty must be buried.

"Pris and Stella must dig his grave in the orchard," declared Phil,
"and Anne must come with me to lift the box off.  That's the part
I always hate."

The two conspirators tip-toed reluctantly to the back porch.
Phil gingerly lifted the stone she had put on the box.  Suddenly,
faint but distinct, sounded an unmistakable mew under the box.

"He -- he isn't dead," gasped Anne, sitting blankly down on the
kitchen doorstep.

"He must be," said Phil incredulously.

Another tiny mew proved that he wasn't.  The two girls stared at
each other."

What will we do?" questioned Anne.

"Why in the world don't you come?" demanded Stella, appearing in
the doorway.  "We've got the grave ready.  `What silent still and
silent all?'" she quoted teasingly.

"`Oh, no, the voices of the dead Sound like the distant torrent's fall,'"
promptly counter-quoted Anne, pointing solemnly to the box.

A burst of laughter broke the tension.

"We must leave him here till morning," said Phil, replacing the stone.
"He hasn't mewed for five minutes.  Perhaps the mews we heard were his
dying groan.  Or perhaps we merely imagined them, under the strain of
our guilty consciences."

But, when the box was lifted in the morning, Rusty bounded at one gay
leap to Anne's shoulder where he began to lick her face affectionately.
Never was there a cat more decidedly alive.

"Here's a knot hole in the box," groaned Phil.  "I never saw it.
That's why he didn't die.  Now, we've got to do it all over again."

"No, we haven't," declared Anne suddenly.  "Rusty isn't going to be
killed again.  He's my cat -- and you've just got to make the best of it."

"Oh, well, if you'll settle with Aunt Jimsie and the Sarah-cat,"
said Stella, with the air of one washing her hands of the whole affair.

From that time Rusty was one of the family.  He slept o'nights on the
scrubbing cushion in the back porch and lived on the fat of the land.
By the time Aunt Jamesina came he was plump and glossy and tolerably
respectable.  But, like Kipling's cat, he "walked by himself."
His paw was against every cat, and every cat's paw against him.
One by one he vanquished the aristocratic felines of Spofford Avenue.
As for human beings, he loved Anne and Anne alone.  Nobody else even
dared stroke him.  An angry spit and something that sounded much like
very improper language greeted any one who did.

"The airs that cat puts on are perfectly intolerable," declared Stella.

"Him was a nice old pussens, him was," vowed Anne, cuddling her pet defiantly.

"Well, I don't know how he and the Sarah-cat will ever make out
to live together," said Stella pesimistically.  "Cat-fights in
the orchard o'nights are bad enough.  But cat-fights here in the
livingroom are unthinkable."  In due time Aunt Jamesina arrived.
Anne and Priscilla and Phil had awaited her advent rather dubiously;
but when Aunt Jamesina was enthroned in the rocking chair before the
open fire they figuratively bowed down and worshipped her.

Aunt Jamesina was a tiny old woman with a little, softly-triangular face,
and large, soft blue eyes that were alight with unquenchable youth, and
as full of hopes as a girl's.  She had pink cheeks and snow-white hair
which she wore in quaint little puffs over her ears.

"It's a very old-fashioned way," she said, knitting industriously
at something as dainty and pink as a sunset cloud.  "But _I_ am old-fashioned.
My clothes are, and it stands to reason my opinions are, too.  I don't say
they're any the better of that, mind you.  In fact, I daresay they're a good
deal the worse.  But they've worn nice and easy.  New shoes are smarter than
old ones, but the old ones are more comfortable.  I'm old enough to indulge
myself in the matter of shoes and opinions.  I mean to take it real easy here.
I know you expect me to look after you and keep you proper, but I'm not going
to do it.

You're old enough to know how to behave if you're ever going to be.
So, as far as I am concerned," concluded Aunt Jamesina, with a twinkle
in her young eyes, "you can all go to destruction in your own way."

"Oh, will somebody separate those cats?" pleaded Stella, shudderingly.

Aunt Jamesina had brought with her not only the Sarah-cat but Joseph.
Joseph, she explained, had belonged to a dear friend of hers who had
gone to live in Vancouver.

"She couldn't take Joseph with her so she begged me to take him.
I really couldn't refuse.  He's a beautiful cat -- that is, his
disposition is beautiful.  She called him Joseph because his coat
is of many colors."

It certainly was.  Joseph, as the disgusted Stella said, looked
like a walking rag-bag.  It was impossible to say what his ground
color was.  His legs were white with black spots on them.
His back was gray with a huge patch of yellow on one side and a
black patch on the other.  His tail was yellow with a gray tip.
One ear was black and one yellow.  A black patch over one eye gave
him a fearfully rakish look.  In reality he was meek and inoffensive,
of a sociable disposition.  In one respect, if in no other, Joseph
was like a lily of the field.  He toiled not neither did he spin
or catch mice.  Yet Solomon in all his glory slept not on softer
cushions, or feasted more fully on fat things.

Joseph and the Sarah-cat arrived by express in separate boxes.
After they had been released and fed, Joseph selected the cushion
and corner which appealed to him, and the Sarah-cat gravely sat
herself down before the fire and proceeded to wash her face.  She
was a large, sleek, gray-and-white cat, with an enormous dignity
which was not at all impaired by any consciousness of her plebian
origin.  She had been given to Aunt Jamesina by her washerwoman.

"Her name was Sarah, so my husband always called puss the
Sarah-cat," explained Aunt Jamesina.  "She is eight years old,
and a remarkable mouser.  Don't worry, Stella.  The Sarah-cat
NEVER fights and Joseph rarely."

"They'll have to fight here in self-defense," said Stella.

At this juncture Rusty arrived on the scene.  He bounded
joyously half way across the room before he saw the intruders.
Then he stopped short; his tail expanded until it was as big as
three tails.  The fur on his back rose up in a defiant arch;
Rusty lowered his head, uttered a fearful shriek of hatred and
defiance, and launched himself at the Sarah-cat.

The stately animal had stopped washing her face and was looking
at him curiously.  She met his onslaught with one contemptuous
sweep of her capable paw.  Rusty went rolling helplessly over on
the rug; he picked himself up dazedly.  What sort of a cat was
this who had boxed his ears?  He looked dubiously at the Sarah-cat.
Would he or would he not?  The Sarah-cat deliberately turned her
back on him and resumed her toilet operations.  Rusty decided that
he would not.  He never did.  From that time on the Sarah-cat ruled
the roost.  Rusty never again interfered with her.

But Joseph rashly sat up and yawned.  Rusty, burning to avenge
his disgrace, swooped down upon him.  Joseph, pacific by nature,
could fight upon occasion and fight well.  The result was a
series of drawn battles.  Every day Rusty and Joseph fought at
sight.  Anne took Rusty's part and detested Joseph.  Stella was
in despair.  But Aunt Jamesina only laughed.

Let them fight it out," she said tolerantly.  "They'll make friends
after a bit.  Joseph needs some exercise -- he was getting too fat.
And Rusty has to learn he isn't the only cat in the world."

Eventually Joseph and Rusty accepted the situation and from sworn
enemies became sworn friends.  They slept on the same cushion with
their paws about each other, and gravely washed each other's faces.

"We've all got used to each other," said Phil.  "And I've learned
how to wash dishes and sweep a floor."

"But you needn't try to make us believe you can chloroform a cat,"
laughed Anne.

"It was all the fault of the knothole," protested Phil.

"It was a good thing the knothole was there," said Aunt Jamesina
rather severely.  "Kittens HAVE to be drowned, I admit, or the
world would be overrun.  But no decent, grown-up cat should be
done to death -- unless he sucks eggs."

"You wouldn't have thought Rusty very decent if you'd seen him when
he came here," said Stella.  "He positively looked like the Old Nick."

"I don't believe Old Nick can be so very, ugly" said Aunt Jamesina
reflectively.  "He wouldn't do so much harm if he was.  _I_ always
think of him as a rather handsome gentleman."




Chapter XVII

A Letter from Davy


"It's beginning to snow, girls," said Phil, coming in one
November evening, "and there are the loveliest little stars and
crosses all over the garden walk.  I never noticed before what
exquisite things snowflakes really are.  One has time to notice
things like that in the simple life.  Bless you all for permitting
me to live it.  It's really delightful to feel worried because
butter has gone up five cents a pound."

"Has it?" demanded Stella, who kept the household accounts.

"It has -- and here's your butter.  I'm getting quite expert at marketing.
It's better fun than flirting," concluded Phil gravely.

"Everything is going up scandalously," sighed Stella.

"Never mind.  Thank goodness air and salvation are still free,"
said Aunt Jamesina.

"And so is laughter," added Anne.  "There's no tax on it yet
and that is well, because you're all going to laugh presently.
I'm going to read you Davy's letter.  His spelling has improved
immensely this past year, though he is not strong on apostrophes,
and he certainly possesses the gift of writing an interesting letter.
Listen and laugh, before we settle down to the evening's study-grind."

"Dear Anne," ran Davy's letter, "I take my pen to tell you that
we are all pretty well and hope this will find you the same.
It's snowing some today and Marilla says the old woman in the sky
is shaking her feather beds.  Is the old woman in the sky God's
wife, Anne?  I want to know.

"Mrs. Lynde has been real sick but she is better now.  She fell
down the cellar stairs last week.  When she fell she grabbed hold
of the shelf with all the milk pails and stewpans on it, and it
gave way and went down with her and made a splendid crash.
Marilla thought it was an earthquake at first.

One of the stewpans was all dinged up and Mrs. Lynde straned her ribs.
The doctor came and gave her medicine to rub on her ribs but
she didn't under stand him and took it all inside instead.
The doctor said it was a wonder it dident kill her but it dident
and it cured her ribs and Mrs. Lynde says doctors dont know much
anyhow.  But we couldent fix up the stewpan.  Marilla had to
throw it out.  Thanksgiving was last week.  There was no school
and we had a great dinner.  I et mince pie and rost turkey and
frut cake and donuts and cheese and jam and choklut cake.
Marilla said I'd die but I dident.  Dora had earake after it,
only it wasent in her ears it was in her stummick.  I dident
have earake anywhere.

"Our new teacher is a man.  He does things for jokes.  Last week
he made all us third-class boys write a composishun on what kind
of a wife we'd like to have and the girls on what kind of a
husband.  He laughed fit to kill when he read them.  This was
mine.  I thought youd like to see it.

"`The kind of a wife I'd like to Have.

"`She must have good manners and get my meals on time and do
what I tell her and always be very polite to me.  She must be
fifteen yers old.  She must be good to the poor and keep her
house tidy and be good tempered and go to church regularly.
She must be very handsome and have curly hair.  If I get a wife
that is just what I like Ill be an awful good husband to her.
I think a woman ought to be awful good to her husband.  Some poor
women havent any husbands.

                                 `THE END.'"


"I was at Mrs. Isaac Wrights funeral at White Sands last week.
The husband of the corpse felt real sorry.  Mrs. Lynde says
Mrs. Wrights grandfather stole a sheep but Marilla says we mustent
speak ill of the dead.  Why mustent we, Anne?  I want to know.
It's pretty safe, ain't it?

"Mrs. Lynde was awful mad the other day because I asked her if
she was alive in Noah's time.  I dident mean to hurt her feelings.
I just wanted to know.  Was she, Anne?

"Mr. Harrison wanted to get rid of his dog.  So he hunged him
once but he come to life and scooted for the barn while Mr.
Harrison was digging the grave, so he hunged him again and he
stayed dead that time.  Mr. Harrison has a new man working for him.
He's awful okward.  Mr. Harrison says he is left handed in both
his feet.  Mr. Barry's hired man is lazy.  Mrs. Barry says that
but Mr. Barry says he aint lazy exactly only he thinks it easier
to pray for things than to work for them.

"Mrs. Harmon Andrews prize pig that she talked so much of died
in a fit.  Mrs. Lynde says it was a judgment on her for pride.
But I think it was hard on the pig.  Milty Boulter has been sick.
The doctor gave him medicine and it tasted horrid.  I offered to
take it for him for a quarter but the Boulters are so mean.
Milty says he'd rather take it himself and save his money.
I asked Mrs. Boulter how a person would go about catching a man and
she got awful mad and said she dident know, shed never chased men.

"The A.V.I.S. is going to paint the hall again.  They're tired
of having it blue.

"The new minister was here to tea last night.  He took three
pieces of pie.

If I did that Mrs. Lynde would call me piggy.  And he et fast and
took big bites and Marilla is always telling me not to do that.
Why can ministers do what boys can't?  I want to know.

"I haven't any more news.  Here are six kisses.  xxxxxx.  Dora
sends one.  Heres hers.  x.

                               "Your loving friend
                                         DAVID KEITH"


"P.S.  Anne, who was the devils father?  I want to know."




Chapter XVIII

Miss Josepine Remembers the Anne-girl


When Christmas holidays came the girls of Patty's Place scattered to
their respective homes, but Aunt Jamesina elected to stay where she was.

"I couldn't go to any of the places I've been invited and take
those three cats," she said.  "And I'm not going to leave the
poor creatures here alone for nearly three weeks.  If we had any
decent neighbors who would feed them I might, but there's nothing
except millionaires on this street.  So I'll stay here and keep
Patty's Place warm for you."

Anne went home with the usual joyous anticipations -- which were
not wholly fulfilled.  She found Avonlea in the grip of such an
early, cold, and stormy winter as even the "oldest inhabitant"
could not recall.  Green Gables was literally hemmed in by huge
drifts.  Almost every day of that ill-starred vacation it stormed
fiercely; and even on fine days it drifted unceasingly.  No
sooner were the roads broken than they filled in again.  It was
almost impossible to stir out.  The A.V.I.S. tried, on three
evenings, to have a party in honor of the college students, and
on each evening the storm was so wild that nobody could go, so
they gave up the attempt in despair.  Anne, despite her love of
and loyalty to Green Gables, could not help thinking longingly of
Patty's Place, its cosy open fire, Aunt Jamesina's mirthful eyes,
the three cats, the merry chatter of the girls, the pleasantness
of Friday evenings when college friends dropped in to talk of
grave and gay.

Anne was lonely; Diana, during the whole of the holidays, was
imprisoned at home with a bad attack of bronchitis.  She could
not come to Green Gables and it was rarely Anne could get to
Orchard Slope, for the old way through the Haunted Wood was
impassable with drifts, and the long way over the frozen Lake of
Shining Waters was almost as bad.  Ruby Gillis was sleeping in
the white-heaped graveyard; Jane Andrews was teaching a school on
western prairies.  Gilbert, to be sure, was still faithful, and
waded up to Green Gables every possible evening.  But Gilbert's
visits were not what they once were.  Anne almost dreaded them.
It was very disconcerting to look up in the midst of a sudden
silence and find Gilbert's hazel eyes fixed upon her with a quite
unmistakable expression in their grave depths; and it was still
more disconcerting to find herself blushing hotly and
uncomfortably under his gaze, just as if -- just as if -- well,
it was very embarrassing.  Anne wished herself back at Patty's
Place, where there was always somebody else about to take the
edge off a delicate situation.  At Green Gables Marilla went
promptly to Mrs. Lynde's domain when Gilbert came and insisted
on taking the twins with her.  The significance of this was
unmistakable and Anne was in a helpless fury over it.

Davy, however, was perfectly happy.  He reveled in getting out in
the morning and shoveling out the paths to the well and henhouse.
He gloried in the Christmas-tide delicacies which Marilla and
Mrs. Lynde vied with each other in preparing for Anne, and he
was reading an enthralling tale, in a school library book, of a
wonderful hero who seemed blessed with a miraculous faculty for
getting into scrapes from which he was usually delivered by an
earthquake or a volcanic explosion, which blew him high and dry
out of his troubles, landed him in a fortune, and closed the
story with proper ECLAT.

"I tell you it's a bully story, Anne," he said ecstatically.
"I'd ever so much rather read it than the Bible."

"Would you?" smiled Anne.

Davy peered curiously at her.

"You don't seem a bit shocked, Anne.  Mrs. Lynde was awful
shocked when I said it to her."

"No, I'm not shocked, Davy.  I think it's quite natural that a
nine-year-old boy would sooner read an adventure story than the
Bible.  But when you are older I hope and think that you will
realize what a wonderful book the Bible is."

"Oh, I think some parts of it are fine," conceded Davy.  "That
story about Joseph now -- it's bully.  But if I'd been Joseph _I_
wouldn't have forgive the brothers.  No, siree, Anne.  I'd have
cut all their heads off.  Mrs. Lynde was awful mad when I said that
and shut the Bible up and said she'd never read me any more of it if
I talked like that.  So I don't talk now when she reads it Sunday
afternoons; I just think things and say them to Milty Boulter next
day in school.  I told Milty the story about Elisha and the bears
and it scared him so he's never made fun of Mr. Harrison's bald
head once.  Are there any bears on P.E. Island, Anne?  I want to know."

"Not nowadays," said Anne, absently, as the wind blew a scud of
snow against the window.  "Oh, dear, will it ever stop storming."

"God knows," said Davy airily, preparing to resume his reading.

Anne WAS shocked this time.

"Davy!" she exclaimed reproachfully.

"Mrs. Lynde says that," protested Davy.  "One night last week
Marilla said `Will Ludovic Speed and Theodora Dix EVER get
married" and Mrs. Lynde said, `God knows' -- just like that."

"Well, it wasn't right for her to say it," said Anne, promptly
deciding upon which horn of this dilemma to empale herself.
"It isn't right for anybody to take that name in vain or
speak it lightly, Davy.  Don't ever do it again."

"Not if I say it slow and solemn, like the minister?" queried
Davy gravely.

"No, not even then."

"Well, I won't.  Ludovic Speed and Theodora Dix live in Middle
Grafton and Mrs. Rachel says he has been courting her for a
hundred years.  Won't they soon be too old to get married, Anne?
I hope Gilbert won't court YOU that long.  When are you going to
be married, Anne?  Mrs. Lynde says it's a sure thing."

"Mrs. Lynde is a --" began Anne hotly; then stopped.  "Awful old
gossip," completed Davy calmly.  "That's what every one calls her.
But is it a sure thing, Anne?  I want to know."

"You're a very silly little boy, Davy," said Anne, stalking
haughtily out of the room.  The kitchen was deserted and she sat
down by the window in the fast falling wintry twilight.  The sun
had set and the wind had died down.  A pale chilly moon looked
out behind a bank of purple clouds in the west.  The sky faded
out, but the strip of yellow along the western horizon grew
brighter and fiercer, as if all the stray gleams of light were
concentrating in one spot; the distant hills, rimmed with
priest-like firs, stood out in dark distinctness against it.
Anne looked across the still, white fields, cold and lifeless
in the harsh light of that grim sunset, and sighed.  She was
very lonely; and she was sad at heart; for she was wondering
if she would be able to return to Redmond next year.  It did not
seem likely.  The only scholarship possible in the Sophomore year
was a very small affair.  She would not take Marilla's money;
and there seemed little prospect of being able to earn enough
in the summer vacation.

"I suppose I'll just have to drop out next year," she thought
drearily, "and teach a district school again until I earn enough
to finish my course.  And by that time all my old class will have
graduated and Patty's Place will be out of the question.  But there!
I'm not going to be a coward.  I'm thankful I can earn my way through
if necessary."

"Here's Mr. Harrison wading up the lane," announced Davy, running out.
"I hope he's brought the mail.  It's three days since we got it.
I want to see what them pesky Grits are doing.  I'm a Conservative, Anne.
And I tell you, you have to keep your eye on them Grits."

Mr. Harrison had brought the mail, and merry letters from Stella
and Priscilla and Phil soon dissipated Anne's blues.  Aunt Jamesina,
too, had written, saying that she was keeping the hearth-fire alight,
and that the cats were all well, and the house plants doing fine.

"The weather has been real cold," she wrote, "so I let the cats sleep
in the house -- Rusty and Joseph on the sofa in the living-room, and
the Sarah-cat on the foot of my bed.  It's real company to hear her
purring when I wake up in the night and think of my poor daughter in
the foreign field.  If it was anywhere but in India I wouldn't worry,
but they say the snakes out there are terrible.  It takes all the
Sarah-cats's purring to drive away the thought of those snakes.
I have enough faith for everything but the snakes.  I can't think
why Providence ever made them.  Sometimes I don't think He did.
I'm inclined to believe the Old Harry had a hand in making THEM."

Anne had left a thin, typewritten communication till the last,
thinking it unimportant.  When she had read it she sat very
still, with tears in her eyes.

"What is the matter, Anne?" asked Marilla.

"Miss Josephine Barry is dead," said Anne, in a low tone.

"So she has gone at last," said Marilla.  "Well, she has been
sick for over a year, and the Barrys have been expecting to hear
of her death any time.  It is well she is at rest for she has
suffered dreadfully, Anne.  She was always kind to you."

"She has been kind to the last, Marilla.  This letter is from her lawyer.
She has left me a thousand dollars in her will."

"Gracious, ain't that an awful lot of money," exclaimed Davy.
"She's the woman you and Diana lit on when you jumped into
the spare room bed, ain't she?  Diana told me that story.
Is that why she left you so much?"

"Hush, Davy," said Anne gently.  She slipped away to the porch
gable with a full heart, leaving Marilla and Mrs. Lynde to talk
over the news to their hearts' content.

"Do you s'pose Anne will ever get married now?" speculated Davy
anxiously.  "When Dorcas Sloane got married last summer she said
if she'd had enough money to live on she'd never have been
bothered with a man, but even a widower with eight children was
better'n living with a sister-in-law."

"Davy Keith, do hold your tongue," said Mrs. Rachel severely.
"The way you talk is scandalous for a small boy, that's what."




Chapter XIX

An Interlude


"To think that this is my twentieth birthday, and that I've left
my teens behind me forever," said Anne, who was curled up on the
hearth-rug with Rusty in her lap, to Aunt Jamesina who was reading
in her pet chair.  They were alone in the living room.  Stella and
Priscilla had gone to a committee meeting and Phil was upstairs
adorning herself for a party.

"I suppose you feel kind of, sorry" said Aunt Jamesina.  "The teens are
such a nice part of life.  I'm glad I've never gone out of them myself."

Anne laughed.

"You never will, Aunty.  You'll be eighteen when you should be a
hundred.  Yes, I'm sorry, and a little dissatisfied as well.
Miss Stacy told me long ago that by the time I was twenty my
character would be formed, for good or evil.  I don't feel that
it's what it should be.  It's full of flaws."

"So's everybody's," said Aunt Jamesina cheerfully.  "Mine's cracked
in a hundred places.  Your Miss Stacy likely meant that when you are
twenty your character would have got its permanent bent in one direction
or 'tother, and would go on developing in that line.  Don't worry over it,
Anne.  Do your duty by God and your neighbor and yourself, and have a good
time.  That's my philosophy and it's always worked pretty well.  Where's
Phil off to tonight?"

"She's going to a dance, and she's got the sweetest dress for it
-- creamy yellow silk and cobwebby lace.  It just suits those
brown tints of hers."

"There's magic in the words `silk' and `lace,' isn't there?" said
Aunt Jamesina.  "The very sound of them makes me feel like
skipping off to a dance.  And YELLOW silk.  It makes one think of
a dress of sunshine.  I always wanted a yellow silk dress, but
first my mother and then my husband wouldn't hear of it.  The
very first thing I'm going to do when I get to heaven is to get a
yellow silk dress."

Amid Anne's peal of laughter Phil came downstairs, trailing clouds
of glory, and surveyed herself in the long oval mirror on the wall.

"A flattering looking glass is a promoter of amiability," she
said.  "The one in my room does certainly make me green.  Do I
look pretty nice, Anne?"

"Do you really know how pretty you are, Phil?" asked Anne,
in honest admiration.

"Of course I do.  What are looking glasses and men for?  That wasn't
what I meant.  Are all my ends tucked in?  Is my skirt straight?
And would this rose look better lower down?  I'm afraid it's too high
-- it will make me look lop-sided.  But I hate things tickling my ears."

"Everything is just right, and that southwest dimple of yours is lovely."

"Anne, there's one thing in particular I like about you -- you're
so ungrudging.  There isn't a particle of envy in you."

"Why should she be envious?" demanded Aunt Jamesina.  "She's not quite
as goodlooking as you, maybe, but she's got a far handsomer nose."

"I know it," conceded Phil.

"My nose always has been a great comfort to me," confessed Anne.

"And I love the way your hair grows on your forehead, Anne.  And
that one wee curl, always looking as if it were going to drop,
but never dropping, is delicious.  But as for noses, mine is a
dreadful worry to me.  I know by the time I'm forty it will be
Byrney.  What do you think I'll look like when I'm forty, Anne?"

"Like an old, matronly, married woman," teased Anne.

"I won't," said Phil, sitting down comfortably to wait for her escort.
"Joseph, you calico beastie, don't you dare jump on my lap.  I won't go
to a dance all over cat hairs.  No, Anne, I WON'T look matronly.  But no
doubt I'll be married."

"To Alec or Alonzo?" asked Anne.

"To one of them, I suppose," sighed Phil, "if I can ever decide which."

"It shouldn't be hard to decide," scolded Aunt Jamesina.

"I was born a see-saw Aunty, and nothing can ever prevent me from teetering."

"You ought to be more levelheaded, Philippa."

"It's best to be levelheaded, of course," agreed Philippa, "but you miss
lots of fun.  As for Alec and Alonzo, if you knew them you'd understand
why it's difficult to choose between them.  They're equally nice."

"Then take somebody who is nicer" suggested Aunt Jamesina.
"There's that Senior who is so devoted to you -- Will Leslie.
He has such nice, large, mild eyes."

"They're a little bit too large and too mild -- like a cow's,"
said Phil cruelly.

"What do you say about George Parker?"

"There's nothing to say about him except that he always looks as
if he had just been starched and ironed."

"Marr Holworthy then.  You can't find a fault with him."

"No, he would do if he wasn't poor.  I must marry a rich man,
Aunt Jamesina.  That -- and good looks -- is an indispensable
qualification.  I'd marry Gilbert Blythe if he were rich."

"Oh, would you?" said Anne, rather viciously.

"We don't like that idea a little bit, although we don't want
Gilbert ourselves, oh, no," mocked Phil.  "But don't let's talk
of disagreeable subjects.  I'll have to marry sometime, I suppose,
but I shall put off the evil day as long as I can."

"You mustn't marry anybody you don't love, Phil, when all's said
and done," said Aunt Jamesina.

      "`Oh, hearts that loved in the good old way
      Have been out o' the fashion this many a day.'"

trilled Phil mockingly.  "There's the carriage.  I fly -- Bi-bi,
you two old-fashioned darlings."

When Phil had gone Aunt Jamesina looked solemnly at Anne.

"That girl is pretty and sweet and goodhearted, but do you think
she is quite right in her mind, by spells, Anne?"

"Oh, I don't think there's anything the matter with Phil's mind,"
said Anne, hiding a smile.  "It's just her way of talking."

Aunt Jamesina shook her head.

"Well, I hope so, Anne.  I do hope so, because I love her.  But _I_
can't understand her -- she beats me.  She isn't like any of the
girls I ever knew, or any of the girls I was myself."

"How many girls were you, Aunt Jimsie?"

"About half a dozen, my dear."




Chapter XX

Gilbert Speaks


"This has been a dull, prosy day," yawned Phil, stretching
herself idly on the sofa, having previously dispossessed two
exceedingly indignant cats.

Anne looked up from Pickwick Papers.  Now that spring
examinations were over she was treating herself to Dickens.

"It has been a prosy day for us," she said thoughtfully, "but to
some people it has been a wonderful day.  Some one has been
rapturously happy in it.  Perhaps a great deed has been done
somewhere today -- or a great poem written -- or a great man born.
And some heart has been broken, Phil."

"Why did you spoil your pretty thought by tagging that last
sentence on, honey?" grumbled Phil.  "I don't like to think of
broken hearts -- or anything unpleasant."

"Do you think you'll be able to shirk unpleasant things all your
life, Phil?"

"Dear me, no.  Am I not up against them now?  You don't call Alec and
Alonzo pleasant things, do you, when they simply plague my life out?"

"You never take anything seriously, Phil."

"Why should I?  There are enough folks who do.  The world needs
people like me, Anne, just to amuse it.  It would be a terrible
place if EVERYBODY were intellectual and serious and in deep,
deadly earnest.  MY mission is, as Josiah Allen says, `to charm
and allure.'  Confess now.  Hasn't life at Patty's Place been
really much brighter and pleasanter this past winter because
I've been here to leaven you?"

"Yes, it has," owned Anne.

"And you all love me -- even Aunt Jamesina, who thinks I'm stark mad.
So why should I try to be different?  Oh, dear, I'm so sleepy.  I was
awake until one last night, reading a harrowing ghost story.  I read
it in bed, and after I had finished it do you suppose I could get out
of bed to put the light out?  No!  And if Stella had not fortunately
come in late that lamp would have burned good and bright till morning.
When I heard Stella I called her in, explained my predicament, and got
her to put out the light.  If I had got out myself to do it I knew
something would grab me by the feet when I was getting in again.
By the way, Anne, has Aunt Jamesina decided what to do this summer?"

"Yes, she's going to stay here.  I know she's doing it for the
sake of those blessed cats, although she says it's too much
trouble to open her own house, and she hates visiting."

"What are you reading?"

"Pickwick."

"That's a book that always makes me hungry," said Phil.  "There's so
much good eating in it.  The characters seem always to be reveling
on ham and eggs and milk punch.  I generally go on a cupboard rummage
after reading Pickwick.  The mere thought reminds me that I'm starving.
Is there any tidbit in the pantry, Queen Anne?"

"I made a lemon pie this morning.  You may have a piece of it."

Phil dashed out to the pantry and Anne betook herself to the
orchard in company with Rusty.  It was a moist, pleasantly-
odorous night in early spring.  The snow was not quite all gone
from the park; a little dingy bank of it yet lay under the pines
of the harbor road, screened from the influence of April suns.
It kept the harbor road muddy, and chilled the evening air.
But grass was growing green in sheltered spots and Gilbert
had found some pale, sweet arbutus in a hidden corner.
He came up from the park, his hands full of it.

Anne was sitting on the big gray boulder in the orchard looking
at the poem of a bare, birchen bough hanging against the pale red
sunset with the very perfection of grace.  She was building a
castle in air -- a wondrous mansion whose sunlit courts and
stately halls were steeped in Araby's perfume, and where she
reigned queen and chatelaine.  She frowned as she saw Gilbert
coming through the orchard.  Of late she had managed not to be
left alone with Gilbert.  But he had caught her fairly now; and
even Rusty had deserted her.

Gilbert sat down beside her on the boulder and held out his Mayflowers.

"Don't these remind you of home and our old schoolday picnics, Anne?"

Anne took them and buried her face in them.

"I'm in Mr. Silas Sloane's barrens this very minute," she said rapturously.

"I suppose you will be there in reality in a few days?"

"No, not for a fortnight.  I'm going to visit with Phil in Bolingbroke
before I go home.  You'll be in Avonlea before I will."

"No, I shall not be in Avonlea at all this summer, Anne.  I've been
offered a job in the Daily News office and I'm going to take it."

"Oh," said Anne vaguely.  She wondered what a whole Avonlea summer
would be like without Gilbert.  Somehow she did not like the prospect.
"Well," she concluded flatly, "it is a good thing for you, of course."

"Yes, I've been hoping I would get it.  It will help me out next year."

"You mustn't work too HARD," said Anne, without any very clear
idea of what she was saying.  She wished desperately that Phil
would come out.  "You've studied very constantly this winter.
Isn't this a delightful evening?  Do you know, I found a cluster
of white violets under that old twisted tree over there today?
I felt as if I had discovered a gold mine."

"You are always discovering gold mines," said Gilbert -- also absently.

"Let us go and see if we can find some more," suggested Anne eagerly.
"I'll call Phil and -- "

"Never mind Phil and the violets just now, Anne," said Gilbert quietly,
taking her hand in a clasp from which she could not free it.  "There is
something I want to say to you."

"Oh, don't say it," cried Anne, pleadingly.  "Don't -- PLEASE, Gilbert."

"I must.  Things can't go on like this any longer.  Anne, I love you.
You know I do.  I -- I can't tell you how much.  Will you promise me
that some day you'll be my wife?"

"I -- I can't," said Anne miserably.  "Oh, Gilbert -- you --
you've spoiled everything."

"Don't you care for me at all?" Gilbert asked after a very
dreadful pause, during which Anne had not dared to look up.

"Not -- not in that way.  I do care a great deal for you as a friend.
But I don't love you, Gilbert."

"But can't you give me some hope that you will -- yet?"

"No, I can't," exclaimed Anne desperately.  "I never, never can
love you -- in that way -- Gilbert.  You must never speak of this
to me again."

There was another pause -- so long and so dreadful that Anne was
driven at last to look up.  Gilbert's face was white to the lips.
And his eyes -- but Anne shuddered and looked away.  There was
nothing romantic about this.  Must proposals be either grotesque
or -- horrible?  Could she ever forget Gilbert's face?

"Is there anybody else?" he asked at last in a low voice.

"No -- no," said Anne eagerly.  "I don't care for any one like
THAT -- and I LIKE you better than anybody else in the world,
Gilbert.  And we must -- we must go on being friends, Gilbert."

Gilbert gave a bitter little laugh.

"Friends!  Your friendship can't satisfy me, Anne.  I want your love
-- and you tell me I can never have that."

"I'm sorry.  Forgive me, Gilbert," was all Anne could say.
Where, oh, where were all the gracious and graceful speeches
wherewith, in imagination, she had been wont to dismiss
rejected suitors?

Gilbert released her hand gently.

"There isn't anything to forgive.  There have been times when I thought
you did care.  I've deceived myself, that's all.  Goodbye, Anne."

Anne got herself to her room, sat down on her window seat behind
the pines, and cried bitterly.  She felt as if something incalculably
precious had gone out of her life.  It was Gilbert's friendship,
of course.  Oh, why must she lose it after this fashion?

"What is the matter, honey?" asked Phil, coming in through
the moonlit gloom.

Anne did not answer.  At that moment she wished Phil were a
thousand miles away.

"I suppose you've gone and refused Gilbert Blythe.  You are an idiot,
Anne Shirley!"

"Do you call it idiotic to refuse to marry a man I don't love?"
said Anne coldly, goaded to reply.

"You don't know love when you see it.  You've tricked something
out with your imagination that you think love, and you expect the
real thing to look like that.  There, that's the first sensible
thing I've ever said in my life.  I wonder how I managed it?"

"Phil," pleaded Anne, "please go away and leave me alone for
a little while.  My world has tumbled into pieces.  I want to
reconstruct it."

"Without any Gilbert in it?" said Phil, going.

A world without any Gilbert in it!  Anne repeated the words drearily.
Would it not be a very lonely, forlorn place?  Well, it was all
Gilbert's fault.  He had spoiled their beautiful comradeship.
She must just learn to live without it.




Chapter XXI

Roses of Yesterday


The fortnight Anne spent in Bolingbroke was a very pleasant one,
with a little under current of vague pain and dissatisfaction
running through it whenever she thought about Gilbert.  There was
not, however, much time to think about him.  "Mount Holly," the
beautiful old Gordon homestead, was a very gay place, overrun by
Phil's friends of both sexes.  There was quite a bewildering
succession of drives, dances, picnics and boating parties, all
expressively lumped together by Phil under the head of "jamborees";
Alec and Alonzo were so constantly on hand that Anne wondered if
they ever did anything but dance attendance on that will-o'-the-wisp
of a Phil.  They were both nice, manly fellows, but Anne would not
be drawn into any opinion as to which was the nicer.

"And I depended so on you to help me make up my mind which of them I
should promise to marry," mourned Phil.

"You must do that for yourself.  You are quite expert at making
up your mind as to whom other people should marry," retorted Anne,
rather caustically.

"Oh, that's a very different thing," said Phil, truly.

But the sweetest incident of Anne's sojourn in Bolingbroke was the
visit to her birthplace -- the little shabby yellow house in an
out-of-the-way street she had so often dreamed about.  She looked
at it with delighted eyes, as she and Phil turned in at the gate.

"It's almost exactly as I've pictured it," she said.  "There is
no honeysuckle over the windows, but there is a lilac tree by the
gate, and -- yes, there are the muslin curtains in the windows.
How glad I am it is still painted yellow."

A very tall, very thin woman opened the door.

"Yes, the Shirleys lived here twenty years ago," she said, in
answer to Anne's question.  "They had it rented.  I remember 'em.
They both died of fever at onct.  It was turrible sad.  They left
a baby.  I guess it's dead long ago.  It was a sickly thing.  Old
Thomas and his wife took it -- as if they hadn't enough of their own."

"It didn't die," said Anne, smiling.  "I was that baby."

"You don't say so!  Why, you have grown," exclaimed the woman,
as if she were much surprised that Anne was not still a baby.
"Come to look at you, I see the resemblance.  You're complected
like your pa.  He had red hair.  But you favor your ma in your
eyes and mouth.  She was a nice little thing.  My darter went to
school to her and was nigh crazy about her.  They was buried in
the one grave and the School Board put up a tombstone to them as
a reward for faithful service.  Will you come in?"

"Will you let me go all over the house?" asked Anne eagerly.

"Laws, yes, you can if you like.  'Twon't take you long -- there
ain't much of it.  I keep at my man to build a new kitchen, but
he ain't one of your hustlers.  The parlor's in there and there's
two rooms upstairs.  Just prowl about yourselves.  I've got to
see to the baby.  The east room was the one you were born in.
I remember your ma saying she loved to see the sunrise; and I
mind hearing that you was born just as the sun was rising and
its light on your face was the first thing your ma saw."

Anne went up the narrow stairs and into that little east room
with a full heart.  It was as a shrine to her.  Here her mother
had dreamed the exquisite, happy dreams of anticipated motherhood;
here that red sunrise light had fallen over them both in the sacred
hour of birth; here her mother had died.  Anne looked about her
reverently, her eyes with tears.  It was for her one of the jeweled
hours of life that gleam out radiantly forever in memory.

"Just to think of it -- mother was younger than I am now when I was born,"
she whispered.

When Anne went downstairs the lady of the house met her in the hall.
She held out a dusty little packet tied with faded blue ribbon.

"Here's a bundle of old letters I found in that closet upstairs
when I came here," she said.  "I dunno what they are -- I never
bothered to look in 'em, but the address on the top one is
`Miss Bertha Willis,' and that was your ma's maiden name.
You can take 'em if you'd keer to have 'em."

"Oh, thank you -- thank you," cried Anne, clasping the packet rapturously.

"That was all that was in the house," said her hostess.  "The furniture
was all sold to pay the doctor bills, and Mrs. Thomas got your ma's
clothes and little things.  I reckon they didn't last long among that
drove of Thomas youngsters.  They was destructive young animals,
as I mind 'em."

"I haven't one thing that belonged to my mother," said Anne,
chokily.  "I -- I can never thank you enough for these letters."

"You're quite welcome.  Laws, but your eyes is like your ma's.
She could just about talk with hers.  Your father was sorter
homely but awful nice.  I mind hearing folks say when they was
married that there never was two people more in love with each
other -- Pore creatures, they didn't live much longer; but they
was awful happy while they was alive, and I s'pose that counts
for a good deal."

Anne longed to get home to read her precious letters; but she
made one little pilgrimage first.  She went alone to the green
corner of the "old" Bolingbroke cemetery where her father and
mother were buried, and left on their grave the white flowers
she carried.  Then she hastened back to Mount Holly, shut herself
up in her room, and read the letters.  Some were written by her
father, some by her mother.  There were not many -- only a dozen
in all -- for Walter and Bertha Shirley had not been often
separated during their courtship.  The letters were yellow
and faded and dim, blurred with the touch of passing years.
No profound words of wisdom were traced on the stained and
wrinkled pages, but only lines of love and trust.  The sweetness
of forgotten things clung to them -- the far-off, fond imaginings
of those long-dead lovers.  Bertha Shirley had possessed the gift
of writing letters which embodied the charming personality of
the writer in words and thoughts that retained their beauty and
fragrance after the lapse of time.  The letters were tender,
intimate, sacred.  To Anne, the sweetest of all was the one
written after her birth to the father on a brief absence.
It was full of a proud young mother's accounts of "baby" --
her cleverness, her brightness, her thousand sweetnesses.

"I love her best when she is asleep and better still when she is awake,"
Bertha Shirley had written in the postscript.  Probably it was the last
sentence she had ever penned.  The end was very near for her.

"This has been the most beautiful day of my life," Anne said to Phil
that night.  "I've FOUND my father and mother.  Those letters have
made them REAL to me.  I'm not an orphan any longer.  I feel as if
I had opened a book and found roses of yesterday, sweet and beloved,
between its leaves."




Chapter XXII

Spring and Anne Return to Green Gables


The firelight shadows were dancing over the kitchen walls at
Green Gables, for the spring evening was chilly; through the open
east window drifted in the subtly sweet voices of the night.
Marilla was sitting by the fire -- at least, in body.  In spirit
she was roaming olden ways, with feet grown young.  Of late
Marilla had thus spent many an hour, when she thought she should
have been knitting for the twins.

"I suppose I'm growing old," she said.

Yet Marilla had changed but little in the past nine years, save
to grow something thinner, and even more angular; there was a
little more gray in the hair that was still twisted up in the
same hard knot, with two hairpins -- WERE they the same hairpins?
-- still stuck through it.  But her expression was very different;
the something about the mouth which had hinted at a sense of humor
had developed wonderfully; her eyes were gentler and milder, her
smile more frequent and tender.

Marilla was thinking of her whole past life, her cramped but not
unhappy childhood, the jealously hidden dreams and the blighted
hopes of her girlhood, the long, gray, narrow, monotonous years
of dull middle life that followed.  And the coming of Anne --
the vivid, imaginative, impetuous child with her heart of love,
and her world of fancy, bringing with her color and warmth and
radiance, until the wilderness of existence had blossomed like
the rose.  Marilla felt that out of her sixty years she had
lived only the nine that had followed the advent of Anne.
And Anne would be home tomorrow night.

The kitchen door opened.  Marilla looked up expecting to see Mrs.
Lynde.  Anne stood before her, tall and starry-eyed, with her
hands full of Mayflowers and violets.

"Anne Shirley!" exclaimed Marilla.  For once in her life she was
surprised out of her reserve; she caught her girl in her arms and
crushed her and her flowers against her heart, kissing the bright
hair and sweet face warmly.  "I never looked for you till
tomorrow night.  How did you get from Carmody?"

"Walked, dearest of Marillas.  Haven't I done it a score of times
in the Queen's days?  The mailman is to bring my trunk tomorrow;
I just got homesick all at once, and came a day earlier.  And oh!
I've had such a lovely walk in the May twilight; I stopped by the
barrens and picked these Mayflowers; I came through Violet-Vale;
it's just a big bowlful of violets now -- the dear, sky-tinted
things.  Smell them, Marilla -- drink them in."

Marilla sniffed obligingly, but she was more interested in Anne
than in drinking violets.

"Sit down, child.  You must be real tired.  I'm going to get you
some supper."

"There's a darling moonrise behind the hills tonight, Marilla,
and oh, how the frogs sang me home from Carmody!  I do love the
music of  the frogs.  It seems bound up with all my happiest
recollections of old spring evenings.  And it always reminds me
of the night I came here first.  Do you remember it, Marilla?"

"Well, yes," said Marilla with emphasis.  "I'm not likely to
forget it ever."

"They used to sing so madly in the marsh and brook that year.
I would listen to them at my window in the dusk, and wonder how
they could seem so glad and so sad at the same time.  Oh, but
it's good to be home again!  Redmond was splendid and Bolingbroke
delightful -- but Green Gables is HOME."

"Gilbert isn't coming home this summer, I hear," said Marilla.

"No."  Something in Anne's tone made Marilla glance at her
sharply, but Anne was apparently absorbed in arranging her
violets in a bowl.  "See, aren't they sweet?" she went on
hurriedly.  "The year is a book, isn't it, Marilla?  Spring's
pages are written in Mayflowers and violets, summer's in roses,
autumn's in red maple leaves, and winter in holly and evergreen."

"Did Gilbert do well in his examinations?" persisted Marilla.

"Excellently well.  He led his class.  But where are the twins
and Mrs. Lynde?"

"Rachel and Dora are over at Mr. Harrison's.  Davy is down at
Boulters'.  I think I hear him coming now."

Davy burst in, saw Anne, stopped, and then hurled himself upon
her with a joyful yell.

"Oh, Anne, ain't I glad to see you!  Say, Anne, I've grown two inches
since last fall.  Mrs. Lynde measured me with her tape today, and say,
Anne, see my front tooth.  It's gone.  Mrs. Lynde tied one end of a
string to it and the other end to the door, and then shut the door.
I sold it to Milty for two cents.  Milty's collecting teeth."

"What in the world does he want teeth for?" asked Marilla.

"To make a necklace for playing Indian Chief," explained Davy,
climbing upon Anne's lap.  "He's got fifteen already, and
everybody's else's promised, so there's no use in the rest of us
starting to collect, too.  I tell you the Boulters are great
business people."

"Were you a good boy at Mrs. Boulter's?" asked Marilla severely.

"Yes; but say, Marilla, I'm tired of being good."

"You'd get tired of being bad much sooner, Davy-boy," said Anne.

"Well, it'd be fun while it lasted, wouldn't it?" persisted Davy.
"I could be sorry for it afterwards, couldn't I?"

"Being sorry wouldn't do away with the consequences of being bad,
Davy.  Don't you remember the Sunday last summer when you ran
away from Sunday School?  You told me then that being bad wasn't
worth while.  What were you and Milty doing today?"

"Oh, we fished and chased the cat, and hunted for eggs, and
yelled at the echo.  There's a great echo in the bush behind the
Boulter barn.  Say, what is echo, Anne; I want to know."

"Echo is a beautiful nymph, Davy, living far away in the woods,
and laughing at the world from among the hills."

"What does she look like?"

"Her hair and eyes are dark, but her neck and arms are white as snow.
No mortal can ever see how fair she is.  She is fleeter than a deer,
and that mocking voice of hers is all we can know of her.  You can
hear her calling at night; you can hear her laughing under the stars.
But you can never see her.  She flies afar if you follow her, and
laughs at you always just over the next hill."

"Is that true, Anne?  Or is it a whopper?" demanded Davy staring.

"Davy," said Anne despairingly, "haven't you sense enough to
distinguish between a fairytale and a falsehood?"

"Then what is it that sasses back from the Boulter bush?  I want
to know," insisted Davy.

"When you are a little older, Davy, I'll explain it all to you."

The mention of age evidently gave a new turn to Davy's thoughts
for after a few moments of reflection, he whispered solemnly:

"Anne, I'm going to be married."

"When?" asked Anne with equal solemnity.

"Oh, not until I'm grown-up, of course."

"Well, that's a relief, Davy.  Who is the lady?"

"Stella Fletcher; she's in my class at school.  And say, Anne,
she's the prettiest girl you ever saw.  If I die before I grow up
you'll keep an eye on her, won't you?"

"Davy Keith, do stop talking such nonsense," said Marilla severely.

" 'Tisn't nonsense," protested Davy in an injured tone.  "She's
my promised wife, and if I was to die she'd be my promised widow,
wouldn't she?  And she hasn't got a soul to look after her except
her old grandmother."

"Come and have your supper, Anne," said Marilla, "and don't
encourage that child in his absurd talk."




Chapter XXIII

Paul Cannot Find the Rock People


Life was very pleasant in Avonlea that summer, although Anne,
amid all her vacation joys, was haunted by a sense of "something
gone which should be there."  She would not admit, even in her
inmost reflections, that this was caused by Gilbert's absence.
But when she had to walk home alone from prayer meetings and
A.V.I.S. pow-wows, while Diana and Fred, and many other gay couples,
loitered along the dusky, starlit country roads, there was a queer,
lonely ache in her heart which she could not explain away.  Gilbert
did not even write to her, as she thought he might have done.
She knew he wrote to Diana occasionally, but she would not inquire
about him; and Diana, supposing that Anne heard from him, volunteered
no information.  Gilbert's mother, who was a gay, frank, light-hearted
lady, but not overburdened with tact, had a very embarrassing habit of
asking Anne, always in a painfully distinct voice and always in the
presence of a crowd, if she had heard from Gilbert lately.  Poor Anne
could only blush horribly and murmur, "not very lately," which was
taken by all, Mrs. Blythe included, to be merely a maidenly evasion.

Apart from this, Anne enjoyed her summer.  Priscilla came for a
merry visit in June; and, when she had gone, Mr. and Mrs. Irving,
Paul and Charlotta the Fourth came "home" for July and August.

Echo Lodge was the scene of gaieties once more, and the echoes
over the river were kept busy mimicking the laughter that rang in
the old garden behind the spruces.

"Miss Lavendar" had not changed, except to grow even sweeter and
prettier.  Paul adored her, and the companionship between them
was beautiful to see.

"But I don't call her `mother' just by itself," he explained to
Anne.  "You see, THAT name belongs just to my own little mother,
and I can't give it to any one else.  You know, teacher.  But I
call her `Mother Lavendar' and I love her next best to father.
I -- I even love her a LITTLE better than you, teacher."

"Which is just as it ought to be," answered Anne.

Paul was thirteen now and very tall for his years.  His face and
eyes were as beautiful as ever, and his fancy was still like a prism,
separating everything that fell upon it into rainbows.  He and Anne
had delightful rambles to wood and field and shore.  Never were there
two more thoroughly "kindred spirits."

Charlotta the Fourth had blossomed out into young ladyhood.  She
wore her hair now in an enormous pompador and had discarded the
blue ribbon bows of auld lang syne, but her face was as freckled,
her nose as snubbed, and her mouth and smiles as wide as ever.

"You don't think I talk with a Yankee accent, do you, Miss
Shirley, ma'am?" she demanded anxiously.

"I don't notice it, Charlotta."

"I'm real glad of that.  They said I did at home, but I thought
likely they just wanted to aggravate me.  I don't want no Yankee
accent.  Not that I've a word to say against the Yankees, Miss
Shirley, ma'am.  They're real civilized.  But give me old P.E.
Island every time."

Paul spent his first fortnight with his grandmother Irving in
Avonlea.  Anne was there to meet him when he came, and found him
wild with eagerness to get to the shore -- Nora and the Golden
Lady and the Twin Sailors would be there.  He could hardly wait
to eat his supper.  Could he not see Nora's elfin face peering
around the point, watching for him wistfully?  But it was a very
sober Paul who came back from the shore in the twilight.

"Didn't you find your Rock People?" asked Anne.

Paul shook his chestnut curls sorrowfully.

"The Twin Sailors and the Golden Lady never came at all," he said.
"Nora was there -- but Nora is not the same, teacher.  She is changed."

"Oh, Paul, it is you who are changed," said Anne.  "You have
grown too old for the Rock People.  They like only children for
playfellows.  I am afraid the Twin Sailors will never again come
to you in the pearly, enchanted boat with the sail of moonshine;
and the Golden Lady will play no more for you on her golden harp.
Even Nora will not meet you much longer.  You must pay the penalty
of growing-up, Paul.  You must leave fairyland behind you."

"You two talk as much foolishness as ever you did," said old
Mrs. Irving, half-indulgently, half-reprovingly.

"Oh, no, we don't," said Anne, shaking her head gravely.  "We are
getting very, very wise, and it is such a pity.  We are never
half so interesting when we have learned that language is given
us to enable us to conceal our thoughts."

"But it isn't -- it is given us to exchange our thoughts," said
Mrs. Irving seriously.  She had never heard of Tallyrand and did
not understand epigrams.

Anne spent a fortnight of halcyon days at Echo Lodge in the
golden prime of August.  While there she incidentally contrived
to hurry Ludovic Speed in his leisurely courting of Theodora Dix,
as related duly in another chronicle of her history.[1]  Arnold
Sherman, an elderly friend of the Irvings, was there at the same
time, and added not a little to the general pleasantness of life.

([1] Chronicles of Avonlea.)

"What a nice play-time this has been," said Anne.  "I feel like a
giant refreshed.  And it's only a fortnight more till I go back
to Kingsport, and Redmond and Patty's Place.  Patty's Place
is the dearest spot, Miss Lavendar.  I feel as if I had two homes
-- one at Green Gables and one at Patty's Place.  But where has the
summer gone?  It doesn't seem a day since I came home that spring
evening with the Mayflowers.  When I was little I couldn't see from
one end of the summer to the other.  It stretched before me like
an unending season.  Now, `'tis a handbreadth, 'tis a tale.'"

"Anne, are you and Gilbert Blythe as good friends as you used to be?"
asked Miss Lavendar quietly.

"I am just as much Gilbert's friend as ever I was, Miss Lavendar."

Miss Lavendar shook her head.

"I see something's gone wrong, Anne.  I'm going to be impertinent
and ask what.  Have you quarrelled?"

"No; it's only that Gilbert wants more than friendship and I can't
give him more."

"Are you sure of that, Anne?"

"Perfectly sure."

"I'm very, very sorry."

"I wonder why everybody seems to think I ought to marry Gilbert Blythe,"
said Anne petulantly.

"Because you were made and meant for each other, Anne -- that is why.
You needn't toss that young head of yours.  It's a fact."




Chapter XXIV

Enter Jonas


                                     "PROSPECT POINT,
                                          "August 20th.

"Dear Anne -- spelled -- with -- an -- E," wrote Phil, "I must
prop my eyelids open long enough to write you.  I've neglected
you shamefully this summer, honey, but all my other correspondents
have been neglected, too.  I have a huge pile of letters to answer,
so I must gird up the loins of my mind and hoe in.  Excuse my
mixed metaphors.  I'm fearfully sleepy.  Last night Cousin Emily
and I were calling at a neighbor's.  There were several other
callers there, and as soon as those unfortunate creatures left,
our hostess and her three daughters picked them all to pieces.
I knew they would begin on Cousin Emily and me as soon as the door
shut behind us.  When we came home Mrs. Lilly informed us that the
aforesaid neighbor's hired boy was supposed to be down with scarlet
fever.  You can always trust Mrs. Lilly to tell you cheerful things
like that.  I have a horror of scarlet fever.  I couldn't sleep when
I went to bed for thinking of it.  I tossed and tumbled about,
dreaming fearful dreams when I did snooze for a minute; and at
three I wakened up with a high fever, a sore throat, and a
raging headache.  I knew I had scarlet fever; I got up in a
panic and hunted up Cousin Emily's 'doctor book' to read up
the symptoms.  Anne, I had them all.  So I went back to bed,
and knowing the worst, slept like a top the rest of the night.
Though why a top should sleep sounder than anything else I
never could understand.  But this morning I was quite well,
so it couldn't have been the fever.  I suppose if I did catch
it last night it couldn't have developed so soon.  I can remember
that in daytime, but at three o'clock at night I never can be logical.

"I suppose you wonder what I'm doing at Prospect Point.  Well, I
always like to spend a month of summer at the shore, and father
insists that I come to his second-cousin Emily's `select
boardinghouse' at Prospect Point.  So a fortnight ago I came as
usual.  And as usual old `Uncle Mark Miller' brought me from the
station with his ancient buggy and what he calls his `generous
purpose' horse.  He is a nice old man and gave me a handful of
pink peppermints.  Peppermints always seem to me such a religious
sort of candy -- I suppose because when I was a little girl
Grandmother Gordon always gave them to me in church.  Once I
asked, referring to the smell of peppermints, `Is that the odor
of sanctity?' I didn't like to eat Uncle Mark's peppermints
because he just fished them loose out of his pocket, and had to
pick some rusty nails and other things from among them before he
gave them to me.  But I wouldn't hurt his dear old feelings for
anything, so I carefully sowed them along the road at intervals.
When the last one was gone, Uncle Mark said, a little rebukingly,
`Ye shouldn't a'et all them candies to onct, Miss Phil.  You'll
likely have the stummick-ache.'

"Cousin Emily has only five boarders besides myself -- four old
ladies and one young man.  My right-hand neighbor is Mrs. Lilly.
She is one of those people who seem to take a gruesome pleasure
in detailing all their many aches and pains and sicknesses.
You cannot mention any ailment but she says, shaking her head, `Ah,
I know too well what that is' -- and then you get all the details.
Jonas declares he once spoke of locomotor ataxia in hearing and
she said she knew too well what that was.  She suffered from it
for ten years and was finally cured by a traveling doctor.

"Who is Jonas?  Just wait, Anne Shirley.  You'll hear all about
Jonas in the proper time and place.  He is not to be mixed up
with estimable old ladies.

"My left-hand neighbor at the table is Mrs. Phinney.  She always
speaks with a wailing, dolorous voice -- you are nervously expecting
her to burst into tears every moment.  She gives you the impression
that life to her is indeed a vale of tears, and that a smile, never
to speak of a laugh, is a frivolity truly reprehensible.  She has a
worse opinion of me than Aunt Jamesina, and she doesn't love me hard
to atone for it, as Aunty J. does, either.

"Miss Maria Grimsby sits cati-corner from me.  The first day I
came I remarked to Miss Maria that it looked a little like rain
-- and Miss Maria laughed.  I said the road from the station was
very pretty -- and Miss Maria laughed.  I said there seemed to be
a few mosquitoes left yet -- and Miss Maria laughed.  I said that
Prospect Point was as beautiful as ever -- and Miss Maria laughed.
If I were to say to Miss Maria, `My father has hanged himself,
my mother has taken poison, my brother is in the penitentiary,
and I am in the last stages of consumption,' Miss Maria would laugh.
She can't help it -- she was born so; but is very sad and awful.

"The fifth old lady is Mrs. Grant.  She is a sweet old thing;
but she never says anything but good of anybody and so she is a
very uninteresting conversationalist.

"And now for Jonas, Anne.

"That first day I came I saw a young man sitting opposite me at
the table, smiling at me as if he had known me from my cradle.
I knew, for Uncle Mark had told me, that his name was Jonas Blake,
that he was a Theological Student from St. Columbia, and that he had
taken charge of the Point Prospect Mission Church for the summer.

"He is a very ugly young man -- really, the ugliest young man
I've ever seen.  He has a big, loose-jointed figure with absurdly
long legs.  His hair is tow-color and lank, his eyes are green,
and his mouth is big, and his ears -- but I never think about his
ears if I can help it.

"He has a lovely voice -- if you shut your eyes he is adorable --
and he certainly has a beautiful soul and disposition.

"We were good chums right way.  Of course he is a graduate of
Redmond, and that is a link between us.  We fished and boated
together; and we walked on the sands by moonlight.  He didn't
look so homely by moonlight and oh, he was nice.  Niceness fairly
exhaled from him.  The old ladies -- except Mrs. Grant -- don't
approve of Jonas, because he laughs and jokes -- and because he
evidently likes the society of frivolous me better than theirs.

"Somehow, Anne, I don't want him to think me frivolous.  This is
ridiculous.  Why should I care what a tow-haired person called
Jonas, whom I never saw before thinks of me?

"Last Sunday Jonas preached in the village church.  I went,
of course, but I couldn't realize that Jonas was going to preach.
The fact that he was a minister -- or going to be one -- persisted
in seeming a huge joke to me.

"Well, Jonas preached.  And, by the time he had preached ten
minutes, I felt so small and insignificant that I thought I must
be invisible to the naked eye.  Jonas never said a word about
women and he never looked at me.  But I realized then and there
what a pitiful, frivilous, small-souled little butterfly I was,
and how horribly different I must be from Jonas' ideal woman.
SHE would be grand and strong and noble.  He was so earnest
and tender and true.  He was everything a minister ought to be.
I wondered how I could ever have thought him ugly -- but he
really is!  -- with those inspired eyes and that intellectual
brow which the roughly-falling hair hid on week days.

"It was a splendid sermon and I could have listened to it forever,
and it made me feel utterly wretched.  Oh, I wish I was like YOU, Anne.

"He caught up with me on the road home, and grinned as cheerfully
as usual.  But his grin could never deceive me again.  I had seen
the REAL Jonas.  I wondered if he could ever see the REAL PHIL --
whom NOBODY, not even you, Anne, has ever seen yet.

"`Jonas,' I said -- I forgot to call him Mr. Blake.  Wasn't it dreadful?
But there are times when things like that don't matter -- `Jonas, you
were born to be a minister.  You COULDN'T be anything else.'

"`No, I couldn't,' he said soberly.  `I tried to be something
else for a long time -- I didn't want to be a minister.  But I
came to see at last that it was the work given me to do -- and
God helping me, I shall try to do it.'

"His voice was low and reverent.  I thought that he would do his
work and do it well and nobly; and happy the woman fitted by
nature and training to help him do it.  SHE would be no feather,
blown about by every fickle wind of fancy.  SHE would always know
what hat to put on.  Probably she would have only one.  Ministers
never have much money.  But she wouldn't mind having one hat or
none at all, because she would have Jonas.

"Anne Shirley, don't you dare to say or hint or think that I've
fallen in love with Mr. Blake.  Could I care for a lank, poor,
ugly theologue -- named Jonas?  As Uncle Mark says, `It's impossible,
and what's more it's improbable.'

                                            Good night,
                                                   PHIL."

"P.S.  It is impossible -- but I am horribly afraid it's true.
I'm happy and wretched and scared.  HE can NEVER care for me,
I know.  Do you think I could ever develop into a passable
minister's wife, Anne?  And WOULD they expect me to lead
in prayer?  P G."




Chapter XXV

Enter Prince Charming


"I'm contrasting the claims of indoors and out," said Anne, looking
from the window of Patty's Place to the distant pines of the park.

"I've an afternoon to spend in sweet doing nothing, Aunt Jimsie.
Shall I spend it here where there is a cosy fire, a plateful of
delicious russets, three purring and harmonious cats, and two
impeccable china dogs with green noses?  Or shall I go to the park,
where there is the lure of gray woods and of gray water lapping
on the harbor rocks?"

"If I was as young as you, I'd decide in favor of the park," said
Aunt Jamesina, tickling Joseph's yellow ear with a knitting needle.

"I thought that you claimed to be as young as any of us, Aunty,"
teased Anne.

"Yes, in my soul.  But I'll admit my legs aren't as young as yours.
You go and get some fresh air, Anne.  You look pale lately."

"I think I'll go to the park," said Anne restlessly.  "I don't
feel like tame domestic joys today.  I want to feel alone and
free and wild.  The park will be empty, for every one will be at
the football match."

"Why didn't you go to it?"

"`Nobody axed me, sir, she said' -- at least, nobody but that
horrid little Dan Ranger.  I wouldn't go anywhere with him;
but rather than hurt his poor little tender feelings I said I
wasn't going to the game at all.  I don't mind.  I'm not in
the mood for football today somehow."

"You go and get some fresh air," repeated Aunt Jamesina, "but take
your umbrella, for I believe it's going to rain.  I've rheumatism
in my leg."

"Only old people should have rheumatism, Aunty."

"Anybody is liable to rheumatism in her legs, Anne.  It's only
old people who should have rheumatism in their souls, though.
Thank goodness, I never have.  When you get rheumatism in your
soul you might as well go and pick out your coffin."

It was November -- the month of crimson sunsets, parting birds,
deep, sad hymns of the sea, passionate wind-songs in the pines.
Anne roamed through the pineland alleys in the park and, as she
said, let that great sweeping wind blow the fogs out of her soul.
Anne was not wont to be troubled with soul fog.  But, somehow, since
her return to Redmond for this third year, life had not mirrored
her spirit back to her with its old, perfect, sparkling clearness.

Outwardly, existence at Patty's Place was the same pleasant
round of work and study and recreation that it had always been.
On Friday evenings the big, fire-lighted livingroom was crowded by
callers and echoed to endless jest and laughter, while Aunt Jamesina
smiled beamingly on them all.  The "Jonas" of Phil's letter came often,
running up from St. Columbia on the early train and departing on the late.
He was a general favorite at Patty's Place, though Aunt Jamesina shook her
head and opined that divinity students were not what they used to be.

"He's VERY nice, my dear," she told Phil, "but ministers ought to be
graver and more dignified."

"Can't a man laugh and laugh and be a Christian still?" demanded Phil.

"Oh, MEN -- yes.  But I was speaking of MINISTERS, my dear,"
said Aunt Jamesina rebukingly."  And you shouldn't flirt so with
Mr. Blake -- you really shouldn't."

"I'm not flirting with him," protested Phil.

Nobody believed her, except Anne.  The others thought she was amusing
herself as usual, and told her roundly that she was behaving very badly.

"Mr. Blake isn't of the Alec-and-Alonzo type, Phil," said Stella severely.
"He takes things seriously.  You may break his heart."

"Do you really think I could?" asked Phil.  "I'd love to think so."

"Philippa Gordon!  I never thought you were utterly unfeeling.
The idea of you saying you'd love to break a man's heart!"

"I didn't say so, honey.  Quote me correctly.  I said I'd like to think
I COULD break it.  I would like to know I had the POWER to do it."

"I don't understand you, Phil.  You are leading that man on deliberately
-- and you know you don't mean anything by it."

"I mean to make him ask me to marry him if I can," said Phil calmly.

"I give you up," said Stella hopelessly.

Gilbert came occasionally on Friday evenings.  He seemed
always in good spirits, and held his own in the jests and
repartee that flew about.  He neither sought nor avoided Anne.
When circumstances brought them in contact he talked to her
pleasantly and courteously, as to any newly-made acquaintance.
The old camaraderie was gone entirely.  Anne felt it keenly;
but she told herself she was very glad and thankful that Gilbert
had got so completely over his disappointment in regard to her.
She had really been afraid, that April evening in the orchard,
that she had hurt him terribly and that the wound would be
long in healing.  Now she saw that she need not have worried.
Men have died and the worms have eaten them but not for love.
Gilbert evidently was in no danger of immediate dissolution.
He was enjoying life, and he was full of ambition and zest.
For him there was to be no wasting in despair because a woman
was fair and cold.  Anne, as she listened to the ceaseless badinage
that went on between him and Phil, wondered if she had only imagined
that look in his eyes when she had told him she could never care for him.

There were not lacking those who would gladly have stepped into
Gilbert's vacant place.  But Anne snubbed them without fear and
without reproach.  If the real Prince Charming was never to come
she would have none of a substitute.  So she sternly told herself
that gray day in the windy park.

Suddenly the rain of Aunt Jamesina's prophecy came with a swish
and rush.  Anne put up her umbrella and hurried down the slope.
As she turned out on the harbor road a savage gust of wind tore
along it.  Instantly her umbrella turned wrong side out.  Anne
clutched at it in despair.  And then -- there came a voice
close to her.

"Pardon me -- may I offer you the shelter of my umbrella?"

Anne looked up.  Tall and handsome and distinguished-looking
-- dark, melancholy, inscrutable eyes -- melting, musical,
sympathetic voice -- yes, the very hero of her dreams stood
before her in the flesh.  He could not have more closely
resembled her ideal if he had been made to order.

"Thank you," she said confusedly.

"We'd better hurry over to that little pavillion on the point,"
suggested the unknown.  "We can wait there until this shower
is over.  It is not likely to rain so heavily very long."

The words were very commonplace, but oh, the tone!  And the smile
which accompanied them!  Anne felt her heart beating strangely.

Together they scurried to the pavilion and sat breathlessly down
under its friendly roof.  Anne laughingly held up her false umbrella.

"It is when my umbrella turns inside out that I am convinced of
the total depravity of inanimate things," she said gaily.

The raindrops sparkled on her shining hair; its loosened rings
curled around her neck and forehead.  Her cheeks were flushed,
her eyes big and starry.  Her companion looked down at her
admiringly.  She felt herself blushing under his gaze.
Who could he be?  Why, there was a bit of the Redmond white and
scarlet pinned to his coat lapel.  Yet she had thought she knew,
by sight at least, all the Redmond students except the Freshmen.
And this courtly youth surely was no Freshman.

"We are schoolmates, I see," he said, smiling at Anne's colors.
"That ought to be sufficient introduction.  My name is Royal Gardner.
And you are the Miss Shirley who read the Tennyson paper at the
Philomathic the other evening, aren't you?"

"Yes; but I cannot place you at all," said Anne, frankly.
"Please, where DO you belong?"

"I feel as if I didn't belong anywhere yet.  I put in my Freshman
and Sophomore years at Redmond two years ago.  I've been in
Europe ever since.  Now I've come back to finish my Arts course."

"This is my Junior year, too," said Anne.

"So we are classmates as well as collegemates.  I am reconciled
to the loss of the years that the locust has eaten," said her
companion, with a world of meaning in those wonderful eyes of his.

The rain came steadily down for the best part of an hour.  But
the time seemed really very short.  When the clouds parted and a
burst of pale November sunshine fell athwart the harbor and the
pines Anne and her companion walked home together.  By the time
they had reached the gate of Patty's Place he had asked
permission to call, and had received it.  Anne went in with
cheeks of flame and her heart beating to her fingertips.  Rusty,
who climbed into her lap and tried to kiss her, found a very
absent welcome.  Anne, with her soul full of romantic thrills,
had no attention to spare just then for a crop-eared pussy cat.

That evening a parcel was left at Patty's Place for Miss Shirley.
It was a box containing a dozen magnificent roses.  Phil pounced
impertinently on the card that fell from it, read the name and
the poetical quotation written on the back.

"Royal Gardner!" she exclaimed.  "Why, Anne, I didn't know you
were acquainted with Roy Gardner!"

"I met him in the park this afternoon in the rain," explained Anne
hurriedly.  "My umbrella turned inside out and he came to my rescue
with his."

"Oh!" Phil peered curiously at Anne."  And is that exceedingly
commonplace incident any reason why he should send us longstemmed
roses by the dozen, with a very sentimental rhyme?  Or why we
should blush divinest rosy-red when we look at his card?  Anne,
thy face betrayeth thee."

"Don't talk nonsense, Phil.  Do you know Mr. Gardner?"

"I've met his two sisters, and I know of him.  So does everybody
worthwhile in Kingsport.  The Gardners are among the richest,
bluest, of Bluenoses.  Roy is adorably handsome and clever.
Two years ago his mother's health failed and he had to leave
college and go abroad with her -- his father is dead.  He must
have been greatly disappointed to have to give up his class, but
they say he was perfectly sweet about it.  Fee -- fi -- fo -- fum,
Anne.  I smell romance.  Almost do I envy you, but not quite.
After all, Roy Gardner isn't Jonas."

"You goose!" said Anne loftily.  But she lay long awake that night,
nor did she wish for sleep.  Her waking fancies were more alluring
than any vision of dreamland.  Had the real Prince come at last?
Recalling those glorious dark eyes which had gazed so deeply into
her own, Anne was very strongly inclined to think he had.




Chapter XXVI

Enter Christine


The girls at Patty's Place were dressing for the reception which
the Juniors were giving for the Seniors in February.  Anne surveyed
herself in the mirror of the blue room with girlish satisfaction.
She had a particularly pretty gown on.  Originally it had been
only a simple little slip of cream silk with a chiffon overdress.
But Phil had insisted on taking it home with her in the Christmas
holidays and embroidering tiny rosebuds all over the chiffon.
Phil's fingers were deft, and the result was a dress which was
the envy of every Redmond girl.  Even Allie Boone, whose frocks
came from Paris, was wont to look with longing eyes on that rosebud
concoction as Anne trailed up the main staircase at Redmond in it.

Anne was trying the effect of a white orchid in her hair.
Roy Gardner had sent her white orchids for the reception,
and she knew no other Redmond girl would have them that night
-- when Phil came in with admiring gaze.

"Anne, this is certainly your night for looking handsome.
Nine nights out of ten I can easily outshine you.  The tenth
you blossom out suddenly into something that eclipses me altogether.
How do you manage it?"

"It's the dress, dear.  Fine feathers."

"`Tisn't.  The last evening you flamed out into beauty you
wore your old blue flannel shirtwaist that Mrs. Lynde made you.
If Roy hadn't already lost head and heart about you he certainly
would tonight.  But I don't like orchids on you, Anne.  No; it
isn't jealousy.  Orchids don't seem to BELONG to you.  They're
too exotic -- too tropical -- too insolent.  Don't put them in
your hair, anyway."

"Well, I won't.  I admit I'm not fond of orchids myself.  I don't
think they're related to me.  Roy doesn't often send them -- he
knows I like flowers I can live with.  Orchids are only things
you can visit with."

"Jonas sent me some dear pink rosebuds for the evening -- but --
he isn't coming himself.  He said he had to lead a prayer-meeting
in the slums!  I don't believe he wanted to come.  Anne, I'm
horribly afraid Jonas doesn't really care anything about me.  And
I'm trying to decide whether I'll pine away and die, or go on and
get my B.A. and be sensible and useful."

"You couldn't possibly be sensible and useful, Phil, so you'd
better pine away and die," said Anne cruelly.

"Heartless Anne!"

"Silly Phil!  You know quite well that Jonas loves you."

"But -- he won't TELL me so.  And I can't MAKE him.  He LOOKS it,
I'll admit.  But speak-to-me-only-with-thine-eyes isn't a really
reliable reason for embroidering doilies and hemstitching
tablecloths.  I don't want to begin such work until I'm really
engaged.  It would be tempting Fate."

"Mr. Blake is afraid to ask you to marry him, Phil.  He is poor
and can't offer you a home such as you've always had.  You know
that is the only reason he hasn't spoken long ago."

"I suppose so," agreed Phil dolefully.  "Well" -- brightening up
-- "if he WON'T ask me to marry him I'll ask him, that's all.
So it's bound to come right.  I won't worry.  By the way,
Gilbert Blythe is going about constantly with Christine Stuart.
Did you know?"

Anne was trying to fasten a little gold chain about her throat.
She suddenly found the clasp difficult to manage.  WHAT was the
matter with it -- or with her fingers?

"No," she said carelessly."  Who is Christine Stuart?"

"Ronald Stuart's sister.  She's in Kingsport this winter studying
music.  I haven't seen her, but they say she's very pretty and
that Gilbert is quite crazy over her.  How angry I was when you
refused Gilbert, Anne.  But Roy Gardner was foreordained for you.
I can see that now.  You were right, after all."

Anne did not blush, as she usually did when the girls assumed
that her eventual marriage to Roy Gardner was a settled thing.
All at once she felt rather dull.  Phil's chatter seemed trivial
and the reception a bore.  She boxed poor Rusty's ears.

"Get off that cushion instantly, you cat, you!  Why don't you
stay down where you belong?"

Anne picked up her orchids and went downstairs, where Aunt Jamesina
was presiding over a row of coats hung before the fire to warm.
Roy Gardner was waiting for Anne and teasing the Sarah-cat while
he waited.  The Sarah-cat did not approve of him.  She always
turned her back on him.  But everybody else at Patty's Place liked
him very much.  Aunt Jamesina, carried away by his unfailing and
deferential courtesy, and the pleading tones of his delightful voice,
declared he was the nicest young man she ever knew, and that Anne
was a very fortunate girl.  Such remarks made Anne restive.  Roy's
wooing had certainly been as romantic as girlish heart could desire,
but -- she wished Aunt Jamesina and the girls would not take things
so for granted.  When Roy murmured a poetical compliment as he helped
her on with her coat, she did not blush and thrill as usual; and he
found her rather silent in their brief walk to Redmond.  He thought
she looked a little pale when she came out of the coeds' dressing room;
but as they entered the reception room her color and sparkle suddenly
returned to her.  She turned to Roy with her gayest expression.
He smiled back at her with what Phil called "his deep, black,
velvety smile."  Yet she really did not see Roy at all.  She was
acutely conscious that Gilbert was standing under the palms just
across the room talking to a girl who must be Christine Stuart.

She was very handsome, in the stately style destined to become
rather massive in middle life.  A tall girl, with large dark-blue
eyes, ivory outlines, and a gloss of darkness on her smooth hair.

"She looks just as I've always wanted to look," thought Anne
miserably.  "Rose-leaf complexion -- starry violet eyes -- raven
hair -- yes, she has them all.  It's a wonder her name isn't
Cordelia Fitzgerald into the bargain!  But I don't believe her
figure is as good as mine, and her nose certainly isn't."

Anne felt a little comforted by this conclusion.




Chapter XXVII

Mutual Confidences


March came in that winter like the meekest and mildest of lambs,
bringing days that were crisp and golden and tingling, each
followed by a frosty pink twilight which gradually lost itself in
an elfland of moonshine.

Over the girls at Patty's Place was falling the shadow of April
examinations.  They were studying hard; even Phil had settled down
to text and notebooks with a doggedness not to be expected of her.

"I'm going to take the Johnson Scholarship in Mathematics," she
announced calmly.  "I could take the one in Greek easily, but I'd
rather take the mathematical one because I want to prove to Jonas
that I'm really enormously clever."

"Jonas likes you better for your big brown eyes and your crooked
smile than for all the brains you carry under your curls," said Anne.

"When I was a girl it wasn't considered lady-like to know anything
about Mathematics," said Aunt Jamesina.  "But times have changed.
I don't know that it's all for the better.  Can you cook, Phil?"

"No, I never cooked anything in my life except a gingerbread and
it was a failure -- flat in the middle and hilly round the edges.
You know the kind.  But, Aunty, when I begin in good earnest to
learn to cook don't you think the brains that enable me to win a
mathematical scholarship will also enable me to learn cooking
just as well?"

"Maybe," said Aunt Jamesina cautiously.  "I am not decrying the
higher education of women.  My daughter is an M.A.  She can cook,
too.  But I taught her to cook BEFORE I let a college professor
teach her Mathematics."

In mid-March came a letter from Miss Patty Spofford, saying that
she and Miss Maria had decided to remain abroad for another year.

"So you may have Patty's Place next winter, too," she wrote.
"Maria and I are going to run over Egypt.  I want to see the
Sphinx once before I die."

"Fancy those two dames `running over Egypt'!  I wonder if they'll
look up at the Sphinx and knit," laughed Priscilla.

"I'm so glad we can keep Patty's Place for another year," said
Stella.  "I was afraid they'd come back.  And then our jolly
little nest here would be broken up -- and we poor callow
nestlings thrown out on the cruel world of boardinghouses again."

"I'm off for a tramp in the park," announced Phil, tossing her
book aside.  "I think when I am eighty I'll be glad I went for a
walk in the park tonight."

"What do you mean?" asked Anne.

"Come with me and I'll tell you, honey."

They captured in their ramble all the mysteries and magics of a
March evening.  Very still and mild it was, wrapped in a great,
white, brooding silence -- a silence which was yet threaded
through with many little silvery sounds which you could hear if
you hearkened as much with your soul as your ears.  The girls
wandered down a long pineland aisle that seemed to lead right out
into the heart of a deep-red, overflowing winter sunset.

"I'd go home and write a poem this blessed minute if I only knew how,"
declared Phil, pausing in an open space where a rosy light was staining
the green tips of the pines.  "It's all so wonderful here -- this great,
white stillness, and those dark trees that always seem to be thinking."

"`The woods were God's first temples,'" quoted Anne softly.
"One can't help feeling reverent and adoring in such a place.
I always feel so near Him when I walk among the pines."

"Anne, I'm the happiest girl in the world," confessed Phil suddenly.

"So Mr. Blake has asked you to marry him at last?" said Anne calmly.

"Yes.  And I sneezed three times while he was asking me.
Wasn't that horrid?  But I said `yes' almost before he finished
-- I was so afraid he might change his mind and stop.  I'm besottedly
happy.  I couldn't really believe before that Jonas would ever care
for frivolous me."

"Phil, you're not really frivolous," said Anne gravely.  "'Way
down underneath that frivolous exterior of yours you've got a
dear, loyal, womanly little soul.  Why do you hide it so?"

"I can't help it, Queen Anne.  You are right -- I'm not frivolous
at heart.  But there's a sort of frivolous skin over my soul and
I can't take it off.  As Mrs. Poyser says, I'd have to be hatched
over again and hatched different before I could change it.  But
Jonas knows the real me and loves me, frivolity and all.  And I
love him.  I never was so surprised in my life as I was when I
found out I loved him.  I'd never thought it possible to fall in
love with an ugly man.  Fancy me coming down to one solitary
beau.  And one named Jonas!  But I mean to call him Jo.  That's
such a nice, crisp little name.  I couldn't nickname Alonzo."

"What about Alec and Alonzo?"

"Oh, I told them at Christmas that I never could marry either of
them.  It seems so funny now to remember that I ever thought it
possible that I might.  They felt so badly I just cried over both
of them -- howled.  But I knew there was only one man in the
world I could ever marry.  I had made up my own mind for once and
it was real easy, too.  It's very delightful to feel so sure, and
know it's your own sureness and not somebody else's."

"Do you suppose you'll be able to keep it up?"

"Making up my mind, you mean?  I don't know, but Jo has given me
a splendid rule.  He says, when I'm perplexed, just to do what I
would wish I had done when I shall be eighty.  Anyhow, Jo can
make up his mind quickly enough, and it would be uncomfortable
to have too much mind in the same house."

"What will your father and mother say?"

"Father won't say much.  He thinks everything I do right.
But mother WILL talk.  Oh, her tongue will be as Byrney as
her nose.  But in the end it will be all right."

"You'll have to give up a good many things you've always had,
when you marry Mr. Blake, Phil."

"But I'll have HIM.  I won't miss the other things.  We're to be
married a year from next June.  Jo graduates from St. Columbia
this spring, you know.  Then he's going to take a little mission
church down on Patterson Street in the slums.  Fancy me in the
slums!  But I'd go there or to Greenland's icy mountains with him."

"And this is the girl who would NEVER marry a man who wasn't rich,"
commented Anne to a young pine tree.

"Oh, don't cast up the follies of my youth to me.  I shall be
poor as gaily as I've been rich.  You'll see.  I'm going to learn
how to cook and make over dresses.  I've learned how to market
since I've lived at Patty's Place; and once I taught a Sunday
School class for a whole summer.  Aunt Jamesina says I'll ruin
Jo's career if I marry him.  But I won't.  I know I haven't much
sense or sobriety, but I've got what is ever so much better --
the knack of making people like me.  There is a man in
Bolingbroke who lisps and always testifies in prayer-meeting.
He says, 'If you can't thine like an electric thtar thine like
a candlethtick.'  I'll be Jo's little candlestick."

"Phil, you're incorrigible.  Well, I love you so much that
I can't make nice, light, congratulatory little speeches.
But I'm heart-glad of your happiness."

"I know.  Those big gray eyes of yours are brimming over with
real friendship, Anne.  Some day I'll look the same way at you.
You're going to marry Roy, aren't you, Anne?"

"My dear Philippa, did you ever hear of the famous Betty Baxter,
who `refused a man before he'd axed her'?  I am not going to
emulate that celebrated lady by either refusing or accepting any
one before he `axes' me."

"All Redmond knows that Roy is crazy about you," said Phil candidly."
And you DO love him, don't you, Anne?"

"I -- I suppose so," said Anne reluctantly.  She felt that she ought
to be blushing while making such a confession; but she was not;
on the other hand, she always blushed hotly when any one said
anything about Gilbert Blythe or Christine Stuart in her hearing.
Gilbert Blythe and Christine Stuart were nothing to her --
absolutely nothing.  But Anne had given up trying to analyze
the reason of her blushes.  As for Roy, of course she was in
love with him -- madly so.  How could she help it?  Was he not
her ideal?  Who could resist those glorious dark eyes, and that
pleading voice?  Were not half the Redmond girls wildly envious?
And what a charming sonnet he had sent her, with a box of violets,
on her birthday!  Anne knew every word of it by heart.  It was very
good stuff of its kind, too.  Not exactly up to the level of Keats or
Shakespeare -- even Anne was not so deeply in love as to think that.
But it was very tolerable magazine verse.  And it was addressed to HER --
not to Laura or Beatrice or the Maid of Athens, but to her, Anne Shirley.
To be told in rhythmical cadences that her eyes were stars of the morning
-- that her cheek had the flush it stole from the sunrise -- that her
lips were redder than the roses of Paradise, was thrillingly romantic.
Gilbert would never have dreamed of writing a sonnet to her eyebrows.
But then, Gilbert could see a joke.  She had once told Roy a funny story
-- and he had not seen the point of it.  She recalled the chummy laugh
she and Gilbert had had together over it, and wondered uneasily if life
with a man who had no sense of humor might not be somewhat uninteresting
in the long run.  But who could expect a melancholy, inscrutable hero to
see the humorous side of things?  It would be flatly unreasonable.




Chapter XXVIII

A June Evening


"I wonder what it would be like to live in a world where it was
always June," said Anne, as she came through the spice and bloom
of the twilit orchard to the front door steps, where Marilla and
Mrs. Rachel were sitting, talking over Mrs. Samson Coates' funeral,
which they had attended that day.  Dora sat between them, diligently
studying her lessons; but Davy was sitting tailor-fashion on the grass,
looking as gloomy and depressed as his single dimple would let him.

"You'd get tired of it," said Marilla, with a sigh.

"I daresay; but just now I feel that it would take me a long
time to get tired of it, if it were all as charming as today.
Everything loves June.  Davy-boy, why this melancholy November
face in blossom-time?"

"I'm just sick and tired of living," said the youthful pessimist.

"At ten years?  Dear me, how sad!"

"I'm not making fun," said Davy with dignity.  "I'm dis -- dis --
discouraged" -- bringing out the big word with a valiant effort.

"Why and wherefore?" asked Anne, sitting down beside him.

"'Cause the new teacher that come when Mr. Holmes got sick give
me ten sums to do for Monday.  It'll take me all day tomorrow to
do them.  It isn't fair to have to work Saturdays.  Milty Boulter
said he wouldn't do them, but Marilla says I've got to.  I don't
like Miss Carson a bit."

"Don't talk like that about your teacher, Davy Keith," said
Mrs. Rachel severely.  "Miss Carson is a very fine girl.
There is no nonsense about her."

"That doesn't sound very attractive," laughed Anne.  "I like
people to have a little nonsense about them.  But I'm inclined
to have a better opinion of Miss Carson than you have.  I saw her
in prayer-meeting last night, and she has a pair of eyes that
can't always look sensible.  Now, Davy-boy, take heart of grace.
`Tomorrow will bring another day' and I'll help you with the sums
as far as in me lies.  Don't waste this lovely hour `twixt light
and dark worrying over arithmetic."

"Well, I won't," said Davy, brightening up.  "If you help me
with the sums I'll have 'em done in time to go fishing with Milty.
I wish old Aunt Atossa's funeral was tomorrow instead of today.
I wanted to go to it 'cause Milty said his mother said Aunt Atossa
would be sure to rise up in her coffin and say sarcastic things to
the folks that come to see her buried.  But Marilla said she didn't."

"Poor Atossa laid in her coffin peaceful enough," said Mrs. Lynde
solemnly.  "I never saw her look so pleasant before, that's what.
Well, there weren't many tears shed over her, poor old soul.
The Elisha Wrights are thankful to be rid of her, and I can't
say I blame them a mite."

"It seems to me a most dreadful thing to go out of the world and not
leave one person behind you who is sorry you are gone," said Anne, shuddering.

"Nobody except her parents ever loved poor Atossa, that's certain, not even
her husband," averred Mrs. Lynde.  "She was his fourth wife.  He'd sort of got
into the habit of marrying.  He only lived a few years after he married her.
The doctor said he died of dyspepsia, but I shall always maintain that he died
of Atossa's tongue, that's what.  Poor soul, she always knew everything about
her neighbors, but she never was very well acquainted with herself.  Well,
she's gone anyhow; and I suppose the next excitement will be Diana's wedding."

"It seems funny and horrible to think of Diana's being married,"
sighed Anne, hugging her knees and looking through the gap in the
Haunted Wood to the light that was shining in Diana's room.

"I don't see what's horrible about it, when she's doing so well,"
said Mrs. Lynde emphatically.  "Fred Wright has a fine farm and
he is a model young man."

"He certainly isn't the wild, dashing, wicked, young man Diana
once wanted to marry," smiled Anne.  "Fred is extremely good."

"That's just what he ought to be.  Would you want Diana to marry
a wicked man?  Or marry one yourself?"

"Oh, no.  I wouldn't want to marry anybody who was wicked,
but I think I'd like it if he COULD be wicked and WOULDN'T.
Now, Fred is HOPELESSLY good."

"You'll have more sense some day, I hope," said Marilla.

Marilla spoke rather bitterly.  She was grievously disappointed.
She knew Anne had refused Gilbert Blythe.  Avonlea gossip buzzed
over the fact, which had leaked out, nobody knew how.  Perhaps
Charlie Sloane had guessed and told his guesses for truth.
Perhaps Diana had betrayed it to Fred and Fred had been indiscreet.
At all events it was known; Mrs. Blythe no longer asked Anne,
in public or private, if she had heard lately from Gilbert, but
passed her by with a frosty bow.  Anne, who had always liked Gilbert's
merry, young-hearted mother, was grieved in secret over this.
Marilla said nothing; but Mrs. Lynde gave Anne many exasperated
digs about it, until fresh gossip reached that worthy lady,
through the medium of Moody Spurgeon MacPherson's mother,
that Anne had another "beau" at college, who was rich and
handsome and good all in one.  After that Mrs. Rachel held
her tongue, though she still wished in her inmost heart that
Anne had accepted Gilbert.  Riches were all very well;
but even Mrs. Rachel, practical soul though she was, did not
consider them the one essential.  If Anne "liked" the Handsome
Unknown better than Gilbert there was nothing more to be said;
but Mrs. Rachel was dreadfully afraid that Anne was going to
make the mistake of marrying for money.  Marilla knew Anne too
well to fear this; but she felt that something in the universal
scheme of things had gone sadly awry.

"What is to be, will be," said Mrs. Rachel gloomily, "and what isn't
to be happens sometimes.  I can't help believing it's going to happen
in Anne's case, if Providence doesn't interfere, that's what."
Mrs. Rachel sighed.  She was afraid Providence wouldn't interfere;
and she didn't dare to.

Anne had wandered down to the Dryad's Bubble and was curled up
among the ferns at the root of the big white birch where she and
Gilbert had so often sat in summers gone by.  He had gone into
the newspaper office again when college closed, and Avonlea
seemed very dull without him.  He never wrote to her, and Anne
missed the letters that never came.  To be sure, Roy wrote twice
a week; his letters were exquisite compositions which would have
read beautifully in a memoir or biography.  Anne felt herself
more deeply in love with him than ever when she read them; but
her heart never gave the queer, quick, painful bound at sight of
his letters which it had given one day when Mrs. Hiram Sloane
had handed her out an envelope addressed in Gilbert's black,
upright handwriting.  Anne had hurried home to the east gable and
opened it eagerly -- to find a typewritten copy of some college
society report -- "only that and nothing more."  Anne flung the
harmless screed across her room and sat down to write an
especially nice epistle to Roy.

Diana was to be married in five more days.  The gray house at
Orchard Slope was in a turmoil of baking and brewing and boiling
and stewing, for there was to be a big, old-timey wedding.  Anne,
of course, was to be bridesmaid, as had been arranged when they
were twelve years old, and Gilbert was coming from Kingsport to
be best man.  Anne was enjoying the excitement of the various
preparations, but under it all she carried a little heartache.
She was, in a sense, losing her dear old chum; Diana's new home
would be two miles from Green Gables, and the old constant
companionship could never be theirs again.  Anne looked up at
Diana's light and thought how it had beaconed to her for many years;
but soon it would shine through the summer twilights no more.
Two big, painful tears welled up in her gray eyes.

"Oh," she thought, "how horrible it is that people have to grow
up -- and marry -- and CHANGE!"




Chapter XXIX

Diana's Wedding


"After all, the only real roses are the pink ones," said Anne, as
she tied white ribbon around Diana's bouquet in the westwardlooking
gable at Orchard Slope.  "They are the flowers of love and faith."

Diana was standing nervously in the middle of the room, arrayed
in her bridal white, her black curls frosted over with the film
of her wedding veil.  Anne had draped that veil, in accordance
with the sentimental compact of years before.

"It's all pretty much as I used to imagine it long ago, when I
wept over your inevitable marriage and our consequent parting,"
she laughed.  "You are the bride of my dreams, Diana, with
the `lovely misty veil'; and I am YOUR bridesmaid.  But, alas!
I haven't the puffed sleeves -- though these short lace ones are
even prettier.  Neither is my heart wholly breaking nor do I
exactly hate Fred."

"We are not really parting, Anne," protested Diana.  "I'm not
going far away.  We'll love each other just as much as ever.
We've always kept that `oath' of friendship we swore long ago,
haven't we?"

"Yes.  We've kept it faithfully.  We've had a beautiful
friendship, Diana.  We've never marred it by one quarrel or
coolness or unkind word; and I hope it will always be so.
But things can't be quite the same after this.  You'll have
other interests.  I'll just be on the outside.  But `such is
life' as Mrs. Rachel says.  Mrs. Rachel has given you one of
her beloved knitted quilts of the `tobacco stripe' pattern,
and she says when I am married she'll give me one, too."

"The mean thing about your getting married is that I won't be
able to be your bridesmaid," lamented Diana.

"I'm to be Phil's bridesmaid next June, when she marries
Mr. Blake, and then I must stop, for you know the proverb
`three times a bridesmaid, never a bride,' " said Anne,
peeping through the window over the pink and snow of the
blossoming orchard beneath.  "Here comes the minister, Diana."

"Oh, Anne," gasped Diana, suddenly turning very pale and
beginning to tremble.  "Oh, Anne -- I'm so nervous -- I can't
go through with it -- Anne, I know I'm going to faint."

"If you do I'll drag you down to the rainwater hogshed and drop
you in," said Anne unsympathetically.  "Cheer up, dearest.
Getting married can't be so very terrible when so many
people survive the ceremony.  See how cool and composed
I am, and take courage."

"Wait till your turn comes, Miss Anne.  Oh, Anne, I hear father
coming upstairs.  Give me my bouquet.  Is my veil right?  Am I
very pale?"

"You look just lovely.  Di, darling, kiss me good-bye for the
last time.  Diana Barry will never kiss me again."

"Diana Wright will, though.  There, mother's calling.  Come."

Following the simple, old-fashioned way in vogue then, Anne went
down to the parlor on Gilbert's arm.  They met at the top of the
stairs for the first time since they had left Kingsport, for
Gilbert had arrived only that day.  Gilbert shook hands courteously.
He was looking very well, though, as Anne instantly noted, rather thin.
He was not pale; there was a flush on his cheek that had burned into it
as Anne came along the hall towards him, in her soft, white dress with
lilies-of-the-valley in the shining masses of her hair.  As they entered
the crowded parlor together a little murmur of admiration ran around the
room.  "What a fine-looking pair they are," whispered the impressible
Mrs. Rachel to Marilla.

Fred ambled in alone, with a very red face, and then Diana swept
in on her father's arm.  She did not faint, and nothing untoward
occurred to interrupt the ceremony.  Feasting and merry-making
followed; then, as the evening waned, Fred and Diana drove away
through the moonlight to their new home, and Gilbert walked with
Anne to Green Gables.

Something of their old comradeship had returned during the
informal mirth of the evening.  Oh, it was nice to be walking
over that well-known road with Gilbert again!

The night was so very still that one should have been able to hear
the whisper of roses in blossom -- the laughter of daisies -- the
piping of grasses -- many sweet sounds, all tangled up together.
The beauty of moonlight on familiar fields irradiated the world.

"Can't we take a ramble up Lovers' Lane before you go in?" asked
Gilbert as they crossed the bridge over the Lake of Shining Waters,
in which the moon lay like a great, drowned blossom of gold.

Anne assented readily.  Lovers' Lane was a veritable path in a
fairyland that night -- a shimmering, mysterious place, full of
wizardry in the white-woven enchantment of moonlight.  There had
been a time when such a walk with Gilbert through Lovers' Lane
would have been far too dangerous.  But Roy and Christine had
made it very safe now.  Anne found herself thinking a good deal
about Christine as she chatted lightly to Gilbert.  She had met
her several times before leaving Kingsport, and had been charmingly
sweet to her.  Christine had also been charmingly sweet.  Indeed,
they were a most cordial pair.  But for all that, their acquaintance
had not ripened into friendship.  Evidently Christine was not a
kindred spirit.

"Are you going to be in Avonlea all summer?" asked Gilbert.

"No.  I'm going down east to Valley Road next week.  Esther
Haythorne wants me to teach for her through July and August.
They have a summer term in that school, and Esther isn't feeling well.
So I'm going to substitute for her.  In one way I don't mind.
Do you know, I'm beginning to feel a little bit like a stranger
in Avonlea now?  It makes me sorry -- but it's true.  It's quite
appalling to see the number of children who have shot up into big
boys and girls -- really young men and women -- these past two years.
Half of my pupils are grown up.  It makes me feel awfully old to see
them in the places you and I and our mates used to fill."

Anne laughed and sighed.  She felt very old and mature and wise
-- which showed how young she was.  She told herself that she
longed greatly to go back to those dear merry days when life was
seen through a rosy mist of hope and illusion, and possessed an
indefinable something that had passed away forever.  Where was it
now -- the glory and the dream?

"`So wags the world away,' " quoted Gilbert practically, and a
trifle absently.  Anne wondered if he were thinking of Christine.
Oh, Avonlea was going to be so lonely now -- with Diana gone!




Chapter XXX

Mrs. Skinner's Romance


Anne stepped off the train at Valley Road station and looked
about to see if any one had come to meet her.  She was to board
with a certain Miss Janet Sweet, but she saw no one who answered
in the least to her preconception of that lady, as formed from
Esther's letter.  The only person in sight was an elderly woman,
sitting in a wagon with mail bags piled around her.  Two hundred
would have been a charitable guess at her weight; her face was
as round and red as a harvest-moon and almost as featureless.
She wore a tight, black, cashmere dress, made in the fashion of
ten years ago, a little dusty black straw hat trimmed with bows
of yellow ribbon, and faded black lace mits.

"Here, you," she called, waving her whip at Anne.  "Are you the
new Valley Road schoolma'am?"

"Yes."

"Well, I thought so.  Valley Road is noted for its good-looking
schoolma'ams, just as Millersville is noted for its humly ones.
Janet Sweet asked me this morning if I could bring you out.  I
said, `Sartin I kin, if she don't mind being scrunched up some.
This rig of mine's kinder small for the mail bags and I'm some
heftier than Thomas!' Just wait, miss, till I shift these bags a
bit and I'll tuck you in somehow.  It's only two miles to Janet's.
Her next-door neighbor's hired boy is coming for your trunk tonight.
My name is Skinner -- Amelia Skinner."

Anne was eventually tucked in, exchanging amused smiles with herself
during the process.

"Jog along, black mare," commanded Mrs. Skinner, gathering up the
reins in her pudgy hands.  "This is my first trip on the mail rowte.
Thomas wanted to hoe his turnips today so he asked me to come.
So I jest sot down and took a standing-up snack and started.
I sorter like it.  O' course it's rather tejus.  Part of the
time I sits and thinks and the rest I jest sits.  Jog along,
black mare.  I want to git home airly.  Thomas is terrible
lonesome when I'm away.  You see, we haven't been married very long."

"Oh!" said Anne politely.

"Just a month.  Thomas courted me for quite a spell, though.  It
was real romantic."  Anne tried to picture Mrs. Skinner on
speaking terms with romance and failed.

"Oh?" she said again.

"Yes.  Y'see, there was another man after me.  Jog along, black mare.
I'd been a widder so long folks had given up expecting me to marry again.
But when my darter -- she's a schoolma'am like you -- went out West to
teach I felt real lonesome and wasn't nowise sot against the idea.
Bime-by Thomas began to come up and so did the other feller --
William Obadiah Seaman, his name was.  For a long time I couldn't
make up my mind which of them to take, and they kep' coming and coming,
and I kep' worrying.  Y'see, W.O. was rich -- he had a fine place and
carried considerable style.  He was by far the best match.  Jog along,
black mare."

"Why didn't you marry him?" asked Anne.

"Well, y'see, he didn't love me," answered Mrs. Skinner, solemnly.

Anne opened her eyes widely and looked at Mrs. Skinner.  But there was
not a glint of humor on that lady's face.  Evidently Mrs. Skinner saw
nothing amusing in her own case.

"He'd been a widder-man for three yers, and his sister kept house for him.
Then she got married and he just wanted some one to look after his house.
It was worth looking after, too, mind you that.  It's a handsome house.
Jog along, black mare.  As for Thomas, he was poor, and if his house
didn't leak in dry weather it was about all that could be said for it,
though it looks kind of pictureaskew.  But, y'see, I loved Thomas, and
I didn't care one red cent for W.O.  So I argued it out with myself.
`Sarah Crowe,' say I -- my first was a Crowe -- `you can marry
your rich man if you like but you won't be happy.  Folks can't
get along together in this world without a little bit of love.
You'd just better tie up to Thomas, for he loves you and you love
him and nothing else ain't going to do you.'  Jog along, black mare.
So I told Thomas I'd take him.  All the time I was getting ready
I never dared drive past W.O.'s place for fear the sight of that
fine house of his would put me in the swithers again.  But now I
never think of it at all, and I'm just that comfortable and happy
with Thomas.  Jog along, black mare."

"How did William Obadiah take it?" queried Anne.

"Oh, he rumpussed a bit.  But he's going to see a skinny old maid
in Millersville now, and I guess she'll take him fast enough.
She'll make him a better wife than his first did.  W.O. never
wanted to marry her.  He just asked her to marry him 'cause his
father wanted him to, never dreaming but that she'd say `no.'
But mind you, she said 'yes.'  There was a predicament for you.
Jog along, black mare.  She was a great housekeeper, but most
awful mean.  She wore the same bonnet for eighteen years.  Then she
got a new one and W.O. met her on the road and didn't know her.
Jog along, black mare.  I feel that I'd a narrer escape.  I might
have married him and been most awful miserable, like my poor
cousin, Jane Ann.  Jane Ann married a rich man she didn't care
anything about, and she hasn't the life of a dog.  She come to
see me last week and says, says she, `Sarah Skinner, I envy you.
I'd rather live in a little hut on the side of the road with a
man I was fond of than in my big house with the one I've got.'
Jane Ann's man ain't such a bad sort, nuther, though he's so
contrary that he wears his fur coat when the thermometer's
at ninety.  The only way to git him to do anything is to coax
him to do the opposite.  But there ain't any love to smooth
things down and it's a poor way of living.  Jog along, black mare.
There's Janet's place in the hollow -- `Wayside,' she calls it.
Quite pictureaskew, ain't it?  I guess you'll be glad to git
out of this, with all them mail bags jamming round you."

"Yes, but I have enjoyed my drive with you very much," said
Anne sincerely.

"Git away now!" said Mrs. Skinner, highly flattered.  "Wait till
I tell Thomas that.  He always feels dretful tickled when I git
a compliment.  Jog along, black mare.  Well, here we are.  I hope
you'll git on well in the school, miss.  There's a short cut to
it through the ma'sh back of Janet's.  If you take that way be
awful keerful.  If you once got stuck in that black mud you'd be
sucked right down and never seen or heard tell of again till the
day of judgment, like Adam Palmer's cow.  Jog along, black mare."



Chapter XXXI

Anne to Philippa


"Anne Shirley to Philippa Gordon, greeting.

"Well-beloved, it's high time I was writing you.  Here am I,
installed once more as a country `schoolma'am' at Valley Road,
boarding at `Wayside,' the home of Miss Janet Sweet.  Janet is a
dear soul and very nicelooking; tall, but not over-tall; stoutish,
yet with a certain restraint of outline suggestive of a thrifty
soul who is not going to be overlavish even in the matter of
avoirdupois.  She has a knot of soft, crimpy, brown hair with
a thread of gray in it, a sunny face with rosy cheeks, and big,
kind eyes as blue as forget-me-nots.  Moreover, she is one of those
delightful, old-fashioned cooks who don't care a bit if they ruin
your digestion as long as they can give you feasts of fat things.

"I like her; and she likes me -- principally, it seems, because
she had a sister named Anne who died young.

"`I'm real glad to see you,' she said briskly, when I landed in her yard.
`My, you don't look a mite like I expected.  I was sure you'd be dark --
my sister Anne was dark.  And here you're redheaded!'

"For a few minutes I thought I wasn't going to like Janet as much
as I had expected at first sight.  Then I reminded myself that I
really must be more sensible than to be prejudiced against any
one simply because she called my hair red.  Probably the word
`auburn' was not in Janet's vocabulary at all.

"`Wayside' is a dear sort of little spot.  The house is small
and white, set down in a delightful little hollow that drops
away from the road.  Between road and house is an orchard and
flower-garden all mixed up together.  The front door walk is
bordered with quahog clam-shells -- `cow-hawks,' Janet calls them;
there is Virginia Creeper over the porch and moss on the roof.
My room is a neat little spot `off the parlor' -- just big
enough for the bed and me.  Over the head of my bed there is a
picture of Robby Burns standing at Highland Mary's grave,
shadowed by an enormous weeping willow tree.  Robby's face is
so lugubrious that it is no wonder I have bad dreams.  Why, the
first night I was here I dreamed I COULDN'T LAUGH.

"The parlor is tiny and neat.  Its one window is so shaded by a
huge willow that the room has a grotto-like effect of emerald gloom.
There are wonderful tidies on the chairs, and gay mats on the floor,
and books and cards carefully arranged on a round table, and vases
of dried grass on the mantel-piece.  Between the vases is a cheerful
decoration of preserved coffin plates -- five in all, pertaining
respectively to Janet's father and mother, a brother, her sister Anne,
and a hired man who died here once!  If I go suddenly insane some of
these days `know all men by these presents' that those coffin-plates
have caused it.

"But it's all delightful and I said so.  Janet loved me for it,
just as she detested poor Esther because Esther had said so much
shade was unhygienic and had objected to sleeping on a feather bed.
Now, I glory in feather-beds, and the more unhygienic and feathery
they are the more I glory.  Janet says it is such a comfort to see
me eat; she had been so afraid I would be like Miss Haythorne, who
wouldn't eat anything but fruit and hot water for breakfast and tried
to make Janet give up frying things.  Esther is really a dear girl,
but she is rather given to fads.  The trouble is that she hasn't
enough imagination and HAS a tendency to indigestion.

"Janet told me I could have the use of the parlor when any young
men called!  I don't think there are many to call.  I haven't
seen a young man in Valley Road yet, except the next-door
hired boy -- Sam Toliver, a very tall, lank, tow-haired youth.
He came over one evening recently and sat for an hour on the
garden fence, near the front porch where Janet and I were doing
fancy-work.  The only remarks he volunteered in all that time
were, `Hev a peppermint, miss!  Dew now-fine thing for carARRH,
peppermints,' and, `Powerful lot o' jump-grasses round here
ternight.  Yep.'

"But there is a love affair going on here.  It seems to be my
fortune to be mixed up, more or less actively, with elderly love
affairs.  Mr. and Mrs. Irving always say that I brought about
their marriage.  Mrs. Stephen Clark of Carmody persists in being
most grateful to me for a suggestion which somebody else would
probably have made if I hadn't.  I do really think, though, that
Ludovic Speed would never have got any further along than placid
courtship if I had not helped him and Theodora Dix out.

"In the present affair I am only a passive spectator.  I've tried
once to help things along and made an awful mess of it.  So I
shall not meddle again.  I'll tell you all about it when we meet."




Chapter XXXII

Tea with Mrs. Douglas


On the first Thursday night of Anne's sojourn in Valley Road
Janet asked her to go to prayer-meeting.  Janet blossomed out
like a rose to attend that prayer-meeting.  She wore a pale-blue,
pansy-sprinkled muslin dress with more ruffles than one would ever
have supposed economical Janet could be guilty of, and a white
leghorn hat with pink roses and three ostrich feathers on it.
Anne felt quite amazed.  Later on, she found out Janet's motive
in so arraying herself -- a motive as old as Eden.

Valley Road prayer-meetings seemed to be essentially feminine.
There were thirty-two women present, two half-grown boys, and one
solitary man, beside the minister.  Anne found herself studying
this man.  He was not handsome or young or graceful; he had
remarkably long legs -- so long that he had to keep them coiled
up under his chair to dispose of them -- and he was stoopshouldered.
His hands were big, his hair wanted barbering, and his moustache
was unkempt.  But Anne thought she liked his face; it was kind and
honest and tender; there was something else in it, too -- just what,
Anne found it hard to define.  She finally concluded that this man had
suffered and been strong, and it had been made manifest in his face.
There was a sort of patient, humorous endurance in his expression
which indicated that he would go to the stake if need be, but would
keep on looking pleasant until he really had to begin squirming.

When prayer-meeting was over this man came up to Janet and said,

"May I see you home, Janet?"

Janet took his arm -- "as primly and shyly as if she were no more
than sixteen, having her first escort home," Anne told the girls
at Patty's Place later on.

"Miss Shirley, permit me to introduce Mr. Douglas," she said stiffly.

Mr. Douglas nodded and said, "I was looking at you in prayer-meeting,
miss, and thinking what a nice little girl you were."

Such a speech from ninety-nine people out of a hundred would have
annoyed Anne bitterly; but the way in which Mr. Douglas said it made
her feel that she had received a very real and pleasing compliment.
She smiled appreciatively at him and dropped obligingly behind on
the moonlit road.

So Janet had a beau!  Anne was delighted.  Janet would make a paragon
of a wife -- cheery, economical, tolerant, and a very queen of cooks.
It would be a flagrant waste on Nature's part to keep her a permanent
old maid.

"John Douglas asked me to take you up to see his mother," said
Janet the next day.  "She's bed-rid a lot of the time and never
goes out of the house.  But she's powerful fond of company and
always wants to see my boarders.  Can you go up this evening?"

Anne assented; but later in the day Mr. Douglas called on his
mother's behalf to invite them up to tea on Saturday evening.

"Oh, why didn't you put on your pretty pansy dress?" asked Anne,
when they left home.  It was a hot day, and poor Janet, between
her excitement and her heavy black cashmere dress, looked as if
she were being broiled alive.

"Old Mrs. Douglas would think it terrible frivolous and unsuitable,
I'm afraid.  John likes that dress, though," she added wistfully.

The old Douglas homestead was half a mile from "Wayside" cresting
a windy hill.  The house itself was large and comfortable, old
enough to be dignified, and girdled with maple groves and orchards.
There were big, trim barns behind it, and everything bespoke prosperity.
Whatever the patient endurance in Mr. Douglas' face had meant it hadn't,
so Anne reflected, meant debts and duns.

John Douglas met them at the door and took them into the
sitting-room, where his mother was enthroned in an armchair.

Anne had expected old Mrs. Douglas to be tall and thin, because
Mr. Douglas was.  Instead, she was a tiny scrap of a woman, with
soft pink cheeks, mild blue eyes, and a mouth like a baby's.
Dressed in a beautiful, fashionably-made black silk dress,
with a fluffy white shawl over her shoulders, and her snowy
hair surmounted by a dainty lace cap, she might have posed
as a grandmother doll.

"How do you do, Janet dear?" she said sweetly.  "I am so glad to
see you again, dear."  She put up her pretty old face to be kissed.
"And this is our new teacher.  I'm delighted to meet you.  My son
has been singing your praises until I'm half jealous, and I'm sure
Janet ought to be wholly so."

Poor Janet blushed, Anne said something polite and conventional,
and then everybody sat down and made talk.  It was hard work,
even for Anne, for nobody seemed at ease except old Mrs. Douglas,
who certainly did not find any difficulty in talking.  She made
Janet sit by her and stroked her hand occasionally.  Janet sat
and smiled, looking horribly uncomfortable in her hideous dress,
and John Douglas sat without smiling.

At the tea table Mrs. Douglas gracefully asked Janet to pour
the tea.  Janet turned redder than ever but did it.  Anne wrote
a description of that meal to Stella.

"We had cold tongue and chicken and strawberry preserves, lemon
pie and tarts and chocolate cake and raisin cookies and pound cake
and fruit cake -- and a few other things, including more pie
-- caramel pie, I think it was.  After I had eaten twice as much
as was good for me, Mrs. Douglas sighed and said she feared she
had nothing to tempt my appetite.

"`I'm afraid dear Janet's cooking has spoiled you for any other,'
she said sweetly.  `Of course nobody in Valley Road aspires to
rival HER.  WON'T you have another piece of pie, Miss Shirley?
You haven't eaten ANYTHING.'

"Stella, I had eaten a helping of tongue and one of chicken,
three biscuits, a generous allowance of preserves, a piece of
pie, a tart, and a square of chocolate cake!"

After tea Mrs. Douglas smiled benevolently and told John to
take "dear Janet" out into the garden and get her some roses.
"Miss Shirley will keep me company while you are out --
won't you?" she said plaintively.  She settled down in her
armchair with a sigh.

"I am a very frail old woman, Miss Shirley.  For over twenty
years I've been a great sufferer.  For twenty long, weary years
I've been dying by inches."

"How painful!" said Anne, trying to be sympathetic and succeeding
only in feeling idiotic.

"There have been scores of nights when they've thought I could
never live to see the dawn," went on Mrs. Douglas solemnly.
"Nobody knows what I've gone through -- nobody can know but
myself.  Well, it can't last very much longer now.  My weary
pilgrimage will soon be over, Miss Shirley.  It is a great
comfort to me that John will have such a good wife to look after
him when his mother is gone -- a great comfort, Miss Shirley."

"Janet is a lovely woman," said Anne warmly.

"Lovely!  A beautiful character," assented Mrs. Douglas.  "And a
perfect housekeeper -- something I never was.  My health would
not permit it, Miss Shirley.  I am indeed thankful that John has
made such a wise choice.  I hope and believe that he will be happy.
He is my only son, Miss Shirley, and his happiness lies very near
my heart."

"Of course," said Anne stupidly.  For the first time in her life
she was stupid.  Yet she could not imagine why.  She seemed to
have absolutely nothing to say to this sweet, smiling, angelic
old lady who was patting her hand so kindly.

"Come and see me soon again, dear Janet," said Mrs. Douglas
lovingly, when they left.  "You don't come half often enough.
But then I suppose John will be bringing you here to stay all the
time one of these days."  Anne, happening to glance at John
Douglas, as his mother spoke, gave a positive start of dismay.
He looked as a tortured man might look when his tormentors gave
the rack the last turn of possible endurance. She felt sure he
must be ill and hurried poor blushing Janet away.

"Isn't old Mrs. Douglas a sweet woman?" asked Janet, as they
went down the road.

"M -- m," answered Anne absently.  She was wondering why John
Douglas had looked so.

"She's been a terrible sufferer," said Janet feelingly.
"She takes terrible spells.  It keeps John all worried up.
He's scared to leave home for fear his mother will take a
spell and nobody there but the hired girl."




Chapter XXXIII

"He Just Kept Coming and Coming"


Three days later Anne came home from school and found Janet crying.
Tears and Janet seemed so incongruous that Anne was honestly alarmed.

"Oh, what is the matter?" she cried anxiously.

"I'm -- I'm forty today," sobbed Janet.

"Well, you were nearly that yesterday and it didn't hurt,"
comforted Anne, trying not to smile.

"But -- but," went on Janet with a big gulp, "John Douglas won't
ask me to marry him."

"Oh, but he will," said Anne lamely.  "You must give him time, Janet

"Time!" said Janet with indescribable scorn.  "He has had twenty years.
How much time does he want?"

"Do you mean that John Douglas has been coming to see you for
twenty years?"

"He has.  And he has never so much as mentioned marriage to me.
And I don't believe he ever will now.  I've never said a word to
a mortal about it, but it seems to me I've just got to talk it
out with some one at last or go crazy.  John Douglas begun to go
with me twenty years ago, before mother died.  Well, he kept
coming and coming, and after a spell I begun making quilts and
things; but he never said anything about getting married, only
just kept coming and coming.  There wasn't anything I could do.
Mother died when we'd been going together for eight years.
I thought he maybe would speak out then, seeing as I was left
alone in the world.  He was real kind and feeling, and did
everything he could for me, but he never said marry.  And that's
the way it has been going on ever since.  People blame ME for it.
They say I won't marry him because his mother is so sickly and I
don't want the bother of waiting on her.  Why, I'd LOVE to wait on
John's mother!  But I let them think so.  I'd rather they'd blame
me than pity me!  It's so dreadful humiliating that John won't
ask me.  And WHY won't he?  Seems to me if I only knew his reason
I wouldn't mind it so much."

"Perhaps his mother doesn't want him to marry anybody," suggested Anne.

"Oh, she does.  She's told me time and again that she'd love to see
John settled before her time comes.  She's always giving him hints --
you heard her yourself the other day.  I thought I'd ha' gone through
the floor."

"It's beyond me," said Anne helplessly.  She thought of Ludovic Speed.
But the cases were not parallel.  John Douglas was not a man of
Ludovic's type.

"You should show more spirit, Janet," she went on resolutely.
"Why didn't you send him about his business long ago?"

"I couldn't," said poor Janet pathetically.  "You see, Anne, I've
always been awful fond of John.  He might just as well keep coming
as not, for there was never anybody else I'd want, so it didn't matter."

"But it might have made him speak out like a man," urged Anne.

Janet shook her head.

"No, I guess not.  I was afraid to try, anyway, for fear he'd
think I meant it and just go.  I suppose I'm a poor-spirited
creature, but that is how I feel.  And I can't help it."

"Oh, you COULD help it, Janet.  It isn't too late yet.  Take a
firm stand.  Let that man know you are not going to endure his
shillyshallying any longer.  I'LL back you up."

"I dunno," said Janet hopelessly.  "I dunno if I could ever get up
enough spunk.  Things have drifted so long.  But I'll think it over."

Anne felt that she was disappointed in John Douglas.  She had
liked him so well, and she had not thought him the sort of man who
would play fast and loose with a woman's feelings for twenty years.
He certainly should be taught a lesson, and Anne felt vindictively
that she would enjoy seeing the process.  Therefore she was delighted
when Janet told her, as they were going to prayer-meeting the next night,
that she meant to show some "sperrit."

"I'll let John Douglas see I'm not going to be trodden on any longer."

"You are perfectly right," said Anne emphatically.

When prayer-meeting was over John Douglas came up with his usual request.
Janet looked frightened but resolute.

"No, thank you," she said icily.  "I know the road home pretty well alone.
I ought to, seeing I've been traveling it for forty years.  So you needn't
trouble yourself, MR. Douglas."

Anne was looking at John Douglas; and, in that brilliant moonlight,
she saw the last twist of the rack again.  Without a word he turned
and strode down the road.

"Stop!  Stop!" Anne called wildly after him, not caring in the least
for the other dumbfounded onlookers.  "Mr. Douglas, stop!  Come back."

John Douglas stopped but he did not come back.  Anne flew down
the road, caught his arm and fairly dragged him back to Janet.

"You must come back," she said imploringly.  "It's all a mistake,
Mr. Douglas -- all my fault.  I made Janet do it.  She didn't
want to -- but it's all right now, isn't it, Janet?"

Without a word Janet took his arm and walked away.  Anne followed
them meekly home and slipped in by the back door.

"Well, you are a nice person to back me up," said Janet sarcastically.

"I couldn't help it, Janet," said Anne repentantly.  "I just felt
as if I had stood by and seen murder done.  I HAD to run after him."

"Oh, I'm just as glad you did.  When I saw John Douglas making
off down that road I just felt as if every little bit of joy and
happiness that was left in my life was going with him.  It was an
awful feeling."

"Did he ask you why you did it?" asked Anne.

"No, he never said a word about it," replied Janet dully.




Chapter XXXIV

John Douglas Speaks at Last


Anne was not without a feeble hope that something might come of
it after all.  But nothing did.  John Douglas came and took Janet
driving, and walked home from prayer-meeting with her, as he had
been doing for twenty years, and as he seemed likely to do for
twenty years more.  The summer waned.  Anne taught her school and
wrote letters and studied a little.  Her walks to and from school
were pleasant.  She always went by way of the swamp; it was a
lovely place -- a boggy soil, green with the greenest of mossy
hillocks; a silvery brook meandered through it and spruces stood
erectly, their boughs a-trail with gray-green mosses, their roots
overgrown with all sorts of woodland lovelinesses.

Nevertheless, Anne found life in Valley Road a little monotonous.
To be sure, there was one diverting incident.

She had not seen the lank, tow-headed Samuel of the peppermints
since the evening of his call, save for chance meetings on the road.
But one warm August night he appeared, and solemnly seated himself
on the rustic bench by the porch.  He wore his usual working
habiliments, consisting of varipatched trousers, a blue jean shirt,
out at the elbows, and a ragged straw hat.  He was chewing a straw
and he kept on chewing it while he looked solemnly at Anne.  Anne
laid her book aside with a sigh and took up her doily.  Conversation
with Sam was really out of the question.

After a long silence Sam suddenly spoke.

"I'm leaving over there," he said abruptly, waving his straw in
the direction of the neighboring house.

"Oh, are you?" said Anne politely.

"Yep."

"And where are you going now?"

"Wall, I've been thinking some of gitting a place of my own.
There's one that'd suit me over at Millersville.  But ef I rents
it I'll want a woman."

"I suppose so," said Anne vaguely.

"Yep."

There was another long silence.  Finally Sam removed his straw
again and said,

"Will yeh hev me?"

"Wh -- a -- t!" gasped Anne.

"Will yeh hev me?"

"Do you mean -- MARRY you?" queried poor Anne feebly.

"Yep."

"Why, I'm hardly acquainted with you," cried Anne indignantly.

"But yeh'd git acquainted with me after we was married," said Sam.

Anne gathered up her poor dignity.

"Certainly I won't marry you," she said haughtily.

"Wall, yeh might do worse," expostulated Sam.  "I'm a good worker
and I've got some money in the bank."

"Don't speak of this to me again.  Whatever put such an idea into
your head?" said Anne, her sense of humor getting the better of
her wrath.  It was such an absurd situation.

"Yeh're a likely-looking girl and hev a right-smart way o' stepping,"
said Sam.  "I don't want no lazy woman.  Think it over.  I won't change
my mind yit awhile.  Wall, I must be gitting.  Gotter milk the cows."

Anne's illusions concerning proposals had suffered so much of
late years that there were few of them left.  So she could laugh
wholeheartedly over this one, not feeling any secret sting.  She
mimicked poor Sam to Janet that night, and both of them laughed
immoderately over his plunge into sentiment.

One afternoon, when Anne's sojourn in Valley Road was drawing to a
close, Alec Ward came driving down to "Wayside" in hot haste for Janet.

"They want you at the Douglas place quick," he said.  "I really
believe old Mrs. Douglas is going to die at last, after pretending
to do it for twenty years."

Janet ran to get her hat.  Anne asked if Mrs. Douglas was worse than usual.

"She's not half as bad," said Alec solemnly, "and that's what
makes me think it's serious.  Other times she'd be screaming and
throwing herself all over the place.  This time she's lying still
and mum.  When Mrs. Douglas is mum she is pretty sick, you bet."

"You don't like old Mrs. Douglas?" said Anne curiously.

"I like cats as IS cats.  I don't like cats as is women," was Alec's
cryptic reply.

Janet came home in the twilight.

"Mrs. Douglas is dead," she said wearily.  "She died soon after
I got there.  She just spoke to me once -- `I suppose you'll
marry John now?' she said.  It cut me to the heart, Anne.
To think John's own mother thought I wouldn't marry him
because of her!  I couldn't say a word either -- there were
other women there.  I was thankful John had gone out."

Janet began to cry drearily.  But Anne brewed her a hot drink of
ginger tea to her comforting.  To be sure, Anne discovered later
on that she had used white pepper instead of ginger; but Janet
never knew the difference.

The evening after the funeral Janet and Anne were sitting on the
front porch steps at sunset.  The wind had fallen asleep in the
pinelands and lurid sheets of heat-lightning flickered across the
northern skies.  Janet wore her ugly black dress and looked her
very worst, her eyes and nose red from crying.  They talked
little, for Janet seemed faintly to resent Anne's efforts to
cheer her up.  She plainly preferred to be miserable.

Suddenly the gate-latch clicked and John Douglas strode into the
garden.  He walked towards them straight over the geranium bed.
Janet stood up.  So did Anne.  Anne was a tall girl and wore a
white dress; but John Douglas did not see her.

"Janet," he said, "will you marry me?"

The words burst out as if they had been wanting to be said
for twenty years and MUST be uttered now, before anything else.

Janet's face was so red from crying that it couldn't turn any redder,
so it turned a most unbecoming purple.

"Why didn't you ask me before?" she said slowly.

"I couldn't.  She made me promise not to -- mother made me
promise not to.  Nineteen years ago she took a terrible spell.
We thought she couldn't live through it.  She implored me to
promise not to ask you to marry me while she was alive.  I didn't
want to promise such a thing, even though we all thought she
couldn't live very long -- the doctor only gave her six months.
But she begged it on her knees, sick and suffering.  I had to promise."

"What had your mother against me?" cried Janet.

"Nothing -- nothing.  She just didn't want another woman
-- ANY woman -- there while she was living.  She said if I
didn't promise she'd die right there and I'd have killed her.
So I promised.  And she's held me to that promise ever since,
though I've gone on my knees to her in my turn to beg her
to let me ff."

"Why didn't you tell me this?" asked Janet chokingly.
"If I'd only KNOWN!  Why didn't you just tell me?"

"She made me promise I wouldn't tell a soul," said John hoarsely.
"She swore me to it on the Bible; Janet, I'd never have done it
if I'd dreamed it was to be for so long.  Janet, you'll never
know what I've suffered these nineteen years.  I know I've made
you suffer, too, but you'll marry me for all, won't you, Janet?
Oh, Janet, won't you?  I've come as soon as I could to ask you."

At this moment the stupefied Anne came to her senses and realized
that she had no business to be there.  She slipped away and did not
see Janet until the next morning, when the latter told her the rest
of the story.

"That cruel, relentless, deceitful old woman!" cried Anne.

"Hush -- she's dead," said Janet solemnly.  "If she wasn't -- but she IS.
So we mustn't speak evil of her.  But I'm happy at last, Anne.  And I
wouldn't have minded waiting so long a bit if I'd only known why."

"When are you to be married?"

"Next month.  Of course it will be very quiet.  I suppose people
will talk terrible.  They'll say I made enough haste to snap John
up as soon as his poor mother was out of the way.  John wanted to
let them know the truth but I said, `No, John; after all she was
your mother, and we'll keep the secret between us, and not cast
any shadow on her memory.  I don't mind what people say, now that
I know the truth myself.  It don't matter a mite.  Let it all be
buried with the dead' says I to him.  So I coaxed him round to
agree with me."

"You're much more forgiving than I could ever be," Anne said,
rather crossly.

"You'll feel differently about a good many things when you get to
be my age," said Janet tolerantly.  "That's one of the things we
learn as we grow older -- how to forgive.  It comes easier at
forty than it did at twenty."




Chapter XXXV

The Last Redmond Year Opens


"Here we are, all back again, nicely sunburned and rejoicing as a
strong man to run a race," said Phil, sitting down on a suitcase
with a sigh of pleasure.  "Isn't it jolly to see this dear old
Patty's Place again -- and Aunty -- and the cats?  Rusty has lost
another piece of ear, hasn't he?"

"Rusty would be the nicest cat in the world if he had no ears at all,"
declared Anne loyally from her trunk, while Rusty writhed about her lap
in a frenzy of welcome.

"Aren't you glad to see us back, Aunty?" demanded Phil.

"Yes.  But I wish you'd tidy things up," said Aunt Jamesina plaintively,
looking at the wilderness of trunks and suitcases by which the four
laughing, chattering girls were surrounded.  "You can talk just as well
later on.  Work first and then play used to be my motto when I was a girl."

"Oh, we've just reversed that in this generation, Aunty.
OUR motto is play your play and then dig in.  You can do your
work so much better if you've had a good bout of play first."

"If you are going to marry a minister," said Aunt Jamesina,
picking up Joseph and her knitting and resigning herself to the
inevitable with the charming grace that made her the queen of
housemothers, "you will have to give up such expressions as `dig in.'"

"Why?" moaned Phil.  "Oh, why must a minister's wife be supposed
to utter only prunes and prisms?  I shan't.  Everybody on
Patterson Street uses slang -- that is to say, metaphorical
language -- and if I didn't they would think me insufferably
proud and stuck up."

"Have you broken the news to your family?" asked Priscilla,
feeding the Sarah-cat bits from her lunchbasket.

Phil nodded.

"How did they take it?"

"Oh, mother rampaged.  But I stood rockfirm -- even I, Philippa Gordon,
who never before could hold fast to anything.  Father was calmer.
Father's own daddy was a minister, so you see he has a soft spot
in his heart for the cloth.  I had Jo up to Mount Holly, after mother
grew calm, and they both loved him.  But mother gave him some frightful
hints in every conversation regarding what she had hoped for me.  Oh,
my vacation pathway hasn't been exactly strewn with roses, girls dear.
But -- I've won out and I've got Jo.  Nothing else matters."

"To you," said Aunt Jamesina darkly.

"Nor to Jo, either," retorted Phil.  "You keep on pitying him.
Why, pray?  I think he's to be envied.  He's getting brains,
beauty, and a heart of gold in ME."

"It's well we know how to take your speeches," said Aunt Jamesina
patiently.  "I hope you don't talk like that before strangers.
What would they think?"

"Oh, I don't want to know what they think.  I don't want to
see myself as others see me.  I'm sure it would be horribly
uncomfortable most of the time.  I don't believe Burns was
really sincere in that prayer, either."

"Oh, I daresay we all pray for some things that we really don't
want, if we were only honest enough to look into our hearts,"
owned Aunt Jamesina candidly.  "I've a notion that such prayers
don't rise very far.  _I_ used to pray that I might be enabled to
forgive a certain person, but I know now I really didn't want to
forgive her.  When I finally got that I DID want to I forgave her
without having to pray about it."

"I can't picture you as being unforgiving for long," said Stella.

"Oh, I used to be.  But holding spite doesn't seem worth while
when you get along in years."

"That reminds me," said Anne, and told the tale of John and Janet.

"And now tell us about that romantic scene you hinted so darkly
at in one of your letters," demanded Phil.

Anne acted out Samuel's proposal with great spirit.  The girls
shrieked with laughter and Aunt Jamesina smiled.

"It isn't in good taste to make fun of your beaux," she said
severely; "but," she added calmly, "I always did it myself."

"Tell us about your beaux, Aunty, "en treated Phil.  "You must
have had any number of them."

"They're not in the past tense," retorted Aunt Jamesina.
"I've got them yet.  There are three old widowers at home
who have been casting sheep's eyes at me for some time.
You children needn't think you own all the romance in the world."

"Widowers and sheep's eyes don't sound very romantic, Aunty."

"Well, no; but young folks aren't always romantic either.
Some of my beaux certainly weren't.  I used to laugh at them
scandalous, poor boys.  There was Jim Elwood -- he was always in
a sort of day-dream -- never seemed to sense what was going on.
He didn't wake up to the fact that I'd said `no' till a year
after I'd said it.  When he did get married his wife fell out of
the sleigh one night when they were driving home from church and
he never missed her.  Then there was Dan Winston.  He knew too much.
He knew everything in this world and most of what is in the next.
He could give you an answer to any question, even if you asked him
when the Judgment Day was to be.  Milton Edwards was real nice and
I liked him but I didn't marry him.  For one thing, he took a week
to get a joke through his head, and for another he never asked me.
Horatio Reeve was the most interesting beau I ever had.  But when he
told a story he dressed it up so that you couldn't see it for frills.
I never could decide whether he was lying or just letting his
imagination run loose."

"And what about the others, Aunty?"

"Go away and unpack," said Aunt Jamesina, waving Joseph at them by
mistake for a needle.  "The others were too nice to make fun of.
I shall respect their memory.  There's a box of flowers in
your room, Anne.  They came about an hour ago."

After the first week the girls of Patty's Place settled down to a
steady grind of study; for this was their last year at Redmond
and graduation honors must be fought for persistently.  Anne
devoted herself to English, Priscilla pored over classics, and
Philippa pounded away at Mathematics.  Sometimes they grew tired,
sometimes they felt discouraged, sometimes nothing seemed worth
the struggle for it.  In one such mood Stella wandered up to the
blue room one rainy November evening.  Anne sat on the floor in a
little circle of light cast by the lamp beside her, amid a
surrounding snow of crumpled manuscript.

"What in the world are you doing?"

"Just looking over some old Story Club yarns.  I wanted something
to cheer AND inebriate.  I'd studied until the world seemed azure.
So I came up here and dug these out of my trunk.  They are so drenched
in tears and tragedy that they are excruciatingly funny."

"I'm blue and discouraged myself," said Stella, throwing herself
on the couch.  "Nothing seems worthwhile.  My very thoughts are
old.  I've thought them all before.  What is the use of living
after all, Anne?"

"Honey, it's just brain fag that makes us feel that way, and the weather.
A pouring rainy night like this, coming after a hard day's grind, would
squelch any one but a Mark Tapley.  You know it IS worthwhile to live."

"Oh, I suppose so.  But I can't prove it to myself just now."

"Just think of all the great and noble souls who have lived and
worked in the world," said Anne dreamily.  "Isn't it worthwhile
to come after them and inherit what they won and taught?  Isn't
it worthwhile to think we can share their inspiration?  And then,
all the great souls that will come in the future?  Isn't it
worthwhile to work a little and prepare the way for them --
make just one step in their path easier?"

"Oh, my mind agrees with you, Anne.  But my soul remains doleful
and uninspired.  I'm always grubby and dingy on rainy nights."

"Some nights I like the rain -- I like to lie in bed and hear it
pattering on the roof and drifting through the pines."

"I like it when it stays on the roof," said Stella.  "It doesn't
always.  I spent a gruesome night in an old country farmhouse
last summer.  The roof leaked and the rain came pattering down on
my bed.  There was no poetry in THAT.  I had to get up in the
`mirk midnight' and chivy round to pull the bedstead out of the
drip -- and it was one of those solid, old-fashioned beds that
weigh a ton -- more or less.  And then that drip-drop, drip-drop
kept up all night until my nerves just went to pieces.  You've no
idea what an eerie noise a great drop of rain falling with a
mushy thud on a bare floor makes in the night.  It sounds like
ghostly footsteps and all that sort of thing.  What are you
laughing over, Anne?"

"These stories.  As Phil would say they are killing -- in more senses
than one, for everybody died in them.  What dazzlingly lovely heroines
we had -- and how we dressed them!  Silks -- satins -- velvets -- jewels
-- laces -- they never wore anything else.  Here is one of Jane Andrews'
stories depicting her heroine as sleeping in a beautiful white satin
nightdress trimmed with seed pearls."

"Go on," said Stella.  "I begin to feel that life is worth living
as long as there's a laugh in it."

"Here's one I wrote.  My heroine is disporting herself at a ball
`glittering from head to foot with large diamonds of the first
water.'  But what booted beauty or rich attire?  `The paths of
glory lead but to the grave.'  They must either be murdered or die
of a broken heart.  There was no escape for them."

"Let me read some of your stories."

"Well, here's my masterpiece.  Note its cheerful title -- `My Graves.'
I shed quarts of tears while writing it, and the other girls shed gallons
while I read it.  Jane Andrews' mother scolded her frightfully because
she had so many handkerchiefs in the wash that week.  It's a harrowing
tale of the wanderings of a Methodist minister's wife.  I made her a
Methodist because it was necessary that she should wander.  She buried
a child every place she lived in.  There were nine of them and their
graves were severed far apart, ranging from Newfoundland to Vancouver.
I described the children, pictured their several death beds, and
detailed their tombstones and epitaphs.  I had intended to bury the
whole nine but when I had disposed of eight my invention of horrors
gave out and I permitted the ninth to live as a hopeless cripple."

While Stella read My Graves, punctuating its tragic paragraphs
with chuckles, and Rusty slept the sleep of a just cat who has
been out all night curled up on a Jane Andrews tale of a beautiful
maiden of fifteen who went to nurse in a leper colony -- of course
dying of the loathsome disease finally -- Anne glanced over the other
manuscripts and recalled the old days at Avonlea school when the members
of the Story Club, sitting under the spruce trees or down among the
ferns by the brook, had written them.  What fun they had had!
How the sunshine and mirth of those olden summers returned as she read.
Not all the glory that was Greece or the grandeur that was Rome could
weave such wizardry as those funny, tearful tales of the Story Club.
Among the manuscripts Anne found one written on sheets of wrapping paper.
A wave of laughter filled her gray eyes as she recalled the time and
place of its genesis.  It was the sketch she had written the day she
fell through the roof of the Cobb duckhouse on the Tory Road.

Anne glanced over it, then fell to reading it intently.  It was a
little dialogue between asters and sweet-peas, wild canaries in the
lilac bush, and the guardian spirit of the garden.  After she had
read it, she sat, staring into space; and when Stella had gone she
smoothed out the crumpled manuscript.

"I believe I will," she said resolutely.




Chapter XXXVI

The Gardners'Call


"Here is a letter with an Indian stamp for you, Aunt Jimsie,"
said Phil.  "Here are three for Stella, and two for Pris, and a
glorious fat one for me from Jo.  There's nothing for you, Anne,
except a circular."

Nobody noticed Anne's flush as she took the thin letter Phil tossed
her carelessly.  But a few minutes later Phil looked up to see a
transfigured Anne.

"Honey, what good thing has happened?"

"The Youth's Friend has accepted a little sketch I sent them a
fortnight ago," said Anne, trying hard to speak as if she were
accustomed to having sketches accepted every mail, but not
quite succeeding.

"Anne Shirley!  How glorious!  What was it?  When is it to be
published?  Did they pay you for it?"

"Yes; they've sent a check for ten dollars, and the editor writes
that he would like to see more of my work.  Dear man, he shall.
It was an old sketch I found in my box.  I re-wrote it and sent
it in -- but I never really thought it could be accepted because
it had no plot," said Anne, recalling the bitter experience of
Averil's Atonement.

"What are you going to do with that ten dollars, Anne?  Let's all
go up town and get drunk," suggested Phil.

"I AM going to squander it in a wild soulless revel of some sort,"
declared Anne gaily.  "At all events it isn't tainted money --
like the check I got for that horrible Reliable Baking Powder story.
I spent IT usefully for clothes and hated them every time I put them on."

"Think of having a real live author at Patty's Place," said Priscilla.

"It's a great responsibility," said Aunt Jamesina solemnly.

"Indeed it is," agreed Pris with equal solemnity.  "Authors are
kittle cattle.  You never know when or how they will break out.
Anne may make copy of us."

"I meant that the ability to write for the Press was a great
responsibility," said Aunt Jamesina severely.  "and I hope Anne
realizes, it.  My daughter used to write stories before she went
to the foreign field, but now she has turned her attention to
higher things.  She used to say her motto was `Never write a line
you would be ashamed to read at your own funeral.'  You'd better
take that for yours, Anne, if you are going to embark in literature.
Though, to be sure," added Aunt Jamesina perplexedly, "Elizabeth
always used to laugh when she said it.  She always laughed so much
that I don't know how she ever came to decide on being a missionary.
I'm thankful she did -- I prayed that she might -- but -- I wish
she hadn't."

Then Aunt Jamesina wondered why those giddy girls all laughed.

Anne's eyes shone all that day; literary ambitions sprouted and
budded in her brain; their exhilaration accompanied her to Jennie
Cooper's walking party, and not even the sight of Gilbert and
Christine, walking just ahead of her and Roy, could quite subdue
the sparkle of her starry hopes.  Nevertheless, she was not so
rapt from things of earth as to be unable to notice that
Christine's walk was decidedly ungraceful.

"But I suppose Gilbert looks only at her face.  So like a man,"
thought Anne scornfully.

"Shall you be home Saturday afternoon?" asked Roy.

"Yes."

"My mother and sisters are coming to call on you," said Roy quietly.

Something went over Anne which might be described as a thrill, but
it was hardly a pleasant one.  She had never met any of Roy's family;
she realized the significance of his statement; and it had, somehow,
an irrevocableness about it that chilled her.

"I shall be glad to see them," she said flatly; and then wondered
if she really would be glad.  She ought to be, of course.  But
would it not be something of an ordeal?  Gossip had filtered to
Anne regarding the light in which the Gardners viewed the
"infatuation" of son and brother.  Roy must have brought pressure
to bear in the matter of this call.  Anne knew she would be
weighed in the balance.  From the fact that they had consented to
call she understood that, willingly or unwillingly, they regarded
her as a possible member of their clan.

"I shall just be myself.  I shall not TRY to make a good impression,"
thought Anne loftily.  But she was wondering what dress she would
better wear Saturday afternoon, and if the new style of high
hair-dressing would suit her better than the old; and the walking
party was rather spoiled for her.  By night she had decided that she
would wear her brown chiffon on Saturday, but would do her hair low.

Friday afternoon none of the girls had classes at Redmond.
Stella took the opportunity to write a paper for the Philomathic
Society, and was sitting at the table in the corner of the
living-room with an untidy litter of notes and manuscript on the
floor around her.  Stella always vowed she never could write
anything unless she threw each sheet down as she completed it.
Anne, in her flannel blouse and serge skirt, with her hair rather
blown from her windy walk home, was sitting squarely in the
middle of the floor, teasing the Sarah-cat with a wishbone.
Joseph and Rusty were both curled up in her lap.  A warm plummy
odor filled the whole house, for Priscilla was cooking in the
kitchen.  Presently she came in, enshrouded in a huge work-apron,
with a smudge of flour on her nose, to show Aunt Jamesina the
chocolate cake she had just iced.

At this auspicious moment the knocker sounded.  Nobody paid any
attention to it save Phil, who sprang up and opened it, expecting
a boy with the hat she had bought that morning.  On the doorstep
stood Mrs. Gardner and her daughters.

Anne scrambled to her feet somehow, emptying two indignant cats
out of her lap as she did so, and mechanically shifting her
wishbone from her right hand to her left.  Priscilla, who would
have had to cross the room to reach the kitchen door, lost her
head, wildly plunged the chocolate cake under a cushion on the
inglenook sofa, and dashed upstairs.  Stella began feverishly
gathering up her manuscript.  Only Aunt Jamesina and Phil
remained normal.  Thanks to them, everybody was soon sitting at
ease, even Anne.  Priscilla came down, apronless and smudgeless,
Stella reduced her corner to decency, and Phil saved the
situation by a stream of ready small talk.

Mrs. Gardner was tall and thin and handsome, exquisitely
gowned, cordial with a cordiality that seemed a trifle forced.
Aline Gardner was a younger edition of her mother, lacking the
cordiality.  She endeavored to be nice, but succeeded only in
being haughty and patronizing.  Dorothy Gardner was slim and
jolly and rather tomboyish.  Anne knew she was Roy's favorite
sister and warmed to her.  She would have looked very much like
Roy if she had had dreamy dark eyes instead of roguish hazel
ones.  Thanks to her and Phil, the call really went off very
well, except for a slight sense of strain in the atmosphere
and two rather untoward incidents.  Rusty and Joseph, left to
themselves, began a game of chase, and sprang madly into
Mrs. Gardner's silken lap and out of it in their wild career.
Mrs. Gardner lifted her lorgnette and gazed after their flying
forms as if she had never seen cats before, and Anne, choking
back slightly nervous laughter, apologized as best she could.

"You are fond of cats?" said Mrs. Gardner, with a slight
intonation of tolerant wonder.

Anne, despite her affection for Rusty, was not especially fond of
cats, but Mrs. Gardner's tone annoyed her.  Inconsequently she
remembered that Mrs. John Blythe was so fond of cats that she
kept as many as her husband would allow.

"They ARE adorable animals, aren't they?" she said wickedly.

"I have never liked cats," said Mrs. Gardner remotely.

"I love them," said Dorothy.  "They are so nice and selfish.
Dogs are TOO good and unselfish.  They make me feel uncomfortable.
But cats are gloriously human."

"You have two delightful old china dogs there.  May I look at
them closely?" said Aline, crossing the room towards the fireplace
and thereby becoming the unconscious cause of the other accident.
Picking up Magog, she sat down on the cushion under which was
secreted Priscilla's chocolate cake.  Priscilla and Anne exchanged
agonized glances but could do nothing.  The stately Aline continued to
sit on the cushion and discuss china dogs until the time of departure.

Dorothy lingered behind a moment to squeeze Anne's hand and
whisper impulsively.

"I KNOW you and I are going to be chums.  Oh, Roy has told me all
about you.  I'm the only one of the family he tells things to,
poor boy -- nobody COULD confide in mamma and Aline, you know.
What glorious times you girls must have here!  Won't you let me
come often and have a share in them?"

"Come as often as you like," Anne responded heartily, thankful
that one of Roy's sisters was likable.  She would never like
Aline, so much was certain; and Aline would never like her,
though Mrs. Gardner might be won.  Altogether, Anne sighed with
relief when the ordeal was over.

            "`Of all sad words of tongue or pen
            The saddest are it might have been,'"

quoted Priscilla tragically, lifting the cushion.  "This cake is
now what you might call a flat failure.  And the cushion is
likewise ruined.  Never tell me that Friday isn't unlucky."

"People who send word they are coming on Saturday shouldn't come
on Friday," said Aunt Jamesina.

"I fancy it was Roy's mistake," said Phil.  "That boy isn't really
responsible for what he says when he talks to Anne.  Where IS Anne?"

Anne had gone upstairs.  She felt oddly like crying.  But she
made herself laugh instead.  Rusty and Joseph had been TOO awful!
And Dorothy WAS a dear.




Chapter XXXVII

Full-fledged B.A.'s


"I wish I were dead, or that it were tomorrow night," groaned Phil.

"If you live long enough both wishes will come true," said Anne calmly.

"It's easy for you to be serene.  You're at home in Philosophy.
I'm not -- and when I think of that horrible paper tomorrow I quail.
If I should fail in it what would Jo say?"

"You won't fail.  How did you get on in Greek today?"

"I don't know.  Perhaps it was a good paper and perhaps it was
bad enough to make Homer turn over in his grave.  I've studied
and mulled over notebooks until I'm incapable of forming an
opinion of anything.  How thankful little Phil will be when all
this examinating is over."

"Examinating?  I never heard such a word."

"Well, haven't I as good a right to make a word as any one else?"
demanded Phil.

"Words aren't made -- they grow," said Anne.

"Never mind -- I begin faintly to discern clear water ahead where
no examination breakers loom.  Girls, do you -- can you realize
that our Redmond Life is almost over?"

"I can't," said Anne, sorrowfully.  "It seems just yesterday
that Pris and I were alone in that crowd of Freshmen at Redmond.
And now we are Seniors in our final examinations."

"`Potent, wise, and reverend Seniors,'" quoted Phil.  "Do you
suppose we really are any wiser than when we came to Redmond?"

"You don't act as if you were by times," said Aunt Jamesina severely.

"Oh, Aunt Jimsie, haven't we been pretty good girls, take us by
and large, these three winters you've mothered us?" pleaded Phil.

"You've been four of the dearest, sweetest, goodest girls that
ever went together through college," averred Aunt Jamesina, who
never spoiled a compliment by misplaced economy.

"But I mistrust you haven't any too much sense yet.  It's not to
be expected, of course.  Experience teaches sense.  You can't
learn it in a college course.  You've been to college four years
and I never was, but I know heaps more than you do, young ladies."

      "`There are lots of things that never go by rule,
      There's a powerful pile o' knowledge
      That you never get at college,
      There are heaps of things you never learn at school,'"

quoted Stella.

"Have you learned anything at Redmond except dead languages and
geometry and such trash?" queried Aunt Jamesina.

"Oh, yes.  I think we have, Aunty," protested Anne.

"We've learned the truth of what Professor Woodleigh told us
last Philomathic," said Phil.  "He said, `Humor is the spiciest
condiment in the feast of existence.  Laugh at your mistakes
but learn from them, joke over your troubles but gather strength
from them, make a jest of your difficulties but overcome them.'
Isn't that worth learning, Aunt Jimsie?"

"Yes, it is, dearie.  When you've learned to laugh at the things
that should be laughed at, and not to laugh at those that shouldn't,
you've got wisdom and understanding."

"What have you got out of your Redmond course, Anne?" murmured
Priscilla aside.

"I think," said Anne slowly, "that I really have learned to look
upon each little hindrance as a jest and each great one as the
foreshadowing of victory.  Summing up, I think that is what
Redmond has given me."

"I shall have to fall back on another Professor Woodleigh
quotation to express what it has done for me," said Priscilla.
"You remember that he said in his address, `There is so much
in the world for us all if we only have the eyes to see it, and
the heart to love it, and the hand to gather it to ourselves --
so much in men and women, so much in art and literature, so much
everywhere in which to delight, and for which to be thankful.'
I think Redmond has taught me that in some measure, Anne."

"Judging from what you all, say" remarked Aunt Jamesina,
"the sum and substance is that you can learn -- if you've got
natural gumption enough -- in four years at college what it
would take about twenty years of living to teach you.  Well,
that justifies higher education in my opinion.  It's a matter
I was always dubious about before."

"But what about people who haven't natural gumption, Aunt Jimsie?"

"People who haven't natural gumption never learn," retorted
Aunt Jamesina, "neither in college nor life.  If they live to
be a hundred they really don't know anything more than when they
were born.  It's their misfortune not their fault, poor souls.
But those of us who have some gumption should duly thank the
Lord for it."

"Will you please define what gumption is, Aunt Jimsie?" asked Phil.

"No, I won't, young woman.  Any one who has gumption knows what
it is, and any one who hasn't can never know what it is.  So there
is no need of defining it."

The busy days flew by and examinations were over.  Anne took
High Honors in English.  Priscilla took Honors in Classics, and
Phil in Mathematics.  Stella obtained a good all-round showing.
Then came Convocation.

"This is what I would once have called an epoch in my life,"
said Anne, as she took Roy's violets out of their box and gazed
at them thoughtfully.  She meant to carry them, of course, but
her eyes wandered to another box on her table.  It was filled
with lilies-of-the-valley, as fresh and fragrant as those which
bloomed in the Green Gables yard when June came to Avonlea.
Gilbert Blythe's card lay beside it.

Anne wondered why Gilbert should have sent her flowers for Convocation.
She had seen very little of him during the past winter.  He had come to
Patty's Place only one Friday evening since the Christmas holidays,
and they rarely met elsewhere.  She knew he was studying very hard,
aiming at High Honors and the Cooper Prize, and he took little part
in the social doings of Redmond.  Anne's own winter had been quite
gay socially.  She had seen a good deal of the Gardners; she and
Dorothy were very intimate; college circles expected the announcement
of her engagement to Roy any day.  Anne expected it herself.  Yet
just before she left Patty's Place for Convocation she flung Roy's
violets aside and put Gilbert's lilies-of-the-valley in their place.
She could not have told why she did it.  Somehow, old Avonlea days
and dreams and friendships seemed very close to her in this attainment
of her long-cherished ambitions.  She and Gilbert had once picturedout
merrily the day on which they should be capped and gowned graduates in
Arts.  The wonderful day had come and Roy's violets had no place in it.
Only her old friend's flowers seemed to belong to this fruition of
old-blossoming hopes which he had once shared.

For years this day had beckoned and allured to her; but when it
came the one single, keen, abiding memory it left with her was
not that of the breathless moment when the stately president of
Redmond gave her cap and diploma and hailed her B.A.; it was not
of the flash in Gilbert's eyes when he saw her lilies, nor the
puzzled pained glance Roy gave her as he passed her on the platform.
It was not of Aline Gardner's condescending congratulations, or
Dorothy's ardent, impulsive good wishes.  It was of one strange,
unaccountable pang that spoiled this long-expected day for her
and left in it a certain faint but enduring flavor of bitterness.

The Arts graduates gave a graduation dance that night.  When Anne
dressed for it she tossed aside the pearl beads she usually wore
and took from her trunk the small box that had come to Green Gables
on Christmas day.  In it was a thread-like gold chain with a tiny
pink enamel heart as a pendant.  On the accompanying card was written,
"With all good wishes from your old chum, Gilbert."  Anne, laughing
over the memory the enamel heart conjured up the fatal day when
Gilbert had called her "Carrots" and vainly tried to make his peace
with a pink candy heart, had written him a nice little note of thanks.
But she had never worn the trinket.  Tonight she fastened it about her
white throat with a dreamy smile.

She and Phil walked to Redmond together.  Anne walked in silence;
Phil chattered of many things.  Suddenly she said,

"I heard today that Gilbert Blythe's engagement to Christine
Stuart was to be announced as soon as Convocation was over.
Did you hear anything of it?"

"No," said Anne.

"I think it's true," said Phil lightly.

Anne did not speak.  In the darkness she felt her face burning.
She slipped her hand inside her collar and caught at the gold
chain.  One energetic twist and it gave way.  Anne thrust the
broken trinket into her pocket.  Her hands were trembling and
her eyes were smarting.

But she was the gayest of all the gay revellers that night, and
told Gilbert unregretfully that her card was full when he came to
ask her for a dance.  Afterwards, when she sat with the girls
before the dying embers at Patty's Place, removing the spring
chilliness from their satin skins, none chatted more blithely
than she of the day's events.

"Moody Spurgeon MacPherson called here tonight after you left,"
said Aunt Jamesina, who had sat up to keep the fire on.  "He didn't
know about the graduation dance.  That boy ought to sleep with a
rubber band around his head to train his ears not to stick out.
I had a beau once who did that and it improved him immensely.
It was I who suggested it to him and he took my advice, but he
never forgave me for it."

"Moody Spurgeon is a very serious young man," yawned Priscilla.
"He is concerned with graver matters than his ears.  He is going
to be a minister, you know."

"Well, I suppose the Lord doesn't regard the ears of a man,"
said Aunt Jamesina gravely, dropping all further criticism of
Moody Spurgeon.  Aunt Jamesina had a proper respect for the
cloth even in the case of an unfledged parson.




Chapter XXXVIII

False Dawn


"Just imagine -- this night week I'll be in Avonlea -- delightful thought!"
said Anne, bending over the box in which she was packing Mrs. Rachel Lynde's
quilts. "But just imagine -- this night week I'll be gone forever from
Patty's Place -- horrible thought!"

"I wonder if the ghost of all our laughter will echo through the maiden
dreams of Miss Patty and Miss Maria," speculated Phil.

Miss Patty and Miss Maria were coming home, after having trotted over
most of the habitable globe.

"We'll be back the second week in May" wrote Miss Patty.  "I expect
Patty's Place will seem rather small after the Hall of the Kings at
Karnak, but I never did like big places to live in.  And I'll be glad
enough to be home again.  When you start traveling late in life you're
apt to do too much of it because you know you haven't much time left,
and it's a thing that grows on you.  I'm afraid Maria will never be
contented again."

"I shall leave here my fancies and dreams to bless the next comer,"
said Anne, looking around the blue room wistfully -- her pretty blue
room where she had spent three such happy years.  She had knelt at
its window to pray and had bent from it to watch the sunset behind
the pines.  She had heard the autumn raindrops beating against it
and had welcomed the spring robins at its sill.  She wondered if
old dreams could haunt rooms -- if, when one left forever the room
where she had joyed and suffered and laughed and wept, something
of her, intangible and invisible, yet nonetheless real, did not
remain behind like a voiceful memory.

"I think," said Phil, "that a room where one dreams and grieves
and rejoices and lives becomes inseparably connected with those
processes and acquires a personality of its own.  I am sure if I
came into this room fifty years from now it would say 'Anne, Anne'
to me.  What nice times we've had here, honey!  What chats and
jokes and good chummy jamborees!  Oh, dear me!  I'm to marry Jo
in June and I know I will be rapturously happy.  But just now
I feel as if I wanted this lovely Redmond life to go on forever."

"I'm unreasonable enough just now to wish that, too," admitted Anne.
"No matter what deeper joys may come to us later on we'll never again
have just the same delightful, irresponsible existence we've had here.
It's over forever, Phil."

"What are you going to do with Rusty?" asked Phil, as that
privileged pussy padded into the room.

"I am going to take him home with me and Joseph and the Sarah-cat,"
announced Aunt Jamesina, following Rusty.  "It would be a shame
to separate those cats now that they have learned to live together.
It's a hard lesson for cats and humans to learn."

"I'm sorry to part with Rusty," said Anne regretfully, "but it
would be no use to take him to Green Gables.  Marilla detests
cats, and Davy would tease his life out.  Besides, I don't
suppose I'll be home very long.  I've been offered the
principalship of the Summerside High School."

"Are you going to accept it?" asked Phil.

"I -- I haven't decided yet," answered Anne, with a confused flush.

Phil nodded understandingly.  Naturally Anne's plans could not be
settled until Roy had spoken.  He would soon -- there was no doubt
of that.  And there was no doubt that Anne would say "yes" when he
said "Will you please?"  Anne herself regarded the state of affairs
with a seldom-ruffled complacency.  She was deeply in love with Roy.
True, it was not just what she had imagined love to be.  But was
anything in life, Anne asked herself wearily, like one's imagination
of it?  It was the old diamond disillusion of childhood repeated --
the same disappointment she had felt when she had first seen the
chill sparkle instead of the purple splendor she had anticipated.
"That's not my idea of a diamond," she had said.  But Roy was a
dear fellow and they would be very happy together, even if some
indefinable zest was missing out of life.  When Roy came down that
evening and asked Anne to walk in the park every one at Patty's
Place knew what he had come to say; and every one knew, or thought
they knew, what Anne's answer would be.

"Anne is a very fortunate girl," said Aunt Jamesina.

"I suppose so," said Stella, shrugging her shoulders.  "Roy is a
nice fellow and all that.  But there's really nothing in him."

"That sounds very like a jealous remark, Stella Maynard," said
Aunt Jamesina rebukingly.

"It does -- but I am not jealous," said Stella calmly.  "I love
Anne and I like Roy.  Everybody says she is making a brilliant
match, and even Mrs. Gardner thinks her charming now.  It all
sounds as if it were made in heaven, but I have my doubts.
Make the most of that, Aunt Jamesina."

Roy asked Anne to marry him in the little pavilion on the harbor
shore where they had talked on the rainy day of their first meeting.
Anne thought it very romantic that he should have chosen that spot.
And his proposal was as beautifully worded as if he had copied it,
as one of Ruby Gillis' lovers had done, out of a Deportment of
Courtship and Marriage.  The whole effect was quite flawless.
And it was also sincere.  There was no doubt that Roy meant
what he said.  There was no false note to jar the symphony.
Anne felt that she ought to be thrilling from head to foot.
But she wasn't; she was horribly cool.  When Roy paused
for his answer she opened her lips to say her fateful yes.
And then -- she found herself trembling as if she were reeling
back from a precipice.  To her came one of those moments when we
realize, as by a blinding flash of illumination, more than all
our previous years have taught us.  She pulled her hand from Roy's.

"Oh, I can't marry you -- I can't -- I can't," she cried, wildly.

Roy turned pale -- and also looked rather foolish.  He had --
small blame to him -- felt very sure.

"What do you mean?" he stammered.

"I mean that I can't marry you," repeated Anne desperately.
"I thought I could -- but I can't."

"Why can't you?" Roy asked more calmly.

"Because -- I don't care enough for you."

A crimson streak came into Roy's face.

"So you've just been amusing yourself these two years?" he said slowly.

"No, no, I haven't," gasped poor Anne.  Oh, how could she explain?
She COULDN'T explain.  There are some things that cannot be explained.
"I did think I cared -- truly I did -- but I know now I don't."

"You have ruined my life," said Roy bitterly.

"Forgive me," pleaded Anne miserably, with hot cheeks and
stinging eyes.

Roy turned away and stood for a few minutes looking out seaward.
When he came back to Anne, he was very pale again.

"You can give me no hope?" he said.

Anne shook her head mutely.

"Then -- good-bye," said Roy.  "I can't understand it -- I
can't believe you are not the woman I've believed you to be.
But reproaches are idle between us.  You are the only woman
I can ever love.  I thank you for your friendship, at least.
Good-bye, Anne."

"Good-bye," faltered Anne.  When Roy had gone she sat for a long
time in the pavilion, watching a white mist creeping subtly and
remorselessly landward up the harbor.  It was her hour of humiliation
and self-contempt and shame.  Their waves went over her.  And yet,
underneath it all, was a queer sense of recovered freedom.

She slipped into Patty's Place in the dusk and escaped to her room.
But Phil was there on the window seat.

"Wait," said Anne, flushing to anticipate the scene.  "Wait til
you hear what I have to say.  Phil, Roy asked me to marry him-and
I refused."

"You -- you REFUSED him?" said Phil blankly.

"Yes."

"Anne Shirley, are you in your senses?"

"I think so," said Anne wearily.  "Oh, Phil, don't scold me.
You don't understand."

"I certainly don't understand.  You've encouraged Roy Gardner in
every way for two years -- and now you tell me you've refused him.
Then you've just been flirting scandalously with him.  Anne, I
couldn't have believed it of YOU."

"I WASN'T flirting with him -- I honestly thought I cared up to the
last minute -- and then -- well, I just knew I NEVER could marry him."

"I suppose," said Phil cruelly, "that you intended to marry him
for his money, and then your better self rose up and prevented you."

"I DIDN'T.  I never thought about his money.  Oh, I can't explain
it to you any more than I could to him."

"Well, I certainly think you have treated Roy shamefully," said Phil
in exasperation.  "He's handsome and clever and rich and good.
What more do you want?"

"I want some one who BELONGS in my life.  He doesn't.  I was
swept off my feet at first by his good looks and knack of paying
romantic compliments; and later on I thought I MUST be in love
because he was my dark-eyed ideal."

"I am bad enough for not knowing my own mind, but you are worse,"
said Phil.

"_I_ DO know my own mind," protested Anne.  "The trouble is, my mind
changes and then I have to get acquainted with it all over again."

"Well, I suppose there is no use in saying anything to you."

"There is no need, Phil.  I'm in the dust.  This has spoiled
everything backwards.  I can never think of Redmond days without
recalling the humiliation of this evening.  Roy despises me --
and you despise me -- and I despise myself."

"You poor darling," said Phil, melting.  "Just come here and let
me comfort you.  I've no right to scold you.  I'd have married
Alec or Alonzo if I hadn't met Jo.  Oh, Anne, things are so
mixed-up in real life.  They aren't clear-cut and trimmed off,
as they are in novels."

"I hope that NO one will ever again ask me to marry him as long as
I live," sobbed poor Anne, devoutly believing that she meant it.




Chapter XXXIX

Deals with Weddings


Anne felt that life partook of the nature of an anticlimax during
the first few weeks after her return to Green Gables.  She missed
the merry comradeship of Patty's Place.  She had dreamed some
brilliant dreams during the past winter and now they lay in the
dust around her.  In her present mood of self-disgust, she could
not immediately begin dreaming again.  And she discovered that,
while solitude with dreams is glorious, solitude without them
has few charms.

She had not seen Roy again after their painful parting in the
park pavilion; but Dorothy came to see her before she left Kingsport.

"I'm awfully sorry you won't marry Roy," she said.  "I did want you
for a sister.  But you are quite right.  He would bore you to death.
I love him, and he is a dear sweet boy, but really he isn't a bit
interesting.  He looks as if he ought to be, but he isn't."

"This won't spoil OUR friendship, will it, Dorothy?" Anne had
asked wistfully.

"No, indeed.  You're too good to lose.  If I can't have you for a
sister I mean to keep you as a chum anyway.  And don't fret over
Roy.  He is feeling terribly just now -- I have to listen to his
outpourings every day -- but he'll get over it.  He always does."

"Oh -- ALWAYS?" said Anne with a slight change of voice.
"So he has `got over it' before?"

"Dear me, yes," said Dorothy frankly.  "Twice before.  And he
raved to me just the same both times.  Not that the others
actually refused him -- they simply announced their engagements
to some one else.  Of course, when he met you he vowed to me that
he had never really loved before -- that the previous affairs had
been merely boyish fancies.  But I don't think you need worry."

Anne decided not to worry.  Her feelings were a mixture of relief
and resentment.  Roy had certainly told her she was the only one
he had ever loved.  No doubt he believed it.  But it was a comfort
to feel that she had not, in all likelihood, ruined his life.
There were other goddesses, and Roy, according to Dorothy, must
needs be worshipping at some shrine.  Nevertheless, life was
stripped of several more illusions, and Anne began to think
drearily that it seemed rather bare.

She came down from the porch gable on the evening of her return
with a sorrowful face.

"What has happened to the old Snow Queen, Marilla?"

"Oh, I knew you'd feel bad over that," said Marilla.  "I felt bad myself.
That tree was there ever since I was a young girl.  It blew down in the
big gale we had in March.  It was rotten at the core."

"I'll miss it so," grieved Anne.  "The porch gable doesn't seem
the same room without it.  I'll never look from its window again
without a sense of loss.  And oh, I never came home to Green Gables
before that Diana wasn't here to welcome me."

"Diana has something else to think of just now," said Mrs. Lynde
significantly.

"Well, tell me all the Avonlea news," said Anne, sitting down on
the porch steps, where the evening sunshine fell over her hair
in a fine golden rain.

"There isn't much news except what we've wrote you," said Mrs. Lynde.
"I suppose you haven't heard that Simon Fletcher broke his leg last week.
It's a great thing for his family.  They're getting a hundred things done
that they've always wanted to do but couldn't as long as he was about,
the old crank."

"He came of an aggravating family," remarked Marilla.

"Aggravating?  Well, rather!  His mother used to get up in
prayer-meeting and tell all her children's shortcomings and ask
prayers for them.  `Course it made them mad, and worse than ever."

"You haven't told Anne the news about Jane," suggested Marilla.

"Oh, Jane," sniffed Mrs. Lynde.  "Well," she conceded grudgingly,
"Jane Andrews is home from the West -- came last week -- and she's
going to be married to a Winnipeg millionaire.  You may be sure
Mrs. Harmon lost no time in telling it far and wide."

"Dear old Jane -- I'm so glad," said Anne heartily.  "She deserves
the good things of life."

"Oh, I ain't saying anything against Jane.  She's a nice enough girl.
But she isn't in the millionaire class, and you'll find there's not
much to recommend that man but his money, that's what.  Mrs. Harmon
says he's an Englishman who has made money in mines but _I_ believe
he'll turn out to be a Yankee.  He certainly must have money, for
he has just showered Jane with jewelry.  Her engagement ring is a
diamond cluster so big that it looks like a plaster on Jane's fat paw."

Mrs. Lynde could not keep some bitterness out of her tone.
Here was Jane Andrews, that plain little plodder, engaged
to a millionaire, while Anne, it seemed, was not yet bespoken
by any one, rich or poor.  And Mrs. Harmon Andrews did brag
insufferably.

"What has Gilbert Blythe been doing to at college?" asked Marilla.
"I saw him when he came home last week, and he is so pale and thin
I hardly knew him."

"He studied very hard last winter," said Anne.  "You know he
took High Honors in Classics and the Cooper Prize.  It hasn't
been taken for five years!  So I think he's rather run down.
We're all a little tired."

"Anyhow, you're a B.A. and Jane Andrews isn't and never will be,"
said Mrs. Lynde, with gloomy satisfaction.

A few evenings later Anne went down to see Jane, but the latter
was away in Charlottetown -- "getting sewing done," Mrs. Harmon
informed Anne proudly.  "Of course an Avonlea dressmaker wouldn't
do for Jane under the circumstances."

"I've heard something very nice about Jane," said Anne.

"Yes, Jane has done pretty well, even if she isn't a B.A.," said
Mrs. Harmon, with a slight toss of her head.  "Mr. Inglis is worth
millions, and they're going to Europe on their wedding tour.
When they come back they'll live in a perfect mansion of marble
in Winnipeg.  Jane has only one trouble -- she can cook so well
and her husband won't let her cook.  He is so rich he hires
his cooking done.  They're going to keep a cook and two other
maids and a coachman and a man-of-all-work.  But what about YOU,
Anne?  I don't hear anything of your being married, after all
your college-going."

"Oh," laughed Anne, "I am going to be an old maid.  I really
can't find any one to suit me."  It was rather wicked of her.
She deliberately meant to remind Mrs. Andrews that if she became
an old maid it was not because she had not had at least one
chance of marriage.  But Mrs. Harmon took swift revenge.

"Well, the over-particular girls generally get left, I notice.
And what's this I hear about Gilbert Blythe being engaged to a
Miss Stuart?  Charlie Sloane tells me she is perfectly beautiful.
Is it true?"

"I don't know if it is true that he is engaged to Miss Stuart,"
replied Anne, with Spartan composure, "but it is certainly true
that she is very lovely."

"I once thought you and Gilbert would have made a match of it,"
said Mrs. Harmon.  "If you don't take care, Anne, all of your
beaux will slip through your fingers."

Anne decided not to continue her duel with Mrs. Harmon.
You could not fence with an antagonist who met rapier thrust
with blow of battle axe.

"Since Jane is away," she said, rising haughtily, "I don't think
I can stay longer this morning.  I'll come down when she comes home."

"Do," said Mrs. Harmon effusively.  "Jane isn't a bit proud.
She just means to associate with her old friends the same as ever.
She'll be real glad to see you."

Jane's millionaire arrived the last of May and carried her off in
a blaze of splendor.  Mrs. Lynde was spitefully gratified to
find that Mr. Inglis was every day of forty, and short and thin
and grayish.  Mrs. Lynde did not spare him in her enumeration of
his shortcomings, you may be sure.

"It will take all his gold to gild a pill like him, that's what,"
said Mrs. Rachel solemnly.

"He looks kind and good-hearted," said Anne loyally, "and I'm
sure he thinks the world of Jane."

"Humph!" said Mrs. Rachel.

Phil Gordon was married the next week and Anne went over to
Bolingbroke to be her bridesmaid.  Phil made a dainty fairy of
a bride, and the Rev. Jo was so radiant in his happiness that
nobody thought him plain.

"We're going for a lovers' saunter through the land of Evangeline,"
said Phil, "and then we'll settle down on Patterson Street.
Mother thinks it is terrible -- she thinks Jo might at least
take a church in a decent place.  But the wilderness of the
Patterson slums will blossom like the rose for me if Jo is there.
Oh, Anne, I'm so happy my heart aches with it."

Anne was always glad in the happiness of her friends; but it
is sometimes a little lonely to be surrounded everywhere by a
happiness that is not your own.  And it was just the same when
she went back to Avonlea.  This time it was Diana who was bathed
in the wonderful glory that comes to a woman when her first-born
is laid beside her.  Anne looked at the white young mother with a
certain awe that had never entered into her feelings for Diana
before.  Could this pale woman with the rapture in her eyes be
the little black-curled, rosy-cheeked Diana she had played with
in vanished schooldays?  It gave her a queer desolate feeling
that she herself somehow belonged only in those past years and
had no business in the present at all.

"Isn't he perfectly beautiful?" said Diana proudly.

The little fat fellow was absurdly like Fred -- just as round,
just as red.  Anne really could not say conscientiously that she
thought him beautiful, but she vowed sincerely that he was sweet
and kissable and altogether delightful.

"Before he came I wanted a girl, so that I could call her ANNE,"
said Diana.  "But now that little Fred is here I wouldn't exchange
him for a million girls.  He just COULDN'T have been anything but
his own precious self."

"`Every little baby is the sweetest and the best,' " quoted
Mrs. Allan gaily.  "If little Anne HAD come you'd have felt
just the same about her."

Mrs. Allan was visiting in Avonlea, for the first time since
leaving it.  She was as gay and sweet and sympathetic as ever.
Her old girl friends had welcomed her back rapturously.
The reigning minister's wife was an estimable lady, but she
was not exactly a kindred spirit.

"I can hardly wait till he gets old enough to talk," sighed Diana.
"I just long to hear him say `mother.'  And oh, I'm determined that
his first memory of me shall be a nice one.  The first memory I
have of my mother is of her slapping me for something I had done.
I am sure I deserved it, and mother was always a good mother and I
love her dearly.  But I do wish my first memory of her was nicer."

"I have just one memory of my mother and it is the sweetest of
all my memories," said Mrs. Allan.  "I was five years old, and I
had been allowed to go to school one day with my two older sisters.
When school came out my sisters went home in different groups, each
supposing I was with the other.  Instead I had run off with a little
girl I had played with at recess.  We went to her home, which was
near the school, and began making mud pies.  We were having a
glorious time when my older sister arrived, breathless and angry.

"`You naughty girl" she cried, snatching my reluctant hand and
dragging me along with her.  `Come home this minute.  Oh, you're
going to catch it!  Mother is awful cross.  She is going to give
you a good whipping.'

"I had never been whipped.  Dread and terror filled my poor
little heart.  I have never been so miserable in my life as I was
on that walk home.  I had not meant to be naughty.  Phemy Cameron
had asked me to go home with her and I had not known it was wrong
to go.  And now I was to be whipped for it.  When we got home my
sister dragged me into the kitchen where mother was sitting by
the fire in the twilight.  My poor wee legs were trembling so
that I could hardly stand.  And mother -- mother just took me up
in her arms, without one word of rebuke or harshness, kissed me
and held me close to her heart.  `I was so frightened you were
lost, darling,' she said tenderly.  I could see the love shining
in her eyes as she looked down on me.  She never scolded or
reproached me for what I had done -- only told me I must never go
away again without asking permission.  She died very soon
afterwards.  That is the only memory I have of her.  Isn't it a
beautiful one?"

Anne felt lonelier than ever as she walked home, going by way of
the Birch Path and Willowmere.  She had not walked that way for
many moons.  It was a darkly-purple bloomy night.  The air was
heavy with blossom fragrance -- almost too heavy.  The cloyed
senses recoiled from it as from an overfull cup.  The birches of
the path had grown from the fairy saplings of old to big trees.
Everything had changed.  Anne felt that she would be glad when
the summer was over and she was away at work again.  Perhaps life
would not seem so empty then.

      "`I've tried the world -- it wears no more
      The coloring of romance it wore,'"

sighed Anne -- and was straightway much comforted by the romance
in the idea of the world being denuded of romance!




Chapter XL

A Book of Revelation


The Irvings came back to Echo Lodge for the summer, and Anne spent
a happy three weeks there in July.  Miss Lavendar had not changed;
Charlotta the Fourth was a very grown-up young lady now, but still
adored Anne sincerely.

"When all's said and done, Miss Shirley, ma'am, I haven't seen
any one in Boston that's equal to you," she said frankly.

Paul was almost grown up, too.  He was sixteen, his chestnut
curls had given place to close-cropped brown locks, and he was
more interested in football than fairies.  But the bond between
him and his old teacher still held.  Kindred spirits alone do not
change with changing years.

It was a wet, bleak, cruel evening in July when Anne came back to
Green Gables.  One of the fierce summer storms which sometimes
sweep over the gulf was ravaging the sea.  As Anne came in the
first raindrops dashed against the panes.

"Was that Paul who brought you home?" asked Marilla.  "Why didn't
you make him stay all night.  It's going to be a wild evening."

"He'll reach Echo Lodge before the rain gets very heavy, I think.
Anyway, he wanted to go back tonight.  Well, I've had a splendid
visit, but I'm glad to see you dear folks again.  `East, west,
hame's best.'  Davy, have you been growing again lately?"

"I've growed a whole inch since you left," said Davy proudly.
"I'm as tall as Milty Boulter now.  Ain't I glad.  He'll have to
stop crowing about being bigger.  Say, Anne, did you know that
Gilbert Blythe is dying?"  Anne stood quite silent and motionless,
looking at Davy.  Her face had gone so white that Marilla thought
she was going to faint.

"Davy, hold your tongue," said Mrs. Rachel angrily.  "Anne,
don't look like that -- DON'T LOOK LIKE THAT!  We didn't mean
to tell you so suddenly."

"Is -- it -- true?" asked Anne in a voice that was not hers.

"Gilbert is very ill," said Mrs. Lynde gravely.  "He took down
with typhoid fever just after you left for Echo Lodge.  Did you
never hear of it?"

"No," said that unknown voice.

"It was a very bad case from the start.  The doctor said he'd
been terribly run down.  They've a trained nurse and everything's
been done.  DON'T look like that, Anne.  While there's life
there's hope."

"Mr. Harrison was here this evening and he said they had no hope of him,"
reiterated Davy.

Marilla, looking old and worn and tired, got up and marched Davy grimly
out of the kitchen.

"Oh, DON'T look so, dear," said Mrs. Rachel, putting her kind old arms
about the pallid girl.  "I haven't given up hope, indeed I haven't.
He's got the Blythe constitution in his favor, that's what."

Anne gently put Mrs. Lynde's arms away from her, walked blindly
across the kitchen, through the hall, up the stairs to her old room.
At its window she knelt down, staring out unseeingly. It was very dark.
The rain was beating down over the shivering fields.  The Haunted Woods
was full of the groans of mighty trees wrung in the tempest, and the
air throbbed with the thunderous crash of billows on the distant shore.
And Gilbert was dying!

There is a book of Revelation in every one's life, as there is in the Bible.
Anne read hers that bitter night, as she kept her agonized vigil through
the hours of storm and darkness.  She loved Gilbert -- had always loved him!
She knew that now.  She knew that she could no more cast him out of her life
without agony than she could have cut off her right hand and cast it from her.
And the knowledge had come too late -- too late even for the bitter solace
of being with him at the last.  If she had not been so blind -- so foolish
-- she would have had the right to go to him now.  But he would never know
that she loved him -- he would go away from this life thinking that she
did not care.  Oh, the black years of emptiness stretching before her!
She could not live through them -- she could not!  She cowered down by
her window and wished, for the first time in her gay young life, that
she could die, too.  If Gilbert went away from her, without one word or
sign or message, she could not live.  Nothing was of any value without him.
She belonged to him and he to her.  In her hour of supreme agony she had
no doubt of that.  He did not love Christine Stuart -- never had loved
Christine Stuart.  Oh, what a fool she had been not to realize what the
bond was that had held her to Gilbert -- to think that the flattered
fancy she had felt for Roy Gardner had been love.  And now she must pay
for her folly as for a crime.

Mrs. Lynde and Marilla crept to her door before they went to bed,
shook their heads doubtfully at each other over the silence,
and went away.  The storm raged all night, but when the dawn came
it was spent.  Anne saw a fairy fringe of light on the skirts of
darkness.  Soon the eastern hilltops had a fire-shot ruby rim.
The clouds rolled themselves away into great, soft, white masses
on the horizon; the sky gleamed blue and silvery.  A hush fell
over the world.

Anne rose from her knees and crept downstairs.  The freshness of
the rain-wind blew against her white face as she went out into
the yard, and cooled her dry, burning eyes.  A merry rollicking
whistle was lilting up the lane.  A moment later Pacifique Buote
came in sight.

Anne's physical strength suddenly failed her.  If she had not
clutched at a low willow bough she would have fallen.  Pacifique
was George Fletcher's hired man, and George Fletcher lived
next door to the Blythes.  Mrs. Fletcher was Gilbert's aunt.
Pacifique would know if -- if -- Pacifique would know what there
was to be known.

Pacifique strode sturdily on along the red lane, whistling.  He
did not see Anne.  She made three futile attempts to call him.
He was almost past before she succeeded in making her quivering
lips call, "Pacifique!"

Pacifique turned with a grin and a cheerful good morning.

"Pacifique," said Anne faintly, "did you come from George
Fletcher's this morning?"

"Sure," said Pacifique amiably.  "I got de word las' night dat my
fader, he was seeck.  It was so stormy dat I couldn't go den, so I
start vair early dis mornin'.  I'm goin' troo de woods for short cut."

"Did you hear how Gilbert Blythe was this morning?" Anne's
desperation drove her to the question.  Even the worst would be
more endurable than this hideous suspense.

"He's better," said Pacifique.  "He got de turn las' night.
De doctor say he'll be all right now dis soon while.  Had close
shave, dough!  Dat boy, he jus' keel himself at college.
Well, I mus' hurry.  De old man, he'll be in hurry to see me."

Pacifique resumed his walk and his whistle.  Anne gazed after him
with eyes where joy was driving out the strained anguish of the night.
He was a very lank, very ragged, very homely youth.  But in her sight
he was as beautiful as those who bring good tidings on the mountains.
Never, as long as she lived, would Anne see Pacifique's brown, round,
black-eyed face without a warm remembrance of the moment when he had
given to her the oil of joy for mourning.

Long after Pacifique's gay whistle had faded into the phantom of
music and then into silence far up under the maples of Lover's
Lane Anne stood under the willows, tasting the poignant sweetness
of life when some great dread has been removed from it.  The
morning was a cup filled with mist and glamor.  In the corner
near her was a rich surprise of new-blown, crystal-dewed roses.
The trills and trickles of song from the birds in the big tree
above her seemed in perfect accord with her mood.  A sentence
from a very old, very true, very wonderful Book came to her lips,

"Weeping may endure for a night but joy cometh in the morning."




XLI

Love Takes Up the Glass of Time


"I've come up to ask you to go for one of our old-time rambles
through September woods and `over hills where spices grow,' this
afternoon," said Gilbert, coming suddenly around the porch corner.
"Suppose we visit Hester Gray's garden."

Anne, sitting on the stone step with her lap full of a pale,
filmy, green stuff, looked up rather blankly.

"Oh, I wish I could," she said slowly, "but I really can't,
Gilbert.  I'm going to Alice Penhallow's wedding this evening,
you know.  I've got to do something to this dress, and by
the time it's finished I'll have to get ready.  I'm so sorry.
I'd love to go."

"Well, can you go tomorrow afternoon, then?" asked Gilbert,
apparently not much disappointed.

"Yes, I think so."

"In that case I shall hie me home at once to do something I
should otherwise have to do tomorrow.  So Alice Penhallow is
to be married tonight.  Three weddings for you in one summer,
Anne -- Phil's, Alice's, and Jane's.  I'll never forgive Jane
for not inviting me to her wedding."

"You really can't blame her when you think of the tremendous
Andrews connection who had to be invited.  The house could hardly
hold them all.  I was only bidden by grace of being Jane's old
chum -- at least on Jane's part.  I think Mrs. Harmon's motive
for inviting me was to let me see Jane's surpassing gorgeousness."

"Is it true that she wore so many diamonds that you couldn't tell
where the diamonds left off and Jane began?"

Anne laughed.

"She certainly wore a good many.  What with all the diamonds and
white satin and tulle and lace and roses and orange blossoms,
prim little Jane was almost lost to sight.  But she was VERY
happy, and so was Mr. Inglis -- and so was Mrs. Harmon."

"Is that the dress you're going to wear tonight?" asked Gilbert,
looking down at the fluffs and frills.

"Yes.  Isn't it pretty?  And I shall wear starflowers in my hair.
The Haunted Wood is full of them this summer."

Gilbert had a sudden vision of Anne, arrayed in a frilly green gown,
with the virginal curves of arms and throat slipping out of it,
and white stars shining against the coils of her ruddy hair.
The vision made him catch his breath.  But he turned lightly away.

"Well, I'll be up tomorrow.  Hope you'll have a nice time tonight."

Anne looked after him as he strode away, and sighed.  Gilbert was
friendly -- very friendly -- far too friendly.  He had come quite
often to Green Gables after his recovery, and something of their
old comradeship had returned.  But Anne no longer found it satisfying.
The rose of love made the blossom of friendship pale and scentless
by contrast.  And Anne had again begun to doubt if Gilbert now felt
anything for her but friendship.  In the common light of common
day her radiant certainty of that rapt morning had faded.  She was
haunted by a miserable fear that her mistake could never be rectified.
It was quite likely that it was Christine whom Gilbert loved after all.
Perhaps he was even engaged to her.  Anne tried to put all unsettling
hopes out of her heart, and reconcile herself to a future where work
and ambition must take the place of love.  She could do good, if not
noble, work as a teacher; and the success her little sketches were
beginning to meet with in certain editorial sanctums augured well
for her budding literary dreams.  But -- but -- Anne picked up her
green dress and sighed again.

When Gilbert came the next afternoon he found Anne waiting for him,
fresh as the dawn and fair as a star, after all the gaiety of the
preceding night.  She wore a green dress -- not the one she had
worn to the wedding, but an old one which Gilbert had told her
at a Redmond reception he liked especially.  It was just the shade
of green that brought out the rich tints of her hair, and the starry
gray of her eyes and the iris-like delicacy of her skin.  Gilbert,
glancing at her sideways as they walked along a shadowy woodpath,
thought she had never looked so lovely.  Anne, glancing sideways
at Gilbert, now and then, thought how much older he looked since
his illness.  It was as if he had put boyhood behind him forever.

The day was beautiful and the way was beautiful.  Anne was almost
sorry when they reached Hester Gray's garden, and sat down on the
old bench.  But it was beautiful there, too -- as beautiful as it
had been on the faraway day of the Golden Picnic, when Diana and
Jane and Priscilla and she had found it.  Then it had been lovely
with narcissus and violets; now golden rod had kindled its fairy
torches in the corners and asters dotted it bluely.  The call of
the brook came up through the woods from the valley of birches
with all its old allurement; the mellow air was full of the purr
of the sea; beyond were fields rimmed by fences bleached silvery
gray in the suns of many summers, and long hills scarfed with the
shadows of autumnal clouds; with the blowing of the west wind old
dreams returned.

"I think," said Anne softly, "that `the land where dreams come true'
is in the blue haze yonder, over that little valley."

"Have you any unfulfilled dreams, Anne?" asked Gilbert.

Something in his tone -- something she had not heard since that
miserable evening in the orchard at Patty's Place -- made Anne's
heart beat wildly.  But she made answer lightly.

"Of course.  Everybody has.  It wouldn't do for us to have all
our dreams fulfilled.  We would be as good as dead if we had
nothing left to dream about.  What a delicious aroma that
low-descending sun is extracting from the asters and ferns.
I wish we could see perfumes as well as smell them.  I'm sure
they would be very beautiful."

Gilbert was not to be thus sidetracked.

"I have a dream," he said slowly.  "I persist in dreaming it,
although it has often seemed to me that it could never come true.
I dream of a home with a hearth-fire in it, a cat and dog, the
footsteps of friends -- and YOU!"

Anne wanted to speak but she could find no words.  Happiness was
breaking over her like a wave.  It almost frightened her.

"I asked you a question over two years ago, Anne.  If I ask it
again today will you give me a different answer?"

Still Anne could not speak.  But she lifted her eyes, shining
with all the love-rapture of countless generations, and looked
into his for a moment.  He wanted no other answer.

They lingered in the old garden until twilight, sweet as dusk in
Eden must have been, crept over it.  There was so much to talk
over and recall -- things said and done and heard and thought and
felt and misunderstood.

"I thought you loved Christine Stuart," Anne told him, as
reproachfully as if she had not given him every reason to
suppose that she loved Roy Gardner.

Gilbert laughed boyishly.

"Christine was engaged to somebody in her home town.  I knew it
and she knew I knew it.  When her brother graduated he told me
his sister was coming to Kingsport the next winter to take music,
and asked me if I would look after her a bit, as she knew no one
and would be very lonely.  So I did.  And then I liked Christine
for her own sake.  She is one of the nicest girls I've ever
known.  I knew college gossip credited us with being in love with
each other.  I didn't care.  Nothing mattered much to me for a
time there, after you told me you could never love me, Anne.
There was nobody else -- there never could be anybody else for me
but you.  I've loved you ever since that day you broke your slate
over my head in school."

"I don't see how you could keep on loving me when I was such a
little fool," said Anne.

"Well, I tried to stop," said Gilbert frankly, "not because I
thought you what you call yourself, but because I felt sure there
was no chance for me after Gardner came on the scene.  But I
couldn't -- and I can't tell you, either, what it's meant to me
these two years to believe you were going to marry him, and be
told every week by some busybody that your engagement was on the
point of being announced.  I believed it until one blessed day
when I was sitting up after the fever.  I got a letter from Phil
Gordon -- Phil Blake, rather -- in which she told me there was
really nothing between you and Roy, and advised me to `try again.'
Well, the doctor was amazed at my rapid recovery after that."

Anne laughed -- then shivered.

"I can never forget the night I thought you were dying, Gilbert.
Oh, I knew -- I KNEW then -- and I thought it was too late."

"But it wasn't, sweetheart.  Oh, Anne, this makes up for
everything, doesn't it?  Let's resolve to keep this day sacred to
perfect beauty all our lives for the gift it has given us."

"It's the birthday of our happiness," said Anne softly.
"I've always loved this old garden of Hester Gray's,
and now it will be dearer than ever."

"But I'll have to ask you to wait a long time, Anne,"
said Gilbert sadly.  "It will be three years before
I'll finish my medical course.  And even then there
will be no diamond sunbursts and marble halls."

Anne laughed.

"I don't want sunbursts and marble halls.  I just want YOU.
You see I'm quite as shameless as Phil about it.  Sunbursts and
marble halls may be all very well, but there is more `scope for
imagination' without them.  And as for the waiting, that doesn't
matter.  We'll just be happy, waiting and working for each other
-- and dreaming.  Oh, dreams will be very sweet now."

Gilbert drew her close to him and kissed her.  Then they walked
home together in the dusk, crowned king and queen in the bridal
realm of love, along winding paths fringed with the sweetest
flowers that ever bloomed, and over haunted meadows where winds
of hope and memory blew.

END.